Függelék:Sanskrit-English/p

A Wikiszótárból, a nyitott szótárból
Ugrás a navigációhoz Ugrás a kereséshez

Tartalomjegyzék


p[szerkesztés]

pa

  1. pa the first labial consonant

pakāra

  1. ○kāra m. the letter or sound pa

pavarga

  1. ○varga m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants

pa

  1. pa mf(pā and pī)n. (√1. pā) drinking (cf. aṃhri-, aneka- &c
  2. also paka in taila-paka)
  3. m. or (pā) f. the act of drinking L

pa

  1. pa mfn. (√3. pā) guarding, protecting, ruling (ifc
  2. cf. aja-, kula- &c
  3. also paka in hasti-paka)
  4. (ā), f. guarding, protecting L

pa

  1. pa m. (in music for pañcama) the fifth note of the gamut

pa

  1. pa m. (only L.) wind
  2. a leaf
  3. = pūta
  4. (ā), f. = pūta and pūritaka

paṃś

  1. paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati or ○sati, paṃśayati or ○sayati, to destroy Dhātup. xxxii, 73

paṃsaka

  1. paṃsaka ○sana, prob. wṛ. for pāṃsaka, ○sana

pakatha

  1. pakatha wṛ. for paktha

pakkaṭī

  1. pakkaṭī f. Thespesia Populnea L

pakkaṇa

  1. pakkaṇa m. n. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or any outcast, a village inhabited by savages or barbarians MBh. Kād

paktapauḍa

  1. pakta-pauḍa wṛ. for pakhauḍa

paktavya

  1. paktavya pakti, paktha, pakva &c. See under √2. pac, p. 575

pakvaśa

  1. pakvaśa m. a Cāṇḍāla L. (cf. pakkaṇa, pukkaśa)

pakvāpakvā

  1. pakvāpakvā onomat. (imitative of the cry of birds) MBh

pakṣ

  1. pakṣ cl. 1. and 10. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 14
  2. xxxii, 17) pakṣati, ○ṣayati, to take, seize (parigrahe, Dhāt.)
  3. to take a part or side W

pakṣa

  1. pakṣá m. (ifc. f. ā or ī) a wing, pinion (in one passage, n.) RV. &c. &c
  2. a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat
  3. a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. gārdhra-p○)
  4. the fin of a fish (cf. nis-tvak-p○)
  5. the shoulder
  6. the flank or side or the half of anything RV. &c. &c
  7. the side or wing of a building AV. [Page 573, Column]
  8. the wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv
  9. the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or apūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha
  10. the other half apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra
  11. each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called prathamā, dvitīyā &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Var. &c
  12. a side, party, faction
  13. multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings
  14. partisan, adherent, follower, friend (śatru- 'the enemy's side' or 'a partisan of the enemy'
  15. mahā-, 'one who has many adherents') MBh. Kāv. &c
  16. side, i.e. position, place, stead (○kṣe ifc. instead of or by way of) ib
  17. quantity ( See keśa-)
  18. one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (○kṣe, 'on the other hand', with atra, 'in this case', pakṣântare, 'in the other case') Pāṇ. Sch
  19. a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. pūrva-, uttara-)
  20. an action or lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
  21. (in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bhāshāp
  22. any supposition or view, motion, idea, opinion (mukhyaḥ pakṣaḥ, 'an excellent idea' Śak. Sch.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  23. the sun Sāy. on RV. iii, 53, 16
  24. N. of sev. men VP
  25. (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division
  26. the wall of a house or any wall L
  27. an army L
  28. favour L
  29. contradiction, rejoinder L
  30. the ash-pit of a fire-place L
  31. a royal elephant L
  32. a limb or member of the body L
  33. the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L
  34. proximity, neighbourhood L
  35. a bracelet L
  36. purity, perfection L
  37. mfn. = pācaka, bādhaka Sāy. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. fahs ; AnglṢax. feax.]

pakṣakṛt

  1. ○kṛt m. a partisan, follower VāmP

pakṣakṣaya

  1. ○kṣaya m. the end of a half month Var

pakṣakṣepa

  1. ○kṣepa m. the stroke or beat of a wing Bhpr. (v. l. pakṣôtk○)

pakṣagama

  1. ○gama mfn. moving with wing, flying
  2. m. a bird R

pakṣagupta

  1. ○gupta m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird L

pakṣagrahaṇa

  1. ○grahaṇa n. taking the side of (gen.) Kām

pakṣagrāha

  1. ○grāha (Hariv.),

pakṣagrāhin

  1. ○grāḍhin (R.), mfn. one who takes the side or chooses the party of (gen. or comp.)

pakṣaghāta

  1. ○ghāta See pakṣâgh○

pakṣaghna

  1. ○ghna (with tri-śālaka), n. (a house) wanting (lit. killing) a side i.e. having three halls towards east and south and north (but not one towards the west) Var

pakṣaṃgama

  1. ○ṃ-gama mfn. = ○kṣa-g R

pakṣacara

  1. ○cara m. = -gama m. (cf. jala-pakṣa-c○)
  2. an elephant strayed from the herd Kād
  3. the moon L

pakṣacchid

  1. ○cchid m. 'cutter of the wings' (of mountains), N. of Indra Kālid

pakṣaja

  1. ○ja m. 'produced in half a month, 'the moon (also -janman) L
  2. N. of partic. clouds VP

pakṣatā

  1. ○tā f. partisanship, adherence to a party (○tāṃ-√gam, with gen. 'to take the side of') MBh
  2. (in phil.) the taking up a side or argument
  3. maintaining or defending a thesis
  4. the essential nature of a proposition
  5. the being the premiss to be proved
  6. N. of sev. wks
  7. -kroḍa m. -grantha m. -ṭippanī and -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha m. N. of wks

pakṣatva

  1. ○tva n. the being a part of (comp.) Śaṃk
  2. the being the premiss to be proved Tarkas
  3. the being a lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
  4. = -tā L

pakṣadvaya

  1. ○dvaya n. both sides of an argument W
  2. a month (lit. 2 half months) ib

pakṣadvāra

  1. ○dvāra n. a side or inner or back door, private entrance Mṛicch

pakṣadhara

  1. ○dhara mfn. having wings (cf. m.)
  2. taking the side of, clinging to (gen. or loc.) MBh
  3. m. a bird Hariv
  4. an elephant that has strayed from the herd L
  5. the moon L. (cf. -cara)
  6. N. of Jayadeva (author of the Tattva-cintāmaṇy-āloka) Cat
  7. (ī), f. N. of wk
  8. -miśra m. N. of an author
  9. -vyākhyā f. ○rôddhāra f. N. of wks

pakṣadharmatāvāda

  1. ○dharmatā-vāda m. N. of wk

pakṣanāḍī

  1. ○nāḍī f. a quill Suśr

pakṣanikṣepa

  1. ○nikṣepa m. the placing on the side of. counting among (comp.) Sarvad

pakṣapāta

  1. ○pāta m. 'falling of the feathers, the moulting of birds L
  2. flying, soaring Ratnâv. ii, 7
  3. adopting a side or argument, siding with, partiality or inclination for (loc., gen., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also Ratnâv. ii, 7)
  4. a partisan, adherent W
  5. -kṛta-sneha mfn. manifesting party attachment, sympathizing MW

pakṣapātin

  1. ○pātin mfn. flying
  2. ifc. siding with, favouring Kāv. Pañc
  3. ○ti-tā f. Rājat. Naish
  4. ○ti-tva n. MW

pakṣapāli

  1. ○pāli f. a wing, Caṇḍak
  2. a private or back door L

pakṣapuccha

  1. ○pucchá n. wings and tail ŚBr
  2. ○cchá-vat mfn. having wings and tails ib

pakṣapuṭa

  1. ○puṭa m. a wing (lit. 'the hollow of the wing') Hariv. Kād

pakṣapoṣaṇa

  1. ○poṣaṇa mfn. favouring a party, factious BhP

pakṣapradoṣavrata

  1. ○pradoṣavrata n. N. of wk

pakṣapradyota

  1. ○pradyota m. N. of a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat. [Page 574, Column]

pakṣabala

  1. ○bala n. strength of wing MW

pakṣabindu

  1. ○bindu m. 'wingspot, a heron L

pakṣabhāga

  1. ○bhāga m. the side or flank, (esp.) the flank of an elephant L

pakṣabhukti

  1. ○bhukti f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight BhP

pakṣabheda

  1. ○bheda m. distinction between two sides of an argument
  2. the difference between the two halves of a lunar month MW

pakṣamūla

  1. ○mūla n. the √or articulation of a wing L

pakṣayāga

  1. ○yāga m. N. of wk

pakṣaracanā

  1. ○racanā f. forming a party or faction
  2. -naipuṇya n. skill in forming &c. Daś

pakṣarātri

  1. ○rātri f. a kind of play or sport Cat

pakṣavañcitaka

  1. ○vañcitaka n. a partic. position of the hands in dancing ib

pakṣavat

  1. ○vat (○kṣá-), mfn. winged, having wings or flanks ŚBr. MBh. &c
  2. belonging to a party, having adherents or followers MBh. (Nīlak. 'belonging to a good family, wellborn')

pakṣavadha

  1. ○vadha m. 'side stroke', paralysis of one side Car. Bhpr

pakṣavāda

  1. ○vāda m. expression of opinion, stating a case MBh

pakṣavāhana

  1. ○vāhana m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird L

pakṣavikala

  1. ○vikala mfn. having mutilated wṭwings Mṛicch

pakṣavyāpin

  1. ○vyāpin mfn. embracing the whole of an argument MW

pakṣaśas

  1. ○śas ind. by or for half months or fortnights MBh

pakṣasammita

  1. ○sammita mfn. corresponding to the (size of the) wings KātySr

pakṣasundara

  1. ○sundara m. Symplocos Racemosa L

pakṣahata

  1. ○hatá mfn. paralysed on one side ŚBr

pakṣahara

  1. ○hara m. a recreant, traitor MBh

pakṣahoma

  1. ○homa m. an oblation lasting for a fortnight or to be offered every fortnight L
  2. -vidhi m. -samasya-vidhāna n. N. of wks

pakṣākāra

  1. pakṣâkāra mfn. wing-shaped MW

pakṣāghāta

  1. pakṣâghāta m.= ○kṣa-vadha Car. Suśr
  2. refutation of an argument or view W

pakṣādi

  1. pakṣâdi m. the first day of a half month PārGṛ

pakṣādhyāya

  1. pakṣâdhyāya m. casuistry, logic Divyâv

pakṣānta

  1. pakṣânta m. the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird MBh
  2. the last or 15th Tithi of either half month, new or full moon Gobh. Mn. &c

pākṣāntara

  1. pâkṣântara n. an individual or particular case L
  2. another side or view of an argument Śak. Sch

pakṣābhāsa

  1. pakṣâbhāsa m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint Yājñ. Sch

pakṣāvalī

  1. pakṣâvalī f. N. of wk

pakṣāvasara

  1. pakṣâvasara m. (L.),

pakṣāvasāna

  1. pakṣâḍvasāna n. (Var.) the last Tithi or day of either half month, day of new or full moon

pakṣāṣṭamī

  1. pakṣâṣṭamī f. the 8th Tithi or day of either half month PārGṛ

pakṣāhati

  1. pakṣâhati f. a stroke with the wings MW

pakṣāhāra

  1. pakṣâhāra m. one who eats food only once in a half month MBh

pakṣeśvara

  1. pakṣêśvara m. N. of an author (prob. = ṣa-dhara) Cat

pakṣotkṣepa

  1. pakṣôtkṣepa m. v. l. for ○kṣa-kṣepa

pakṣodgrāhin

  1. pakṣôdgrāhin mfn. = ○kṣa-grāhin MW

pakṣaka

  1. pakṣaka m. a wing (ifc
  2. cf. sa-)
  3. N. of the number two Hcat
  4. a fan Gal
  5. a side door L
  6. a side Śiś
  7. a partisan L

pakṣati

  1. pakṣatí f. the √or pit of a bird's wing VS. Kāv. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 25)
  2. the feathers or plumage of a bird Kād. Bālar. (ifc
  3. -tā f.)
  4. the first Tithi or day of the half month (also ○tī) L

pakṣatipuṭa

  1. ○puṭa m. pl. the expanded wings Caṇḍ. (cf. pakṣa-p○)

pakṣas

  1. pákṣas n. a wing Uṇ. iv, 219 Sch
  2. a side RV. vi, 47, 19
  3. the side part of a carriage AV. ŚāṅkhBr. Gobh
  4. the leaf or side-post of a door VS. TBr. Kāṭh
  5. the wing of an army, ŚāṅkhBr a half or any division ŚrS
  6. a half month TāṇḍBr
  7. the side or shore of a river ib. ŚāṅkhŚr

pakṣālikā

  1. pakṣālikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

pakṣālu

  1. pakṣālu m. a bird L

pakṣi

  1. pakṣi m. a bird (only acc. sg. ○kṣim R. B. iii, 14, 2
  2. pl. ○kṣīn MBh. xii, 9306)

pakṣi

  1. pakṣi in comp. for ○kṣin

pakṣikīṭa

  1. ○kīṭa m. a species of small bird MW

pakṣijyotiṣa

  1. ○jyotiṣa n. N. of wk

pakṣitīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat

pakṣitva

  1. ○tva n. the state or condition of a bird Kathās

pakṣipati

  1. ○pati m. 'prince of bird', N. of Sampāti R

pakṣipānīyaśālikā

  1. ○pānīya-śālikā f. a trough or reservoir for watering bird L

pakṣipuṃgava

  1. ○puṃgava m. 'bull among bird', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
  2. of Jaṭāyu R

pakṣipravara

  1. ○pravara m. 'most excellent among bird's', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

pakṣibālaka

  1. ○bālaka m. a young bird MW

pakṣimanuṣyālayalakṣaṇa

  1. ○manuṣyâlaya-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

pakṣimārga

  1. ○mārga m. 'bird's Path', the air Gal

pakṣimṛgatā

  1. ○mṛga-tā f. the form or condition of a bird or of a beast Mn. xii, 9

pakṣirāj

  1. ○rāj or m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās

pakṣirāja

  1. ○rāja m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās

pakṣirājya

  1. ○rājya n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes MW

pakṣiśārdūla

  1. ○śārdūla m. (in music) a kind of dance

pakṣiśālā

  1. ○śālā f. 'bird-house', an aviary or a nest L

pakṣiśāvaka

  1. ○śāvaka m. a young bird MW

pakṣisiṃha

  1. ○siṃha (L.),

svāmin

  1. svāmin (Hit.), m. lion or lord among bṭbird', N. of Garuḍa. [Page 574, Column]

pakṣīndra

  1. pakṣī7ndra m. = ○kṣi-rāj R. Ragh. Kathās

pakṣīśa

  1. pakṣī7śa m.id. R

pakṣin

  1. pakṣín mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c
  2. (ifc.) taking the side of. siding with Hariv
  3. m. a bird or any winged animal RV. &c. &c
  4. the bird Garuḍa as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L
  5. N. of Śiva MBh
  6. a day with the 2 nights enclosing it L
  7. an arrow L
  8. a partic. sacrificial act TāṇḍBr
  9. (iṇī), f. a female bird Hariv
  10. (with or sc. rātri) a night with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut
  11. the day of full moon L
  12. N. of a Śākini L

pakṣila

  1. pakṣila m. N. of the saint Vātsyāyana L

pakṣilasvāmin

  1. ○svāmin m. id. (as identified with Cāṇakya) Sarvad

pakṣīkṛ

  1. pakṣī-√kṛ to appropriate, become master of anything Hcar

pakṣīya

  1. pakṣīya mfn. taking the side or party of, siding with (comp.) Hariv

pakṣu

  1. pakṣu m. N. of a serpent-demon L. (wṛ. for vakṣu?)

pakṣma

  1. pakṣma m. or an. eye-lash (in gen. pl. ○māṇām MBh. iv, 390)
  2. n. lead Gal

pakṣma

  1. pakṣma in comp. for ○man,

pakṣmakopa

  1. ○kopa m. irritation in the eye from the eyelashes turning in wards (Entropium) Suśr

pakṣmapāta

  1. ○pāta m. 'falling of the eyelashes', closing of the eyes Ragh

pakṣmaprakopa

  1. ○prakopa m. = -kopa Suśr

pakṣmayūkā

  1. ○yūkā f. a louse in the eyelashes L

pakṣmasampāta

  1. ○sampāta m.= -pāta
  2. -ja (with kāla), m. an instant MBh

pakṣmaspanda

  1. ○spanda m. quivering of the eyelashes Kāvyâd. ii, 149

pakṣmākṣa

  1. pakṣmâkṣa mfn. suffering from Entropium (cf. above) L

pakṣman

  1. pákṣman n. (sg. and pl.) the eyelashes (○ṇonipātena', in the twinkling of an eye, in an instant' MBh
  2. cf. pakṣma-pāta &c.: above) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c
  3. the hair (of a decr) Śiś. i, 8
  4. the filament of a flower ib. v, 85
  5. a thin thread L
  6. the leaf of a flower Kād
  7. a wing L
  8. a whisker MW

pakṣmala

  1. pakṣmala mf(ā)n. having long eyelashes Kāv. Suśr
  2. having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy Śiś
  3. downy, soft Kād. Bālar

pakṣmaladṛś

  1. ○dṛś f. (a woman) having long eyelashes Viddh

pakṣya

  1. pakṣyá mf(ā)n. being in or belonging to the wings (cf. below)
  2. changing every half month RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy. 'descended from Paksha i.e. the sun')
  3. produced or occurring in a fortnight W
  4. (ifc.) siding or taking part with Kathās

pakṣyavayas

  1. ○vayas mfn. whose strength lies in his (its) wings, Śulbas

pakṣṇu

  1. pakṣṇu See p. 575, col. 2

pakhoda

  1. pakhoda and pakhauda m. Capparis Divaricata L

pagārā

  1. pagārā f. N. of a place Inscr

paṅka

  1. páṅka m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, said to be fr. √1. pac 'to spread') mud, mire, dirt, clay (ifc. f. ā) Suparṇ. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. ointment, unguent (in comp
  3. cf. kuṅkuma-, candana- &c.) Kāv. BhP
  4. moral impurity, sin L

paṅkakarvaṭa

  1. ○karvaṭa m. mud on the banks of a river, soft mud L

paṅkakīra

  1. ○kīra m. an aquatic bird, lap-wing L

paṅkakrīḍa

  1. ○krīḍa and m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L

paṅkakrīḍanaka

  1. ○krīḍanaka m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L

paṅkagaḍaka

  1. ○gaḍaka m

paṅkagaṇḍī

  1. ○gaṇḍī and f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L

paṅkagati

  1. ○gati f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L

paṅkagrāha

  1. ○grāha m. the marine monster Makara L

paṅkacchid

  1. ○cchid m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water) Mālav

paṅkaja

  1. ○ja n. (ifc. f. ā) 'mud-born', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (whose flower closes in the evening) MBh. Kāv. &c. (in Kathās. once ā f.)
  2. m. N. of Brahmā Cat. (for paṅkaja-ja)
  3. mfn. lotus-eyed Jātakam
  4. -janman m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Hariv
  5. -nayanā f. a lotus-eyed woman Bhām
  6. -nābha m. 'having a lotus springing from his navel', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. BhP
  7. -netra mfn. lotus-eyed' (said of Vishṇu) BhP
  8. -pattra-netra m. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW
  9. -mālin mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (Vishṇu) BhP
  10. -lāvam ind. (fr. √lū) cutting off like a lotus-flower Bālar
  11. -vat mfn. furnished with a lotus Nīlak. on MBh
  12. ○jâkṣī f. = ○ja-nayanā Amar
  13. ○jâṅghri mfn. whose feet are adorned with lotus-flowers (Vishṇu) BhP
  14. jâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkâvalī)
  15. ○jâsana-stha mfn. sitting on a lotus-throne (Brahmā) Var
  16. ○jiṅ mfn. furnished with a lotus MBh
  17. (nī), f. Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or a group or the flexible stalk of such lotuses), also a lotus-pond (= ○nī-saras) Kāv. Pur

paṅkajanman

  1. ○janman n. = -ja n. L

paṅkajāta

  1. ○jāta n. id
  2. = pāpa-samūha Dharmaś

paṅkajit

  1. ○jit m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh

paṅkatā

  1. ○tā f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness Śiś

paṅkadanta

  1. ○dantá mfn. having mud or clay between the teeth Suparṇ. [Page 574, Column]

paṅkadigdha

  1. ○digdha mfn. mud-smeared
  2. -śarīra m. 'having a mud-smṭsmeared body', N. of a Dānava Hariv
  3. ○dhâṅga m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh

paṅkaprabhā

  1. ○prabhā f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 7 divisions of hell (where mud takes the place of light) L

paṅkabhāj

  1. ○bhāj mfn. sunk in the mire W

paṅkabhāraka

  1. ○bhāraka mfn. laden with mud, muddy W

paṅkabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. = -tā Ragh

paṅkamagna

  1. ○magna (paṅká.), mfn. immersed in mud Suparṇ

paṅkamajjana

  1. ○majjana n. immersion in mud MW

paṅkamaṇḍuka

  1. ○maṇḍuka (!), m. a bivalve conch L. (wṛ. ○dūka)

paṅkamaya

  1. ○maya mf(i)n. full of mud, muddy MW

paṅkaruh

  1. ○ruh and n. = -ja n. L

paṅkaruha

  1. ○ruha n. = -ja n. L
  2. ○hiṇī f. (Vcar.) = -jinī

paṅkalagna

  1. ○lagna mfn. sticking in mud Bhpr

paṅkavat

  1. ○vat mfn. muddy, covered with mud Hariv. R

paṅkavāri

  1. ○vāri n. vḷ. for pakva-v○

paṅkavāsa

  1. ○vāsa m. 'mud-dweller', a crab L

paṅkaśukti

  1. ○śukti f. 'mud-shell', the stair-case shell L

paṅkaśūraṇa

  1. ○śūraṇa m. 'mud-√', the fibrous eatable √of a lotus (also written -ṣūraṇa, or -sūr○)

paṅkākta

  1. paṅkâkta mfn. smeared with mud Hit

paṅkāvalī

  1. paṅkâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkajâv○)

paṅkaya

  1. paṅkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make muddy, trouble Kir. xi, 19
  2. to besmear Hcar

paṅkāra

  1. paṅkāra m. (only L.) Blyxa Octandra
  2. Trapa Bispinosa
  3. a dam, dike
  4. stairs, a ladder

paṅkin

  1. paṅkin mfn. muddy, ifc. covered with anything as with mud MBh. (cf. mala-)

paṅkila

  1. paṅkila mf(ā)n. = prec. MBh. Hariv
  2. thick, condensed L
  3. m. a boat, canoe L

paṅke

  1. paṅke loc. of paṅka in comp

paṅkeja

  1. ○ja n. = ○ka-ja L

paṅkeruh

  1. ○ruh n. id., Prasann

paṅkeruha

  1. ○ruha n. id. Dhūrtas. BhP
  2. m. the Indian crane L
  3. -vasati m. loc-dweller, N. of Brahmā Vcar
  4. ○hâkṣī
  5. f. a loc-eyed woman Bhām
  6. ○hiṇī f. Nelumbium Speciosum ib

paṅkeśaya

  1. ○śaya mfn. resting or dwelling in mud Suśr

paṅkaṇa

  1. paṅkaṇa wṛ. for pakkaṇa

paṅkti

  1. paṅkti (also ○ktī m. c. and in comp.), f. (fr. pañcan) a row or set or collection of five, the number 5 AV. Br. &c
  2. a sort of five fold metre consisting of 5 Pādas of 8 syllables each ib
  3. any stanza of 4 X 10 syllables Col. (= chandas L.)
  4. the number 10 Hcat. (cf. -grīva &c. below)
  5. any row or set or series or number, a group, collection, flock, troop, assembly, company (e.g. of persons eating together or belonging to the same caste) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. the earth L
  7. wṛ. for pakti, q.v

paṅktikaṭa

  1. ○kaṭa m. a species of grass ĀpGṛ. Sch

paṅktikaṇṭaka

  1. ○kaṇṭaka m. a white-flowering Achyranthes L

paṅktikanda

  1. ○kanda m. a partic. bulbous plant L

paṅktikrama

  1. ○krama m. order, succession Hit

paṅktigrīva

  1. ○grīva m. 'ten-necked', N. of Rāvaṇa L

paṅkticara

  1. ○cara m. 'going in lines', an osprey L

paṅktidūṣa

  1. ○dūṣa (MBh.),

paṅktidūṣaka

  1. ○dūḍṣaka (Var.),

paṅktidūṣaṇa

  1. ○dūḍṣaṇa (Āpast.), mfn. 'defiling society', (any person) improper to associate with

paṅktidoṣa

  1. ○doṣa m. 'societybane', anything which defiles a social circle MBh

paṅktipāvana

  1. ○pāvana mfn. purifying society, respectable (opp. to dūṣa) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. -pāvana mfn. doing honour to a social circle TS. Sch

paṅktibīja

  1. ○bīja m. Acacia Arabica L

paṅktimālā

  1. ○mālā f. a species of plant Gal

paṅktiratha

  1. ○ratha m. 'having 10 chariots', N. of Daśaratha (Rāma's father) Ragh. Pur

paṅktirādhas

  1. ○rādhas (○ktí-), mfn. containing fivefold (or numbers of) gifts RV

paṅktivihaṃgamanāmabhṛt

  1. ○vihaṃgama-nāma-bhṛt m. = -paṅkti-ratha, or daśa-r○ Vām. ii, 1, 13

paṅktiśas

  1. ○śas ind. by rows or numbers Śiś. xiv, 33

paṅktikā

  1. paṅktikā f. the number ten, a decade Hcat
  2. a row, line (in akṣara-p○) Bhartṛ

paṅktī

  1. paṅktī for paṅkti in comp

paṅktīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. combined into groups Hariv

paṅktīhara

  1. ○hara See pāṅktīhari

paṅktyuttarā

  1. paṅkty-uttarā f. a kind of metre RPrāt

paṅgu

  1. paṅgu mf(vii, or ū)n. (fr. √paj ?
  2. Uṇ. i, 37 Sch.) lame, halt, crippled in the legs AV.Par. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  3. N. of those elements of the body which are themselves without motion (but are moved by the wind) Bhpr
  4. m. N. of the planet Saturn (as moving slowly) Cat. (cf. -vāsara)
  5. of Nirjita-varman Rājat

paṅgugraha

  1. ○graha m. the seamonster Makara (cf. paṅka-g○) W
  2. one of the signs of the zodiac (cf. makara) MW

paṅgutā

  1. ○tā f. lameness, motionlessness
  2. -hāriṇī f. 'destroying lameness', a species of shrub L. Mn. xi, 51

paṅgutva

  1. ○tva n. = -tâ Tattvas

paṅgubhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. = -tā Vcar

paṅguvakrakarmaprakāśa

  1. ○vakra-karma-prakāśa m. N. of wk

paṅguvāsara

  1. ○vāsara m. Saturday KāśīKh

paṅguka

  1. paṅguka mfn. = paṅgu, lame MBh

paṅgula

  1. paṅgula mfn. id. L
  2. n. (?) lameness Suśr
  3. m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour L. [Page 575, Column]

paṅgūyita

  1. paṅgūyita n. limping, lameness Śrīkaṇṭh

pac

  1. pac or pañc, cl. 1, P. Ā. pacati, ○te, or pañcati, ○te, to spread out, make clear or evident Dhātup. vi, 14: Caus. -pañcayati (xxxii, 108), See pra-pañcaya

pañca

  1. pañca mf(ā)n. spread out Uttarar
  2. m. (in music) a kind of measure

pac

  1. pac cl. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxiii, 27) pácati, ○te (cl. 4. Ā. pácyate, below.
  2. p. pacāna MBh. iii, 13239 [cf. kim-pacāna]
  3. pf. papāca [2. sg. papaktha or pecitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 121 Sch.], pecur
  4. pece, pecire [ápeciran, i AV
  5. peciran Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 12]
  6. aor. pákṣat RV
  7. apākṣīt, apakta Gr
  8. Prec. pacyāt ib
  9. fut. pakṣyati, ○te or paktā Br
  10. ind. p. paktvā́ AV. MBh
  11. inf. páktave AV. Br
  12. paktum, pāṇ viii, 2, 30 Sch.), to cook, bake, roast, boil (Ā. also 'for one's self') RV. &c. &c
  13. (with double acc.) to cook anything out of (e.g. tandulān odanam pacati, 'he cooks porridge out of rice-grains') Siddh
  14. to bake or burn (bricks) ŚBr
  15. to digest Suśr
  16. to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion RV. &c. &c
  17. (with double acc.) to develop or change into (e.g. puṇyâpuṇyaṃ sukhâsukham, 'merit and demerit into weal or woe') Vop
  18. (intrans.) to become ripe or mature Bhpr.: Pass. pacyáte (○ti MBh
  19. aor. apāci Gr.), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed RV. &c. &c
  20. to be tormented Divyâv
  21. also intrans. = pácyate (cf.above), to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen RV. VS. Br. (with acc. of the fruit that is borne or ripens Maitr. Kāṭh
  22. Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 14 Pat
  23. lokáḥ pácyamānaḥ, 'the developing world' ŚBr.): Caus. pācayati, ○te Br. (aor. apīpacat Gr
  24. Pass. pācyate, p. ○cyamāna MBh.)
  25. to cause to cook or be cooked (Ā. 'for one's self'), to have cooked or to cook ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 74 ; 4, 52, (?) Sch.)
  26. to cause to ripen TBr
  27. to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal Suśr.: Desid. pipakṣati Gr.: Intens. pāpacīti Gr
  28. pāpacyate, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted BhP. Suśr.: Desid. of intens. pāpacishati, ○te Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. coquo ; [575,] Slav. peka, pes8ti.]

paktavya

  1. paktavya mfn. to be cooked or baked MBh
  2. to be matured or digested W

pakti

  1. paktí (VS. pákti), f. cooking, preparing food Mn. ix, 11 (anna-p○)
  2. food or any dish of cooked food RV. VS
  3. digesting, digestion Mn. Yājñ. Suśr
  4. place of digestion (= -sthāna) Suśr
  5. ripening, development (cf. loka-), having results or consequences Var. Kāv
  6. purification MBh. xii, 9745 (Nilak.)
  7. respectability, dignity, fame Suśr

paktidṛṣṭi

  1. ○dṛṣṭi f. du. digestive organs and sight Mn. xii, 120

paktināśana

  1. ○nāśana mfn. spoiling digestion Suśr

paktiśūla

  1. ○śūla n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic L

paktisthāna

  1. ○sthāna n. place of digestion Suśr

paktṛ

  1. paktṛ́ mfn. who or what cooks or roasts or bakes (with gen.) AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
  2. digestive, promoting digestion Suśr
  3. m. or n. the digestive fire, force of digestion Car

paktra

  1. pakḍtra n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire or that fire perpetually maintained by him Uṇ. iv, 166

paktrima

  1. pakḍtrima mfn. obtained by cooking Pāṇ. 3-3, 88 ; iv, 4, 20
  2. ripe HPariś
  3. cooked W

paktha

  1. pakthá m. N. of a man protected by the Aśvins RV. (○thasya saubharasya, N. of 2 sāmans ĀrshBr.)
  2. pl. N. of a people ib

pakthin

  1. pakḍthin m. 'who cooks the oblation' (Sāy
  2. prob. N. of a man) ib

pakva

  1. pakvá mf(ā)n. (considered as p.p. of √2. pac
  2. Pāṇ. 8-2, 52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on a fire (opp. to āma) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to the milk in an udder)
  3. warmed (cf. dviṣ-) Gobh. Mn. &c
  4. baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) ŚBr. Var. &c
  5. ripe, mature (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree with ripe fruits)
  6. grey, hoary (as the hair) Dhūrtas
  7. accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character &c.) MBh. BhP
  8. ripe for decay, near to death, decrepit, perishing, decaying ib
  9. digested W
  10. n. cooked food, dish RV. AV. ŚBr
  11. ripe corn AV
  12. the ashes of a burnt corpse ib

pakvakaṣāya

  1. ○kaṣāya mfn. whose passion has become extinguished BhP

pakvakṛt

  1. ○kṛt mfn. cooking, maturing, dressing food
  2. m. Azadirachta Indica L

pakvakeśa

  1. ○keśa mfn. grey-haired W

pakvagātra

  1. ○gātra mfn. having a decrepit or infirm body Divyâv

pakvatā

  1. ○tā f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair) L. [Page 575, Column]

pakvarasa

  1. ○rasa m. wine or any intoxicating liquor made of the juice of the sugar cane Bhpr

pakvavat

  1. ○vat mfn. one who has cooked &c. MW

pakvavāri

  1. ○vāri n. sour rice-gruel (= kāñjika) L
  2. boiling or distilled water W. (v. l. paṅka-v○)

pakvasasyopamonnati

  1. ○sasyôpamônnati m. a species of Kadamba L

pakvaharitalūna

  1. ○harita-lūna mfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry L

pakvātīsāra

  1. pakvâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery Bhpr

pakvādhāna

  1. pakvâdhāna n. the receptacle for digested food, the stomach, abdomen Suśr

pakvānna

  1. pakvânna n. cooked or dressed food Mn. Var. &c

pakvāśaya

  1. pakvâśaya m.= ○vâdhāna MBh. Suśr. (cf. āmâś○)

pakvāśin

  1. pakvâśin mfn. eating only cooked food, Pracaṇḍ. i, 19

pakveṣṭaka

  1. pakvêṣṭaka mfn. made of burnt bricks Mṛicch
  2. -cita n. a building constructed with burnt bricks Yājñ

pakveṣṭakā

  1. pakvêṣṭakā f. a burnt or baked brick Var
  2. -maya mf(ī)n. made of burnt bricks Hcat

pakvaka

  1. pakvaká m. (?) AV. xx, 130, 6

pakṣṇu

  1. pakṣṇu mfn. who or what cooks or matures Vop

pac

  1. pac mfn. (ifc
  2. nom. -pak Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 Sch.) cooking, baking

paca

  1. paca mfn. id. (cf. alpam-, iṣṭi-, kim- &c.)
  2. m. and (a), f. the act of cooking &c. L

pacapaca

  1. ○paca m. 'continually bringing to maturity' (?), N. of Śiva MBh

pacampacā

  1. ○m-pacā f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza Bhpr. (vḷ. -bacā L.)

paca

  1. paca 2. sg. Impv. of √pac

pacaprakūṭā

  1. ○prakūṭā and f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

pacalavaṇā

  1. ○lavaṇā f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

pacaka

  1. pacaka m. a cook, cooking, baking L

pacat

  1. pacat mf(ntī)n. cooking, roasting &c

pacatpuṭa

  1. ○puṭa m. Hibiscus Phoeniceus L

pacata

  1. pacatá mfn. cooked, boiled &c. RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr
  2. m. fire L
  3. the sun L
  4. N. of Indra L
  5. n. cooked food (= pakti) Nir. vi, 16

pacata

  1. pacata 2. pl. Impv. of √pac

pacatabhṛjjatā

  1. ○bhṛjjatā f. (2. pl. Impv. of √pac and √bhṛjj) continual baking and roasting, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

pacatikalpam

  1. pacati-kalpam ind. (?) Pāṇ. 5-3, 67, (?) Sch

pacatya

  1. pacatyá mfn. cooked, dressed RV. iii, 52, 2

pacana

  1. pacana mfn. cooking, maturing (cf. anvāhārya-, eṇī-)
  2. m. fire L
  3. (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening L
  4. (ī), f. the wild citron tree L. (vḷ. pavanī)
  5. n. (pác○) a means or instrument for cooking. RV. ŚBr
  6. cooking, roasting, maturing, becoming cooked or ripe MBh. Suśr. BhP

pacanakriyā

  1. ○kriyā f. cooking, dressing food Gaut

pacanāgāra

  1. pacanâgāra n. 'cooking room', a kitchen ĀpGṛ. Sch

pacanāgni

  1. pacanâgni m. a fire for boiling ib

pacanikā

  1. pacanikā f. a pan L

pacamānaka

  1. pacamānaka mfn. accustomed to cook one's food Baudh

paci

  1. paci m. fire L
  2. cooking, maturing L

pacelima

  1. pacelima mfn. being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly Pāṇ. 3-1, 96 Vārtt. 1 Pat. Kull. on Mn. iv, 172
  2. m. (L.) Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean
  3. fire
  4. the sun

paceluka

  1. paceḍluka m. a cook L

pacya

  1. pacya mfn. becoming ripe, ripening ( kṛṣṭa-pacya)

paccanikā

  1. paccanikā or paccanī f. a partic. part of a plough Kṛishis

pacchabda

  1. pac-chabda pac-chas &c. See under 3. pad, p. 583

paj

  1. paj or pañj, to become stiff or rigid, only pf. Ā. pāpaje with apa, he started back from (loc.) RV. x, 105, 3. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pango.] [575,]

pajra

  1. pajrá mf(ā́)n. solid, stout, fat, strong RV. [Gk. ?]
  2. m. N. of Kakshivat and other men ib
  3. [575,] (ā), f. the Soma plant ib
  4. n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

pajrahoṣin

  1. ○hoṣin mfn. having fat or rich oblations (Indra-Agni) RV. vi, 59, 4 (cf. Nir. v, 22)

pajriya

  1. pajriyá m. N. of Kakshīvat RV

pañjaka

  1. pañjaka m. N. of a man Rājat

pañjara

  1. pañjara n. a cage, aviary, dove-cot, net MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a skeleton, the ribs Prab. Caṇḍ. (also m. L.)
  3. N. of partic. prayers and formularies VāmP
  4. m. (L.) the body. Udbh
  5. the Kali-yuga L
  6. a purificatory ceremony performed on cows L
  7. a kind of bulbous plant (v. l. pañjala)

pañjarakapiñjala

  1. ○kapiñjala m. a partridge in a cage Mṛicch

pañjarakapota

  1. ○kapota m. a pigeon in a cṭcage ib

pañjarakesarin

  1. ○kesarin m. a lion in a cṭcage Kād

pañjaracālananyāya

  1. ○cālana-nyāya m. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways) Śaṃk

pañjarabhāj

  1. ○bhāj mfn. 'keeping the cṭcage, remaining in it Kād. [Page 575, Column]

pañjaraśuka

  1. ○śuka m. a parrot in a cage Mṛicch

pañjarākheṭa

  1. pañjarâkheṭa m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught L

pañjaraka

  1. pañjaraka m. or n. a cage, aviary &c. MBh. . Pañc

pajoka

  1. pajoka m. N. of a poet Cat

pajja

  1. paj-ja See 3. pad

pajihaṭikā

  1. pajihaṭikā f. (pad +?) a small bell Chandom
  2. a kind of metre ib

pañc

  1. pañc See √1. pac, col. 1

pañca

  1. pañca See under 1. pac ib

pañca

  1. pañca in comp. for pañcan ( See p. 578)

pañcakapāla

  1. ○kapāla (páñca.), mf(i)n. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, m. (with or, sc. puro-dāśa) an oblation so offered ŚBr. ŚrS

pañcakarṇa

  1. ○karṇa mfn. branded in the ear with the number 5 (as cattle) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 (?)
  2. m. N. of a man TĀr

pañcakarpaṭa

  1. ○karpaṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh

pañcakarma

  1. ○karma n. (L.),

pañcakarman

  1. ○karman n. (Suśr.),

pañcakarmī

  1. ○karmī f. (L.) the 5 kinds of treatment (in medicine, viz. giving emetics, purgative medicines, sternutatories, and enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily)
  2. ○mavidhi and ○mâdhikāra m. N. of medic. wks

pañcakalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. one who studies or has studied 5 Kalpas (esp. those belonging to the AV.) L
  2. (ī), f. N. of wk

pañcakalyāṇaka

  1. ○kalyāṇaka m. a horse with white feet and a white mouth Hcat

pañcakaṣāya

  1. ○kaṣāya m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of 5 plants (the Jambū, Sālmali, Vāṭyāla, Bakula and Badara) L
  2. -ja and ○yâttha mfn. produced from the above decoction Suśr

pañcakāṭhakaprayogavṛtti

  1. ○kāṭhaka-prayoga-vṛtti f. N. of wk

pañcakāpittha

  1. ○kāpittha mfn. prepared with the 5 products of Feronia Elephantum Suśr

pañcakārukī

  1. ○kārukī f. the 5 artisans in a village L

pañcakālakriyādīpa

  1. ○kāla-kriyā-dīpa m

pañcakālapaddhati

  1. ○kāla-paddhati f

pañcakālapravartana

  1. ○kāla-pravartana n. N. of wks

pañcakūrca

  1. ○kūrca n. = -gavya KāśīKh

pañcakṛtya

  1. ○kṛtya n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛṣṭi, sthiti, saṃhāra, tirobhāva and anugraha-karaṇa) Sarvad
  2. (m.) a species of, plant L

pañcakṛtvas

  1. ○kṛtvas ind. 5 times Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Suśr

pañcakṛṣṇa

  1. ○kṛṣṇa m. 'having 5 black spots', a species of poisonous insect Suśr

pañcakṛṣṇala

  1. ○kṛṣṇala n. 5 Kṛishṇalas or coins so called Gaut
  2. ○laka mfn. comprising 5 Kṛishṇalas MW

pañcakoṇa

  1. ○koṇa m. a pentagon Col

pañcakola

  1. ○kola or n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr

pañcakolaka

  1. ○koḍlaka n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr

pañcakośa

  1. ○kośa (ibc.) the 5 sheaths supposed to invest the soul W. (cf. kośa)
  2. -viveka and -samṇyāsâcāra m. N. of wks

pañcakrama

  1. ○krama m. a particular Krama (or method of reciting the Vedic text) consisting of 5 members ( See pāṭha) L
  2. N. of a Buddh. wk. (also -ṭippanī f.)

pañcakrośa

  1. ○krośa m. or a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)

pañcakrośī

  1. ○kroḍśī f. a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)
  2. ○śa-mañjarī f. (○rī-sudarśana n.), ○śamāhātmya n. ○śa-yātrā f. or ○śī-yātrā-vidhi m. N. of wks

pañcakroṣṭṛ

  1. ○kroṣṭṛ mfn. = pañcabhiḥ kroṣṭrībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

pañcakleśabheda

  1. ○kleśa-bheda mf(ā)n. afflicted by the 5 kinds of pain ŚvetUp

pañcakṣāra

  1. ○kṣāra n. = -lavaṇa, q.v

pañcakhaṭva

  1. ○khaṭva n

pañcakhaṭvī

  1. ○khaṭḍvī f. a collection of 5 bedsteads L

pañcagaṅga

  1. ○gaṅga n. (C.),

pañcagaṅgā

  1. ○gaṅgā f. (B.) N. of a locality MBh

pañcagaṇayoga

  1. ○gaṇa-yoga m. a collect. N. of 5 plants (viz. vidārī-gandhā, bṛhatī, pṛśni-parṇī, nidigdhikā and sva-daṃṣṭrā) L

pañcagaṇḍaka

  1. ○gaṇḍaka mfn. (prob.) consisting of 5 parts (said of the Dharma-cakra) Divyâv

pañcagata

  1. ○gata mfn. 'arrived at 5', raised to the 5th power Col

pañcagatisamatikrānta

  1. ○gati-samatikrānta m. 'having passed through the 5 forms of existence', N. of Gautama Buddha Divyâv. (some reckon 6 forms, See MWB. 121)

pañcagava

  1. ○gava n

pañcagavī

  1. ○gavī f. a collection of 5 cows
  2. ○vadhana mfn. one whose property consists of 5 cows L

pañcagavya

  1. ○gavya n. the 5 products of the cow (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, and the liquid and solid excreta) L
  2. N. of wk
  3. -ghṛta n. N. of a partic. mixture Rasar
  4. -melana-prakāra m. N. of wk
  5. ○vyâpâna-vat mfn. having an anus made of the Pañca-gavya Hcat

pañcagārgya

  1. ○gārgya mfn. = pañcabhir gārgibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

pañcagu

  1. ○gu mfn. bought with 5 cows Pāṇ. 1-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat

pañcaguṇa

  1. ○guṇa mfn. fivefold
  2. having 5 virtues or good qualities MBh

pañcagupta

  1. ○gupta m. 'covered or protected in a fivefold manner', a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head
  2. cf. pañcâṅga-g○) L
  3. the materialistic system of the Cārvākas L

pañcagupti

  1. ○gupti f. Medicago Esculenta L

pañcagṛhita

  1. ○gṛhitá mfn. taken or taken up 5 times ŚBr. KātyŚr
  2. ○tin mfn. one who has taken up 5 times Lāṭy., Sch,

pañcagoṇi

  1. ○goṇi mfn. 'carrying 5 loads', bearing a heavy burden, Vajras (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 50 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) [Page 576, Column]

pañcagauḍabrāhmaṇajāti

  1. ○gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-jāti

pañcagranthī

  1. ○granthī

pañcagrahayogaśānti

  1. ○graha-yoga-śānti f. N. of wks

pañcagrāmī

  1. ○grāmī f. a collection of 5 villages Yājñ

pañcaghāta

  1. ○ghāta m. (in music) a kind of measure

pañcacakṣus

  1. ○cakṣus m. 'five-eyed', N. of the Buddha (who was supposed to have the māṃsa-c○, dharma-c○, prajñā-c○, divya-c○ and buddha-c○ i.e. the carnal eye, the eye of religion, the eye of intellect, the divine eye and the eye of Buddha MW. (cf. Dharmas. lxvi)

pañcacatvāriṃśa

  1. ○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 49th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

pañcacatvāriṃśat

  1. ○catvāriṃśat (pá○) f. 45 ŚBr

pañcacandra

  1. ○candra m. N. of a man Rājat

pañcacāmara

  1. ○cāmara n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
  2. -stotra n. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara

pañcacitīka

  1. ○cit�īka (pá○), mfn. piled up in 5 tiers or layers ŚBr. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. &c

pañcacīra

  1. ○cīra m. a Buddh. saint also named Mañjuśī (the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal MWB. 202, n. 1) W

pañcacūḍa

  1. ○cūḍa (pá○), mf(ā)n. having 5 protuberances (cf. f.)
  2. (also -ka) having 5 crests or tufts of hair Kathās
  3. (ā), f. = -coḍā ŚBr
  4. N. of an Apsaras MBh. R
  5. ○ḍā-maṇi m. N. of wk. (also ○ṇi-ṭīkā)

pañcacoḍā

  1. ○coḍā f. a brick with 5 protuberances TS. ĀpŚr. Śulb

pañcacola

  1. ○cola m. or n. N. of a part of the Himâlaya range L

pañcajana

  1. ○janá m. (pl.) the 5 classes of beings (viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsaras, serpents, and Pitṛis) TS. ŚBr. &c. man, mankind Hcar. (○nêndra m. prince, king Rājat.)
  2. (ibc.) the 5 elements MBh
  3. N. of a demon slain by Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c. (cf. pāñcajanya)
  4. of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛiti BhP
  5. of a Prajāpati ib
  6. of a son of Sagara by Keśini Hariv
  7. of a son of Sṛiñjaya and father of Soma-datta ib
  8. (ī), f. an assemblage of 5 persons L
  9. N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata BhP. (v. l. pāñcajanī)
  10. ○nī́na mfn. devoted or consecrated to the 5 races TS. TBr. (also ○nīya AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
  11. Pāṇ. 5-i, 9 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)
  12. m. an actor, a buffoon L
  13. the chief of 5 men W

pañcajitaṃte

  1. ○jitaṃ-te N. of a Stotra

pañcajñāna

  1. ○jñāna m. 'possessing fivefold knowledge', a Buddha L

pañcaḍākinī

  1. ○ḍākinī f. N. of a female attendant on Devi W

pañcatakṣa

  1. ○takṣa n

pañcatakṣī

  1. ○taḍkṣī f. a collection of 5 carpenters L

pañcatattva

  1. ○tattva n. the 5 elements collectively (cf. tattva) L
  2. (in the Tantras) the 5 essentials (= pañca-makāra, q.v.)
  3. -prakāśa m. ○tvâtmaka-stotra n. N. of wks

pañcatantra

  1. ○tantra n. N. of the well-known collection of moral stories and fables in 5 books from which the Hitopadeśa is partly taken (also -ka)
  2. of a poem by Dharma-paṇḍita
  3. -kāvya-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

pañcatanmātra

  1. ○tanmātra n. sg. the 5 subtle rudiments of the 5 elements Kap

pañcatapa

  1. ○tapa mfn. = -tapas mfn

pañcatapas

  1. ○tapas n. (ibc.) the 5 fires (to which an ascetic who practices self-mortification exposes himself. viz. one fire towards each of the 4 quarters, and the sun overhead)
  2. mfn. sitting between the 5 fires Mn. vi, 23 (cf. MWB. 30, n. 2)
  3. po'nvita mfn. id. R

pañcatā

  1. ○tā f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount Mn. viii, 151
  2. an aggregate or a collection of 5 things (esp.) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air, fire, water and akāśa ether, and dissolution into them i.e. death (-tām with √gam, yā &c., to die, with upa-√nī, to kill) Kāv. Suśr. Pur

pañcatāra

  1. ○tāra mfn. five-starred MW

pañcatikta

  1. ○tikta n. 5 bitter things (viz. nimba, amṛtā, vṛṣa, paṭola, and ṇidigdhikā) Bhpr
  2. -ghṛta n. a partic. mixture, Rasav

pañcatīthī

  1. ○tīthī f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (esp. Viśrānti Saukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara) VarP
  2. N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās
  3. bathing on the day of the equinox (?) W

pañcatriṃśa

  1. ○triṃśá mf(ī)n. the 35th ŚBr
  2. + 35 Jyot

pañcatrinśat

  1. ○trinśat (pá○), 35 ŚBr., ch. of MBh
  2. ○śac-chlokī and ○śat-pīṭhikā f. N. of wks

pañcatriṃśati

  1. ○triṃśati f. 35 Rājat

pañcatriṃśika

  1. ○triṃśika mfn. having the length of 35, Śulb

pañcatrika

  1. ○trika mfn. (pl.) 5 x 3 MBh

pañcatva

  1. ○tva n. fivefoldness
  2. the 5 elements BhP
  3. dissolution, death (pañca-tvaṃ gata mfn. dead Hit
  4. cf. -tā) Yājñ. R. Var. &c

pañcadaka

  1. ○daka (?), m.pl. N. of a people MBh

pañcadaṇḍa

  1. ○daṇḍa mfn. having 5 sticks Pañcad
  2. -cchattra-prabandha m. N. of a tale. 1

pañcadaśa

  1. ○daśa mf(ī)n. the 15th AV. &c. &c
  2. + 15 ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. consisting of 15 RV. &c. &c
  4. containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma, connected with it Br
  5. (ī), f. (sc. tithi) the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon TBr. Yājñ. Var
  6. N. of sev. wks. (also ○śī-tantra n. -prakaraṇa n. -yantra-vidhāna n. -viveka m. -vyākhyā, f. -viveka m. -vyākhyā f. -samāsa, m.) 2

pañcadaśa

  1. ○daśa for ○śan in comp
  2. -karman n. N. of wk
  3. -kṛtvas ind. 15 times Lāṭy
  4. -cchadi (pá○), mfn. having 15 roofs TS
  5. -dhā ind. in or into 15 parts or ways MārkP. [Page 576, Column]
  6. -mālā-mantra-vidhi m. N. of wk
  7. -rātra m. a period of 15 nights, a fortnight Pāṇ. 3-3, 137 Kāś
  8. -rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 15 verses AV. Br
  9. -vat (○śá-), mfn. possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma ŚBr
  10. -varṇamālikā f. N. of. Stotra
  11. -vartani mfn. forming the path of a Pañca-daśa Stoma TS
  12. -vārṣika mf(ī)n. 15 years old Pañc
  13. N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr
  14. ○śâkṣara (pá○), mfn. consisting of 15 syllables VS
  15. ○śâha m. a period of 15 days Mn. v, 83
  16. ○sâhika mf(ī)n. lasting 15 days Yājñ. iii, 323

pañcadaśan

  1. ○daśan (pá○), mfn. pl. (gen. ○śānām ŚBr
  2. instr. ○śabhis L.) 15 RV. &c. &c

pañcadaśama

  1. ○daśama mf(ī)n. the 15th, KūrmaP

pañcadaśika

  1. ○daśika mfn. having the length of 15, Sulb

pañcadaśin

  1. ○daśín mfn. consisting of 15 parts ŚBr

pañcadāman

  1. ○dāman mf(mnī)n. having 5 cords Pāṇ. 4-1, 29 Kāś

pañcadīrgha

  1. ○dīrgha n. sg. the 5 long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly knees Buddh., nose, and breast) L

pañcadaivata

  1. ○daivata mfn. having 5 deities (organs of sense) YogaśUp

pañcadaivatya

  1. ○daivatya n. a partic. gift to Brāhmans (at the offering of which 5 deities are thought to be present) Hcat

pañcadrāviḍajāti

  1. ○drāviḍa-jāti f. N. of wk. (cf. pañca-gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-j○)

pañcadrauṇika

  1. ○drauṇika mf(ī)n. containing 5 Droṇas (a partic. measure of capacity) MBh

pañcadhanus

  1. ○dhanus m. N. of a prince VP

pañcadhā

  1. ○dhā́ ind. in 5 ways or parts, fivefold AV. &c. &c
  2. bandhyā-prakāśa (?), m. N. of wk

pañcadhāraṇaka

  1. ○dhāraṇaka mfn. upheld or subsisting by the 5 elements MBh

pañcadhīva

  1. ○dhīva mf(ā)n. = pañcabhir dhīvarībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

pañcanakha

  1. ○nakha mfn. '5-clawed', having 5 nails Var
  2. m. a 5-clawed animal Mn. MBh. R
  3. an elephant L
  4. a lion Gal
  5. a tiger L. (also ○khin Gal.)
  6. a tortoise L

pañcanada

  1. ○nada n. the Pañjāb or country of 5 rivers (viz. the Śata-dru, Vipāśā, Irāvati, Candra-bhāgā, and Vitastā, i.e. the Sutlej, Beās, Rāvii, Chenāb, and Jhelum or Behut) MBh. R. Rājat. (also ī f. Hcat.)
  2. N. of sev. Tirthas (esp. of one near the junction of the Kiraṇā and, Dhūta-pāpā with the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvati) MBh. SkandaP
  3. m. or n. N. of a river produced by the junction of the 5 rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu L
  4. m. a prince of Pañca-nada MBh. (pl. the inhabitants of PṭPañca-nṭnada MBh.)
  5. N. of an Asura Hariv
  6. of a teacher VāmP
  7. -kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk
  8. -tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (cf. above)
  9. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

pañcanalīya

  1. ○nalīya n. N. of wk

pañcanavata

  1. ○navata mf(ī)n. the 95th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
  2. + 95 (○te dinaśate, on the 195th day) VarBṛS. xxi, 7

pañcanavati

  1. ○navati f. 95 (ch. of MBh.)
  2. -tama mf(ī)n. 95th
  3. the 95th (ch. of R.)

pañcanātha

  1. ○nātha m. N. of an author Cat

pañcanāman

  1. ○nāman (pá○), mf(mnī)n. hiving 5 names AV
  2. ○mâvali f. N. of wk

pañcanāli

  1. ○nāli mfn. lasting 3 X 24 minutes Sāh

pañcanidhana

  1. ○nidhana n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

pañcanimba

  1. ○nimba n. sg. the 5 products (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root) of the Azadirachta Indica L

pañcanirgranthīsūtra

  1. ○nirgranthī-sūtra n. N. of wk. =

pañcanīrājana

  1. ○nīrājana n. waving 4 things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate W

pañcapakṣin

  1. ○pakṣin m. or n. (?), N. of a small wk. containing auguries ascribed to Śiva (in which the 5 vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with 5 birds) L
  2. ○kṣi-śāstra n. N. of wk. on augury

pañcapakṣī

  1. ○pakṣī f. N. of sev. wks. on astrology
  2. -ṭīkā f. N. of sev. Comms

pañcapañcaka

  1. ○pañcaka (R.),

pañcapañcan

  1. ○pañcan (BhP.), 5 X 5 (ibc.)

pañcapañcanakha

  1. ○pañcanakha m. species of 5 animals allowed to be killed and eaten (vix. the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise) W

pañcapañcāśa

  1. ○pañcāśa mf(i)n. the 55th (ch. of MBh.)

pañcapañcāśat

  1. ○pañcāśat (pá○), f. 55 ŚBr. &c. &c

pañcapañcin

  1. ○pañcin (pá○), mfn. fivefold Br

pañcapaṭala

  1. ○paṭala m. or n

pañcapaṭalikā

  1. ○paṭaḍlikā f. N. of wks

pañcapaṭu

  1. ○paṭu mfn. = pañcabhiḥ paṭviibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

pañcapattra

  1. ○pattra mfn. having 5 feathers R
  2. m. '5-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda L

pañcapada

  1. ○pada (pá○), mf(ā)n. containing 5 Padas ŚBr
  2. (ī), f. taking 5 steps, consisting of 5 feet or steps or parts TS. GṛS. (fr. -pad?)
  3. 'only 5 steps', a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna, q.v.), Bañc, ii, 123
  4. the 5 strong cases (viz. nom. and voc. sg. du. pl
  5. acc. sg. du.), APrāt
  6. N. of a river in Śāka-dviipa BhP
  7. ○dârthī f. ○dī-vivṛti f. N. of wks

pañcapariṣad

  1. ○pariṣad f. an assembly taking place every 5th year Buddh

pañcaparṇikā

  1. ○parṇikā or f. a species of small shrub L

pañcaparṇī

  1. ○parḍṇī f. a species of small shrub L

pañcaparva

  1. ○parva mf(ā)n. (river) having 5 windings ŚvetUp

pañcaparvata

  1. ○parvata n. 'the 5 peaks' (of the Himâlayas) L

pañcaparvan

  1. ○parvan mfn. 5-knotted (as an arrow) R
  2. m. a stick with 5 knots Kauś
  3. ○va- and ○vii-māhātmya n. ○viiya-vidhi m. N. of wks. [Page 576, Column]

pañcapala

  1. ○pala (Yājñ.),

pañcapalika

  1. ○palika (KātyŚr. Sch.), mfn. weighing 5 Palas
  2. ○lī f. a weight of 5 Palas Kathās

pañcapallava

  1. ○pallava n. the aggregate of 5 sprigs or shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Bīja-pūraka, and Bilva (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñôdumbara
  2. or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Bakula L
  3. or of the spondias, rose-apple, Bel or marmelos, citron, and wood-apple W.)

pañcapaśu

  1. ○paśu m. (!) sg. the 5 sacrificial animals KātyŚr
  2. mfn. destined for the 5 sacrificial animals Vait

pañcapātra

  1. ○pātra n. a partic. vessel for purifying water used at the Ācamana (q.v.) RTL. xxi
  2. n. 5 cups or vessels collectively or a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in 5 vessels L

pañcapāda

  1. ○pāda (pá○), mfn. 5-footed RV. AV
  2. (ī), f. N. of wk. on the Uṇ-ādis

pañcapādikā

  1. ○pādikā f. N. of a philos. wk
  2. -ṭīkā f. -ṭikā-tattva-dīpana n. -"ṣdhyāsabhāṣya-vyākhyā (○kâdh○), f. -vivaraṇa n. (○ṇa-prakāśikā f.), -vyākhyā f. -śāstra-darpaṇa m. N. of Comms

pañcapitta

  1. ○pitta n. the gall or bile of 5 animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock) L

pañcapura

  1. ○pura n. N. of a city Śukas

pañcapurāṇīya

  1. ○purāṇīya mfn. worth 5 Purāṇas (a partic. coin) Kull. on Mn. xi, 227

pañcapuruṣam

  1. ○puruṣam ind. through 5 generations of men ĀpŚr. Sch

pañcapuṣpamaya

  1. ○puṣpamaya mf(i)n. formed or consisting of 5 flowers Kathās

pañcapūlī

  1. ○pūlī f. 5 bunches Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 6 Pat

pañcaprakaraṇa

  1. ○prakaraṇa n

pañcaprakaraṇī

  1. ○prakaraḍṇī f. N. of wks

pañcaprayāga

  1. ○prayāga m. a kind of oblation RTL. 367

pañcaprayoga

  1. ○prayoga m. N. of wk

pañcaprastha

  1. ○prastha mfn. having 5 elevations or rising grounds (said of a forest) BhP

pañcapraharaṇa

  1. ○praharaṇa mfn. having 5 carriage-boxes ib

pañcaprāṇa

  1. ○prâṇa m. pl. the 5 vital airs (supposed to be in the body)
  2. ○ṇâhuti-khaṇḍa m. or n. (?) N. of wk

pañcaprādeśa

  1. ○prādeśa mf(ā)n. 5 spans long KātyŚr

pañcaprāsāda

  1. ○prāsāda m. a temple with 4 pinnacles and a steeple W

pañcaphuṭṭika

  1. ○phuṭṭika m. 'weaving 5 Phuṭṭikās (s.v.) in a day', N. of a Śūdra Kathās

pañcabaddha

  1. ○baddha mfn. pl. joined into 5 Hariv

pañcabandha

  1. ○bandha m. a fine equal to the 5th part of anything lost or stolen Yājñ

pañcabandhura

  1. ○bandhura See -vandh○

pañcabala

  1. ○bala n. the 5 forces (viz. faith, energy, recollection, self-concentration, reason) MWB. 50

pañcabalā

  1. ○balā f. the 5 plants called Balā (viz. balā, nāga-b○, mahā-b○, ati-b○, and rāja-b○) L

pañcabāṇa

  1. ○bāṇa m. 'having 5 arrows', N. of the god of love Kālid. Daś. &c
  2. vijaya and -vilāsa m. N. of wks

pañcabāṇī

  1. ○bāṇī f. the 5 arrows (of the god of love) Naish

pañcabāhu

  1. ○bāhu m. '5-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva Hariv

pañcabinduprasṛta

  1. ○bindu-prasṛta n. N. of a partic. movement in dancing Daś

pañcabila

  1. ○bila (pá○), mfn. having 5 openings ŚBr

pañcabīja

  1. ○bīja n. a collection of 5 kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed
  2. or of Trapusa, Karkati, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānari
  3. or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cumin-seed, sesamum from Khorasan, and poppy) L

pañcabodha

  1. ○bodha m. N. of wk

pañcabrahmamantra

  1. ○brahma-mantra m

pañcabrahmavidyopaniṣad

  1. ○brahma-vidyôpaniṣad or f. N. of wks

pañcabrahmopaniṣad

  1. ○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

pañcabhaṅga

  1. ○bhaṅga m. pl. boughs of 5 partic. trees Hcat

pañcabhaṭṭīya

  1. ○bhaṭṭīya n. N. of wk

pañcabhadra

  1. ○bhadra mfn. having 5 good qualities or auspicious marks Hcar
  2. consisting of 5 good ingredients (as a decoction), ŚarṅgS
  3. vicious L
  4. m. a kind of pavilion Vāstuv
  5. n. a partic. mixture Bhpr

pañcabhāra

  1. ○bhāra mfn. having the weight of 5 Bhāras Siṃhâs

pañcabhāṣāmaṇi

  1. ○bhāṣā-maṇi m. N. of wk

pañcabhuja

  1. ○bhuja m. 5-armed, pentagonal
  2. m. N. of Ganêśa Gal
  3. a pentagon W

pañcabhūta

  1. ○bhūta n. pl. the 5 elements (earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa) Kap
  2. -parityakta mfn. deserted by the 5 elements (as a dead body) MW
  3. -vādârtha and -viveka m. N. of wks
  4. ○tâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the human body) Suśr

pañcabhūryābhimukhā

  1. ○bhūryābhimukhā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ

pañcabhṛṅga

  1. ○bhṛṅga m. or n. N. of the 5 plants Deva-dālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇi, and Tamala-pattra L

pañcabhautika

  1. ○bhautika wṛ. for pāñcabh○

pañcamakāra

  1. ○ma-kāra n. the 5 essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual (the words for which begin with the letter m, viz. madya, wine
  2. māṃsa, meat
  3. matsya, fish
  4. mudrā, intertwining of the fingers
  5. and maithuna, sexual union) W. (cf. -tattva and RTL. 192)

pañcamantratanu

  1. ○mantra-tanu m. whose body consists of 5 Mantras', N. of Śiva (with Śaivas) Sarvad

pañcamaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 (elements) MārkP

pañcamahākalpa

  1. ○mahākalpa m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. xii, 338

pañcamahāpātakin

  1. ○mahāpātakin mfn. guilty of the 5 great sins ( See mahā-pātaka) MW

pañcamahābhūtamaya

  1. ○mahābhūta-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 elements Hcar. [Page 577, Column]

pañcamahāyajña

  1. ○mahāyajña m. pl. the 5 great devotional acts of the Hindūs ( See mahā-y○) W
  2. -vidhi m. N. of wk

pañcamahiṣa

  1. ○mahiṣa n. the 5 products of the buffalo cow (cf. pañca-gavya) Suśr

pañcamāṣaka

  1. ○māṣaka (f. ī [!] Gaut.) and mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1

pañcamāṣika

  1. ○māḍṣika (Mn.), mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1

pañcamāsya

  1. ○māsya mfn. (for 2. See under pañcama) happening every 5 months or containing 5 months AitBr

pañcamithyātvaṭīkā

  1. ○mithyātva-ṭīkā f. N. of wk

pañcamukha

  1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. 5-faced or 5-headed (also applied to Prajā-pati) KaushUp
  2. m. N. of Śiva L
  3. a lion L
  4. an arrow with 5 points R
  5. (ī), f. Gendarussa Vulgaris L

pañcamudrā

  1. ○mudrā f. 5 gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol W

pañcamuṣṭi

  1. ○muṣṭ�i f. Trigonella Corniculata L

pañcamuṣṭika

  1. ○muṣṭika m. a partic. decoction Bhpr

pañcamūtra

  1. ○mūtra n. sg. the urine of 5 (female animals, viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass) L

pañcamūrti

  1. ○mūrti and mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat

pañcamūrtika

  1. ○mūrḍtika mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat

pañcamūla

  1. ○mūla m. N. of an attendant of Durgā Kathās
  2. n. (also ○laka) and (ī), f. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots (according to Suśr. there are 5 classes each containing 5 medicinal plant, viz. kanīyas or alpam or kṣudrakam, mahat, vallī-saṃjñaḥ [sc. gaṇaḥ], kaṇṭaka-s○, and triṇa-s○ i.e. the smaller and the larger clṭclasses, the creepers, the thorny plants and the 5 kinds of grass
  3. other groups are also enumerated) Suśr. Bhpr. &c

pañcameni

  1. ○meni mfn. having 5 missiles AitBr

pañcayakṣā

  1. ○yakṣā f. N. of a Tirtha MBh

pañcayajña

  1. ○yajña m. pl. the 5 religious acts or oblations of a house-keeper (cf. pañca-mahāyajña)
  2. -paribhraṣṭa m. a Brāhman who omits to perform the 5 religious acts MW

pañcayāma

  1. ○yāma (pá○), mfn. having 5 courses (as a sacrifice) RV
  2. N. of a son of Ātapa (who was son of Vibhāvasu and Ushā) BhP

pañcayuga

  1. ○yuga n. a cycle of 5 years, a lustrum MBh

pañcayojana

  1. ○yojaná n. (AV.),

pañcayojanī

  1. ○yojaḍnī f. (Rājat.) a way or distance of 5 Yojanas

pañcarakṣaka

  1. ○rakṣaka m. a species of plant L

pañcarakṣā

  1. ○rakṣā f. N. of wk

pañcaratna

  1. ○ratna n. a collection of 5 jewels or precious things (viz. gold, diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl Hcat
  2. or gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa L.)
  3. N. of sev. wks
  4. pl. the 5 gems or most admired episodes of the MBh. MW
  5. -kalā f. -kiraṇâvali f. -prakāśa m. N. of wks
  6. -maya mf(ā!)n. consisting of the 5jewels Hcat
  7. -mālikā f. -stava m. ○nâkara-stotra n. N. of Stotras

pañcaraśmi

  1. ○raśmi (páñca-), mfn. (a chariot) having 5 strings or traces RV

pañcarasā

  1. ○rasā f. the Emblic Myrobolan tree L

pañcarājīphala

  1. ○rājī-phala m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L

pañcarātra

  1. ○rātra or m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c

pañcarātraka

  1. ○rāḍtraka m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c
  2. (○trá), mfn. lasting 5 days ŚBr. MBh. (also ○traka Pañc.)
  3. m. N. of an Ahīna ( See 1. áh○) which lasts 5 days TāṇḍBr. ŚrS
  4. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects (also pl.) MBh. R. &c
  5. dīpikā f. -naivedya-vidhāna n. -pakvânna vidhāna n. -prāyaścitta n. -rakṣā f. N. of wks

pañcarātrika

  1. ○rātrika wṛ. for pāñcar○

pañcarāśika

  1. ○rāśika mfn. relating to the 5 ratios or proportions of numbers
  2. n. the rule of 5, the rule of proportion with 5 terms Col

pañcarudra

  1. ○rudra m. N. of an author ○drīya n. ○drôpaniṣad-bhāṣya n. N. of wks

pañcarūpakośa

  1. ○rūpa-kośa m. N. of wk

pañcarca

  1. ○rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 5 verses
  2. m. a stanza consisting of 5 verses AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ

pañcalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa mfn. possessing 5 characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend 5 topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races)
  2. n. a Purāṇa or mythological poem W
  3. -vidhi m. N. of wk

pañcalakṣaṇī

  1. ○lakṣaṇī f. N. of sev. wks. (also -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ṇy-anugama, m.)

pañcalambaka

  1. ○lambaka n. N. of Kathās. xiv

pañcalavaṇa

  1. ○lavaṇa n. 5 kinds of salt (viz. kāca, saindhava, sāmudra, viḍa, and sauvarcala) Suśr

pañcalāṅgala

  1. ○lāṅgala (ibc.) a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with 5 ploughs (also -ka Hcat. MatsyaP.)
  2. -dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk

pañcaloha

  1. ○loha n. a metallic alloy containing 5 metals (viz. copper. brass, tin, lead, and iron) L

pañcalohaka

  1. ○lohaka n. the 5 metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead) L

pañcavaktra

  1. ○vaktra mfn. 5-faced Hariv. R
  2. m. N. of Śiva Dhūrtas
  3. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
  4. a lion L
  5. (ā), f. N. of Durgā Cat
  6. -rasa m. a partic. mixture Bhpr
  7. -stotra n. N. of a Stotra

pañcavaṭa

  1. ○vaṭa m. '5-threaded', the Brāhmanieal cord (but RTL. 361) L
  2. N. of a man Rājat
  3. (ī), f. the 5 fig-trees (N. applied to Aśvattha, Bilva, Vaṭa, Dhātri, and Aśoka) SkandaP. [Page 577, Column]
  4. (also n.) N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where the banished Rāma resided MBh. R. Ragh
  5. ○ṭa- or ○ṭī-māhātmya n. N. of wk

pañcavadanastotra

  1. ○vadana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra (cf. pañcavaktra-st○)

pañcavandhura

  1. ○vandhura mfn. having 5 seats BhP. (cf. tri-v○)

pañcavarga

  1. ○varga m. a class or group or series of 5, e.g. the 5 constituent elements of the body (cf. 1. dhātu) R. ii, 118, 27
  2. the 5 classes of spies (viz. a pilgrim or rogue, an ascetic who has violated his vows, a distressed agriculturist, a decayed merchant, a fictitious devotee) Kull. vii, 154
  3. the 5 organs of sense, the 5 devotional acts &c. (also i f.)
  4. mfn. proceeding in 5 lines or at, times KātyŚr

pañcavarṇa

  1. ○varṇa mfn. '5-coloured' L. (Mṛicch. i, 7/8?)
  2. fivefold, of 5 kinds (-tā f.) Hcat
  3. m. N. of a mountain Hariv
  4. of a forest ib. (v. l. pāñc○)

pañcavardhana

  1. ○vardhana m. a species of plant L

pañcavarṣa

  1. ○varṣa (KātyŚr.),

pañcavarṣeka

  1. ○varḍṣeka (MBh.), mfn. 5 years old
  2. ○ṣadeśīya (L.) and ○ṣaka-deśīya (MBh.), mfn. about 5 years old

pañcavarṣikamaha

  1. ○varṣika-maha m. a kind of festival or ceremony L

pañcavarṣiya

  1. ○varṣiya mfn. 5 years old Śatr

pañcavali

  1. ○vali mfn. having 5 folds or incisions KātyŚr

pañcavalkala

  1. ○valkala n. a collection of the bark of 5 kinds of trees (viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy, and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, i.e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa
  2. but other trees are sometimes substituted) Rasar

pañcavallabhā

  1. ○vallabhā f. 'dear to 5', N. of Draupadi Gal

pañcavastu

  1. ○vastu n. (?), N. of wk

pañcavātīya

  1. ○vātī́ya m. a partic. oblation offered to the 5 winds at the Rājasūya ŚBr

pañcavāda

  1. ○vāda m. N. of wk
  2. -kroḍa-pattra n. ṭīkā f. N. of wks

pañcavārṣika

  1. ○vārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old, recurring every 5 years
  2. n. and

pañcamaha

  1. ○maha m. (prob.) = pañca-varṣika-maha Divyâv. L

pañcavāhin

  1. ○vāhín mfn. yoked with 5, drawn by 5 (as a carriage) AV

pañcaviṃśa

  1. ○viṃśá mf(ī)n. the 25th ŚBr. &c
  2. containing or consisting of 25 ib
  3. representing the Pañcaviṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it, &c. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
  4. m. a Stoma consisting of 25 parts VS. ŚBr
  5. N. of Vishṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva BhP
  6. -brāhmaṇa n. a Brāhmaṇa consisting of 25 books, N. of the TāṇḍyaBr

pañcaviṃśaka

  1. ○viṃśaka mfn. the 25th BhP
  2. consisting of 25 L
  3. (with vayasā) 25 years old R

pañcaviṃśat

  1. ○viṃśat f. 25 Hcat

pañcaviṃśati

  1. ○viṃśati (pá○), f. id. VS. ŚBr
  2. a collection of 25 (also ○tī and ○tikā
  3. See vetāla-)
  4. -gaṇa m. a multitude of 25 Kap
  5. -tama or ○ti-ma mf(ī)n. the 25th MBh
  6. -rātra mfn. lasting 25 nights (days) KātyŚr
  7. -sāhasrikā f. N. of a Prajñāpāramitā L

pañcaviṃśatika

  1. ○viṃśatika mfn. (a fine) consisting of or amounting to 25 (Paṇas) Yājñ. ii, 205
  2. n. the number 25 MBh
  3. (ā), f. See -viṃśati

pañcavikrama

  1. ○vikrama mfn. (a carriage) moving in a fivefold manner BhP

pañcavigrāham

  1. ○vigrāham ind. by distributing 5 times or by a fivefold distribution ĀśvŚr

pañcavijaya

  1. ○vijaya m. N. of wk

pañcavidha

  1. ○vidha (páñca- or pañcá-), mfn. of 5 kinds, fivefold ŚBr
  2. -nāma-bhāṣya n. -sūtra n. N. of wks

pañcavidheya

  1. ○vidheya n. = -vidhasūtra

pañcavīragoṣṭha

  1. ○vīra-goṣṭha n. (prob.) an assembly. room named 'the 5 heroes', i.e. the 5 sons of Pāṇḍu Daś

pañcavṛkṣa

  1. ○vṛkṣa n. sg. or m.pl. 'the 5 trees' (of Svarga, viz. Mandāra, Pārijātaka, Saṃtāna, Kalpa-vṛiksha, and Hari-candana) MW

pañcavṛt

  1. ○vṛt (ŚāṅkhGṛ.) and ind. fivefold, 5 times

pañcavṛtam

  1. ○vṛtam (Gobh.), ind. fivefold, 5 times

pañcaśata

  1. ○śata mf(ī)n. 500 (pl.) MBh. BhP
  2. (a fine) amounting to 500 Yājñ
  3. fined 500 (Paṇas) Mn
  4. the 500th (○te kāle, in the 500th year) MBh
  5. n. 105 Lāṭy. ; 500 Mn. MBh
  6. (ī), f. 500 Kathās
  7. a period of 500 years Vajracch
  8. N. of wk
  9. -tama mf(ī)n. the 105th (ch. of R.)
  10. ○tīprabandha m. N. of wk

pañcaśatika

  1. ○śatika mfn. 500 (feet &c.), high Hcat

pañcaśara

  1. ○śara m. = -bāṇa Prab. (ī f. = -bā́ṇī Naish.)
  2. -nirṇaya m. -vijaya m. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks

pañcaśarāva

  1. ○śarāva mfn. (a measure) containing 5 Śarāvas (q.v.) Jaim

pañcaśala

  1. ○śala (pá○), m. or n. (?) a distance of 5 Salas (q.v.) AV

pañcaśas

  1. ○śas ind. by fives, 5 by 5 BhP

pañcaśasya

  1. ○śasya See -sasya

pañcaśākha

  1. ○śākha mfn. 5-branched, 5-fingered R
  2. m. the hand Dhūrtan

pañcaśāradīya

  1. ○śāradī́ya m. N. of a Pañcâha representing 5 years Br. ŚrS

pañcaśāstra

  1. ○śāstra n. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects Hcat. (cf. -rātra)

pañcaśikha

  1. ○śikha mfn. '5-crested', having tufts of hair on the head (as an ascetic) MBh. (○khi-kṛta mfn. made an ascetic Bhartṛ.)
  2. m. a lion L
  3. N. of a Śāṃkhya teacher (called also -muni, a pupil of Āsuri) MBh. VāyuP. &c
  4. of an attendant of Śiva Kathās
  5. of a Gandharva L

pañcaśikhin

  1. ○śikhin mfn. = -śikha mfn. AV.Pariś

pañcaśirīṣa

  1. ○śirīṣa m. a medicine composed of 5 parts (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) of the Acacia Sirissa Car. [Page 577, Column]

pañcaśila

  1. ○śila mf(ā)n. consisting of 5 rocks Cat

pañcaśīrṣa

  1. ○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. 5-headed MBh. ; 5-eared(as corn, sc. on one stalk) ib
  2. m. N. of a mountain Buddh

pañcaśīla

  1. ○śīla n. the 5 chief rules of conduct for Buddhists MWB. 89 ; 126

pañcaśukla

  1. ○śukla m. 'having 5 white spots', a species of venomous insect Suśr

pañcaśūraṇa

  1. ○śūraṇa n. the 5 -bulbous plants called) Śūraṇas (q.v.) L

pañcaśairīṣaka

  1. ○śairīṣaka n. the 5 products of the Acacia Sirissa (cf. śirīṣa). L

pañcaśaila

  1. ○śaila mṆ. of a mountain MārkP

pañcaślokī

  1. ○ślokī f. N. of wk

pañcaṣa

  1. ○ṣa mf(ā)n. pl. 5 or 6 Kāv

pañcaṣaṣṭa

  1. ○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

pañcaṣaṣṭi

  1. ○ṣaṣṭi f. 65 (ch. of MBh.)
  2. -tama mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

pañcasaṃskāra

  1. ○saṃskāra m. '5 rites', N. of wk
  2. -prayoga m. -mahiman m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

pañcasattra

  1. ○sattra n. N. of a place Rājat

pañcasaṃdhi

  1. ○saṃdhi m. N. of wk

pañcasapta

  1. ○sapta (in comp. for ○ptan), 5 x 7, 35 MārkP

pañcasaptata

  1. ○saptata mf(i) n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

pañcasaptati

  1. ○saptati f. 75 (ch. of MBh.)
  2. -tama mf(ī)n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

pañcasamāsīya

  1. ○samāsīya n. N. of wk

pañcasavana

  1. ○savana n. (a sacrifice) containing 5 Savanas (q.v.) ĀpŚr

pañcasasya

  1. ○sasya n. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa or Māsha) L

pañcasahasrī

  1. ○sahasrī f. sg. (ifc. -ka mfn. ) 5000 Kathās

pañcasāṃvatsarika

  1. ○sāṃvatsarika mf(ī)n. 'recurring every 5 years', N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr. Sch

pañcasāmaka

  1. ○sāmaka

pañcasāyaka

  1. ○sāyaka n. (?) N. of wks

pañcasāra

  1. ○sāra mfn. consisting of 5 parts or ingredients Suśr
  2. n. (?) N. of wk

pañcasiddhānta

  1. ○siddhânta m. N. of the Bhāsvati-karaṇa (q.v.)

pañcasiddhāntikā

  1. ○siddhântikā f. N. of an astron. wk. by Varāha-mihira (founded on the 5 older astron. wks., and called by Var. himself Karaṇa)

pañcasiddhauṣadhika

  1. ○siddhâuṣadhika mfn. consisting of 5 kinds of medic. plants L

pañcasiddhanṣadhī

  1. ○siddhan9ṣadhī f. the 5 medic. plants ib

pañcasugandhaka

  1. ○sugandhaka n. a collection of 5 kinds of aromatic vegetable substances (viz. cloves, nutmeg, camphor, aloe wood, and Kakkola, q.v.) L

pañcasūkta

  1. ○sū7kta n. '5 Vedic hymns', N. of wk

pañcasūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. (and ī f.)' 5 Sūtras', N. of wk

pañcasūnā

  1. ○sūnā m. pl. 5 things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed (viz. the fire-place, slab for grinding condiments, broom, pestle and mortar, and water-pot) W. RTL. 418

pañcaskandha

  1. ○skandha (ibc.) = ○dhī
  2. -vimocaka m. N. of Buddha Divyâv

pañcaskandhaka

  1. ○skandhaka n. N. of wk

pañcaskandhī

  1. ○skandhī f. sg. the 5 Skandhas (s.v.) or constituent elements Buddh

pañcastava

  1. ○stava m. (and vyākhyā f.),

pañcastavī

  1. ○stavī f. N. of wks

pañcasmṛti

  1. ○smṛti f. 5 law-books', N. of wk

pañcasrotas

  1. ○srotas n. = manas Nīlak

pañcasvarā

  1. ○svarā f. N. of an astrol. wk. on divination
  2. -nirṇaya m. N. of Comm
  3. ○rêdaya m. N. of wk

pañcasvastyayana

  1. ○svastyayana n. N. of wk

pañcahavis

  1. ○havis mfn. furnished with 5 oblations ŚāṅkhŚr

pañcahasta

  1. ○hasta m. '5-handed', N. of a son of Manu VP
  2. of a place Rājat

pañcahāyana

  1. ○hāyana mfn. 5 years old BhP

pañcahāva

  1. ○hāva m. N. of a son of Manu Rohita Hariv. (v. l. -hotra)

pañcahotṛ

  1. ○hotṛ (pá○), mfn. attended by 5 priests (?) RV. v, 42, 1
  2. m. (sc. mantra) N. of a partic. formula in which 5 deities are named (as Hotṛi, Adhvaryu &c.) Br. ŚrS

pañcahotra

  1. ○hotra See -hāva

pañcahradatīrtha

  1. ○hrada-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP

pañcāṃśa

  1. pañcâṃśa m. the 5th part, 1/5 Var

pañcākṣa

  1. pañcâkṣa m. '5-eyed', N. of a Gaṇa of Śiva Hariv

pañcākṣara

  1. pañcâkṣara mfn. consisting of 5 syllables VS. AitBr. &c
  2. m. N. of a poet
  3. (ī), f. See s.v
  4. -kalpa m. N. of wk
  5. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 syllables Hcat
  6. -mākātmya n. N. of wk
  7. -śas ind. by 5 syllables Lāṭy

pañcākṣarī

  1. pañcâkṣarī f. 5 syllables Viddh
  2. -yantrôpadeśa m. -vidhāna n. -ṣaṭprayoga m. -stotra n. N. of wks

pañcākhyāna

  1. pañcâkhyāna n. = ○ca-tantra (q.v.)
  2. -varttika n. N. of wk

pañcāgni

  1. pañcâgni (mostly in comp.) = ○ca-tapas (q.v.), n. the 5 sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana or Dakshiṇa, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya) ; 5 mystic fires supposed to be present in the body W
  2. mfn. -"ṣca-tapas mfn. Kathās
  3. maintaining the 5 sacred fires KaṭhUp. Mn. &c
  4. acquainted with the doctrine of the 5 mystic fires W
  5. -ka n. N. of a partic. observance MānSr
  6. -tva n. a collection or aggregate of 5 fires or inflammatory passions Kathās
  7. -vidyā f. the (esoteric) doctrine of the 5 fires Śaṃk. (-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk.)
  8. -sādhana n. 'doing the 5 fire penance' (a form of self-mortification) Cat. (cf. pañcatapas)
  9. ○gny-ādhāna n. setting up the 5 sacred fires TBr. Sch

pañcāṅga

  1. pañcâṅga n. (mostly ibc.) 5 members or parts of the body Kir. ; 5 parts of a tree (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) L. ; 5 modes of devotion (viz. silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans) W. [Page 578, Column]
  2. any aggregate of 5 parts ib
  3. mf(ī)n. 5-limbed, 5-membered (with praṇāma m. obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look Tantras.)
  4. having 5 parts or subdivisions Kāv. (also ○gika Suśr.)
  5. m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañcâṅga-gupta) a horse with 5 spots in various parts of his body L. (cf. pañca-bhadra)
  6. (ī), f. a bit for horses KātyŚr
  7. a kind of bandage Suśr
  8. n. a calendar or almanac (treating of 5 things, viy. solar days, lunar days, Nakshatras Yogas. and Karaṇas) L
  9. -kautuka n. -kaumudī f. -gaṇita n. N. of wks
  10. -gupta m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañca-g○)
  11. -tattva n. N. of wk
  12. -pattra n. a calendar or almanac L. ( See above)
  13. -phala n. -ratnâvalī f. -rudranyāsa m. -vinoda m. N. of wks
  14. -viprahīna and -vipratihīna m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
  15. -śuddhi f. the favourableness of 5 (astrological circumstances, viz. the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa) MW
  16. -śodha n. -saralī f. -sādhana n. (○na-grahôdāharaṇa n. ○nasāraṇī f.), -sāraṇī f. N. of wks
  17. ○ṅgâdika mfn. (a pantomime) dealing with 5 members (cf. above) &c., Malav. i, 6/7
  18. ○ṅgânayana n. N. of wk

pañcāṅguri

  1. pañcâṅguri mfn. 5-fingered AV

pañcāṅgula

  1. pañcâṅgula mfn. measuring 5 fingers
  2. m. Ricinus Communis (which has 5-lobed leaves) Suśr
  3. (ī), f. a species of shrub L

pañcāṅguli

  1. pañcâṅguli mfn. 5 fingers broad Caṇḍ
  2. having 5 fingers or finger-like divisions W

pañcāja

  1. pañcâja n. the 5 products of the goat Suśr. (cf. ca-gavya)

pañcātapā

  1. pañcâtapā f. doing penance with 5 fires KālP. (cf. ○ca-tapas)

pañcātmaka

  1. pañcâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the body), fivefold (-tva n.) ŚvetUp

pañcādhyāyī

  1. pañcâdhyāyī f. 'consisting of 5 chapters', N. of sev. wks

pañcānana

  1. pañcânana mfn. very fierce or passionate (lit. 5-faced) L
  2. m. N. of Śiva L. (cf. RTL. 79)
  3. a lion Vcar. (also at the end of names of learned men, e.g. jayarāma-p○, viśvanātha-p○)
  4. N. of partic. strong medic. preparations Rasar
  5. N. of an author and other men
  6. (i) f. N. of Durgā Rājat
  7. -deśa m. N. of a place Cat

pañcānandamāhātmya

  1. pañcânanda-māhātmya n. N. of wk

pañcānugāna

  1. pañcânugāna n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

pañcāpañcīnā

  1. pañcāpañcī́nā f. N. of a partic. brick MaitrS

pañcāpūpa

  1. pañcâpūpa mfn. having 5 cakes AV

pañcāpsaras

  1. pañcâpsaras (R.),

pañcāpsarasa

  1. pañcâpsaḍrasa (BhP.), n. N. of a lake or pool, supposed to have been produced by Manda-karṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance (so called because under it Mandakarni formed a secret chamber for 5 Apsaras who had seduced him)

pañcābjamaṇḍala

  1. pañcâbja-maṇḍala n. N. of a mystical circle Tantras

pañcābdakhya

  1. pañcâbdakhya mfn. existing for 5 years Mn. ii, 134

pañcāmṛta

  1. pañcâmṛta n. sg. and pl. the 5 kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar) Hcat
  2. the 5 elements Mālatīm. v, 2
  3. mfn. consisting of 5 ingredients (as a medicine) L
  4. n. the aggregate of any 5 drugs of supposed efficacy W
  5. N. of a Tantra
  6. ○tâbhiṣekaprakāra m. N. of wk

pañcāmla

  1. pañcâmla n. sg. the aggregate of 5 acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron) Bhpr

pañcāyatana

  1. pañcâyatana n. N. of a partic. ceremony (at which 5 symbols are used) RTL. 410-416
  2. -paddhati f. -pratiṣṭhā-paddhati f. and ○nártha-varṇa-śīrṣopaniṣad f. N. of wks

pañcāyudha

  1. pañcâyudha m. = ○ca-bāṇa, in -prapañca m. -ratna-mālā, f. -stava m. -stotra n. N. of wks

pañcāra

  1. páñcâra mfn. (a wheel) having 5 spokes RV

pañcārcis

  1. pañcârcis m. 'having 5 rays', the planet Mercury VP

pañcārtha

  1. pañcârtha n. sg. the 5 things (with Pāśupatas) Sarvad
  2. -bhāṣyadījiṣikā f. N. of wk

pañcārṣeya

  1. pañcârṣeya mf(ī)n. one who is descended from 5 Ṛishis ĀpGṛ. Sch

pañcāvaṭa

  1. pañcā-vaṭa = pañca-v○, q.v

pañcāvatta

  1. pañcâvattá mfn. 5 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 5 Avadānas ŚBr
  2. n. (MānŚr.), -tā f. and -tva n. (KātyŚr. Sch.) 5 AṭAvadānas
  3. ○ttin mfn. one who offers oblations consisting of AṭAvadānas GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch
  4. ○ttī́ya mfn. offered in 5 Avadānas TBr

pañcāvadāna

  1. pañcâvadāna n. the offering (of the Havis) in 5 Avadānas MānGṛ

pañcāvayava

  1. pañcâvayava mfn. consisting of 5 members or parts
  2. (with vākya) n. a 5-membered argument, a syllogism Tarkas

pañcāvaraṇastotra

  1. pañcâvaraṇa-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

pañcāvarta

  1. pañcâvarta mf(ā)n. having 5 whirls ŚvetUp

pañcāvastha

  1. pañcâvastha m. a corpse (resolved into the 5 elements) Gal

pañcāvika

  1. pañcâvika n. the 5 products of the sheep Suśr. (cf. pañca-gavya, ○câja),

pañcāśīta

  1. pañcāśīta mf(ī)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

pañcāśīti

  1. pañcâśīti f. 85 (ch. of MBh.)
  2. N. of wk
  3. -tama mf(i)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

pañcāśra

  1. pañcâśra mfn. 5-cornered Hcat

pañcāsva

  1. pañcâsva m. 'having 5 horses', N. of a prince VP. [Page 578, Column]

pañcāsuvandhura

  1. pañcâsuvandhura mfn. whose carriage-seats (?) are the 5 vital airs BhP

pañcāstikāya

  1. pañcâstikāya m. N. of wk
  2. -bālâvabodha m. -saṃgraha-sūtra n. N. of wks

pañcāsya

  1. pañcâsya mfn. 5-faced, 5-headed MBh. Hariv. ; 5-pointed (as an arrow) MBh
  2. m. a lion Kāv
  3. N. of a partic. strong medicine Rasar

pañcāha

  1. pañcâha m. a period of 5 days Kathās
  2. (○há), mfn. lasting 5 days
  3. m. a Soma oblation with 5 Sutyā days Br. ŚrS

pañcāhika

  1. pañcâhika mfn. containing 5 feast days or festivals KātyŚr. Sch

pañcedhmīya

  1. pañcêdhmīya n. (?) a nocturnal rite in which 5 torches &c. are used Āpast

pañcendra

  1. pañcêndra mfn. one who has the 5 Indrāṇīs as his deity Pāṇ. 1-2, 49 Sch
  2. -kalpa mfn. like 5 Indras MW
  3. ○dropâkhyāna (?), n. N. of wk

pañcendriya

  1. pañcêndriya n. the 5 organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the 5 organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion) W
  2. pl. N. of a tale
  3. mfn. having the 5 organs of sense MBh

pañceṣu

  1. pañcêṣu m. = ○ca-bāṇa Kāv

pañcopacāraka

  1. pañcôpacāraka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 5 oblations Śāktân

pañcopākhyāna

  1. pañcôpâkhyāna n. N. of the Pañca-tantra
  2. -saṃgraha m. N. of wk

pañcaudana

  1. pañcâudana mfn. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain &c. AV

pañcaka

  1. pañcaka mfn. consisting of 5, relating to 5, made of 5 &c. Mn. MBh. Suśr. Pur. ; 5 days old ( See below)
  2. bought with 5 Pāṇ. 5-1, 22 Sch
  3. (with śata n.) 5 percent Mn. Yājñ
  4. taking 5 per cent Pāṇ. 5-1, 47 Vārtt. 1 Pat
  5. m. any collection or aggregate of 5 W. (also n
  6. g. ardharcâdi)
  7. a partic. caste VP
  8. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
  9. of a son of Nahusha VP
  10. pl. the 5 first disciples of Gautama Buddha Jātakam
  11. (ikā), f. a book consisting of 5 Adhyāyas (as those of the AitBr.)
  12. N. of a game played with 5 shells Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch
  13. n. an aggregate of 5, a pentad Hariv. Var. &c
  14. a field of battle L
  15. -mālā f. a kind of metre L
  16. -māsika mfn. one who receives or earns 5 per month Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 4 Pat
  17. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
  18. -śata n. 5 percent Bijag
  19. -śānti f. -śānti-vidhi m. N. of wks
  20. ○kâvalī f. a kind of metre L. (cf. Śiś. iii, 82 Sch.)
  21. ○kâṣṭaka-cayana-sūtra n. N. of wk

pañcat

  1. pañcat mfn. consisting of five Pāṇ. 5-1, 60

pañcataya

  1. pañcataya mf(ī)n. fivefold, having five parts or limbs Kap
  2. Yog. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 42)

pañcatha

  1. pañcatha mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 50) the fifth Kāṭh. [Cf. Zd. pukhdha
  2. Gk. ? ; Lat. quinctus, [578,] quintus for pinctus ; Lith. pénktas ; Goth. fimfta ; Germ. fū0nfte ; Angl. Sax. fifta ; Eng. fifth.]

pañcathu

  1. pañcathu m. time L
  2. the Koil or Indian cuckoo L

pañcan

  1. páñcan pl. (said to be fr. √1. pac, to spread out the hand with its five fingers
  2. nom. acc. páñca AV. v, 15, 5 pañcá]
  3. instr. ○cábhis
  4. dat. abl. ○cábhyas
  5. loc. ○cásu [Class. also, ○cabhis, ○cabhyás, ○casú, Pāṇ. 6-1, 179 &c.]
  6. gen. ○cānā́m) five RV. &c. &c. (cf. under indriya, kṛṣṭi, carṣaṇi, jana, bhūta, mātra, yajña, svasṛ &c.) ; sg. N. of Kathās. xiv. [Cf. Zd. pañcan
  7. Gk. ?, Aeol. ? ; Lat. quinque ; Lith. [578,] penkí ; Goth. fimf ; Germ. fū0nf ; Angl. Sax. fif ; Eng. five.]

pañcanī

  1. pañcanī f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhatā) L

pañcama

  1. pañcamá mf(ī)n. the fifth VS. AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 49)
  2. forming the 5th part (with or sc. aṃśa = 1/5) TBr. Mn. &c
  3. = rucira or dakṣa L
  4. m. (in music) the 5th (later 7th) note of the gamut (supposed to be produced by the air drawn from 5 parts of the body) MBh. Sāh
  5. -rāga Gīt
  6. the 21st Kalpa (called after the musical note) VāyuP
  7. the 5th consonant of a Varga (i.e. the nasal) VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
  8. N. of a Muni Cat
  9. (ī), f. See below
  10. n. the fifth part, 1/5 (cf. above and Pāṇ. 5-3, 49)
  11. copulation (as the 5th of the Tattvas of the Tā2ntrikas
  12. cf. pañca-tattva)
  13. (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly TBr. Mn. viii, 125

pañcamabhāgīya

  1. ○bhāgīya mfn. belonging to the fifth part KātyŚr. ; 1/5 (of a Purusha) long, Śulbas

pañcamarāga

  1. ○rāga m. one of the Rāgas or musical modes Gīt

pañcamavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having the 5th (note) Pāṇ. 5-2, 130 Sch

pañcamavilāsa

  1. ○vilāsa m

pañcamasārasaṃhitā

  1. ○sāra-saṃhitā f. N. of wks

pañcamasvara

  1. ○svara n. N. of a metre, Prasann

pañcamāra

  1. pañcamâra m. (with Jainas) the 5th spoke in the wheel of time (also -ka) Śatr
  2. N. of a son of Bala-deva L. 2

pañcamāsya

  1. pañcamâsya m. (for 1. See p. 577, col. 1) the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the 5th note of the scale with its mouth or throat) L

pañcamaka

  1. pañcamaka mfn. the fifth, Śrut. [Page 578, Column]

pañcamin

  1. pañcamin mfn. being in the fifth (month or year) of one's age Pāṇ. 5-2, 130

pañcamī

  1. pañcamī f. (of ○ma, q.v.) the fifth day of the half month (sc. tithi), ŚrGṛS. MBh. &c
  2. the 5th or ablative case (or its terminations), a word in the ablative Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 &c
  3. a termination of the imperative Kāt
  4. (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇi or Mūrchanā
  5. a brick having the length of 1/5 (of a Purusha), Śulb
  6. = pañcanī L
  7. N. of Draupadi (who was the wife of 5
  8. cf. pāñcāli) L
  9. of a river MBh. VP

pañcamīkalpa

  1. ○kalpa m

pañcamīkramakalpalatā

  1. ○krama-kalpa-latā f

pañcamīvarivasyārahasya

  1. ○varivasyā-rahasya n

pañcamīsādhana

  1. ○sādhana n

pañcamīsudhodaya

  1. ○sudhôdaya m

pañcamīstava

  1. ○stava m

pañcamīstavarāja

  1. ○stava-rāja m. N. of wks

pañcārī

  1. pañcārī f. = pañcanī L

pañcāśa

  1. pañcāśa mf(ī)n. the 50th(ch. of MBh. and R.)
  2. + 50 (e.g. ○śaṃ śatam, 150
  3. Pāṇ. 5-2, 46)

pañcāśaka

  1. pañcāśaka mf(ikā)n. 50 Pur
  2. (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50 (cf. caura-pañcāśikā, ṣaṭ-p○)
  3. N. of sev. wks

pañcāśac

  1. pañcāśac in comp. for ○śat

pañcāśacchas

  1. ○chas ind. by fifties, 50 by 50 ĀśvGṛ

pañcāśat

  1. pañcāśát f. (pañcan + daśaṭ
  2. cf. triṃ-śat, catvāriṃ-śat) fifty AV. &c. &c. (also mfn. pl. MBh. Hariv.) [Cf. Zd. pañcāśata
  3. Gk. ? ; Lat. quinquāginta.]

pañcāśattama

  1. ○tama mf(ī)n. the [578,] 50th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
  2. -vārṣa KātyŚr. Sch

pañcāśatpaṇika

  1. ○paṇika mfn. (a fine) consisting of 50 Paṇas Yājñ

pañcāśatpalika

  1. ○palika mfn. having the weight of 50 Palas ib. Hcat

[[]]

  1. pañcāśatsahasrīmahākālasaṃhitā3pañcāśát--sahasrī-mahākālasaṃhitā f. N. of wk

pañcāśata

  1. pañcāśata n. (MBh.),

pañcāśati

  1. pañcāśaḍti f. (Rājat.) fifty

pañcāśatka

  1. pañcāśatka mf(ā)n. consisting of 50 Car. 50 years old Kām

pañcāśad

  1. pañcāśad in comp. for ○śat

pañcāśadgāthā

  1. ○gāthā f. N. of a Jaina wk

pañcāśaddhā

  1. ○dhā ind. in fifty parts R

pañcāśadbhāga

  1. ○bhāga m. the 50th part Mn. vii, 130

pañcāśadvarṣa

  1. ○varṣa mfn. 50 years old (-tā f.) ĀśvŚr

pañcāśā

  1. pañcāśā f. fifty Hcat. (wrongly divided into pañcan + āśā)

pañci

  1. pañci m. N. of a man (son of Nahusha) VP

pañcika

  1. pañcika mfn. having the length of 5 Sulbas
  2. (ā), f. See under pañcaka

pañcin

  1. pañcin mfn. divided into 5, consisting of 5, five fold AitBr. Lāṭy

pañcī

  1. pañcī in comp. for ○ca = ○can

pañcīkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) making into 5, causing anything to contain all the 5 elements Vedântas
  2. N. of sev. wks
  3. -tātparya-candrikā f. -prakriya- f. -mahāvākyârtha m. (and ○tha-bodha, m.), -vārttika n. (and ○kâbharaṇa n.), -vivaraṇa n. -viveka m. ○ṇânandâkhyā f. N. of wks

pañcīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. made into 5 (cf. above) Vedântas
  2. -ṭīkā f. N. of wk

pañcāla

  1. pañcālá m.pl. (fr. pañcan
  2. cf. pātāla) N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. apara-, pūr. va-)
  3. of a Vedic school ŚBr. RPrāt
  4. (sg.) a man belonging to the tribe of the Pañcālas L
  5. a king of the Pañcālas MBh. (cf. pāñc○)
  6. N. of Śiva ib
  7. of a man brought by Vishvak-sena to the childless Gaṇdūsha Hariv
  8. of a serpent-demon L
  9. a partic. venomous insect MW
  10. n. (?) N. of a metre Col
  11. (ī), f. a doll, puppet Kād
  12. a style of singing L
  13. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c. W

pañcālacaṇḍa

  1. ○caṇḍa m. N. of a teacher AitĀr

pañcālapadavṛtti

  1. ○padavṛtti f. (prob.) a kind of hiatus L

pañcālarāja

  1. ○rāja or m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW

pañcālarājan

  1. ○rājan m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW

pañcālaka

  1. pañcālaka mfn. relating to the Pañcālas MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pāñc○)
  2. m. pl. the Pañcālas BhP
  3. (sg.) a species of venomous insect Suśr
  4. (ikā), f. a doll L
  5. a style of singing L

pañci

  1. pañci m. N. of a man VP

pañchihila

  1. pañchihila mṆ. of a man Inscr

pañj

  1. pañj pañjaka, pañjara &c. See under √paj. p. 575, col. 2

pañjala

  1. pañjala m. a kind of bulbous plant L

pañji

  1. pañji or pañjī f. the ball of cotton from which thread is spun L
  2. (ī), f. an almanac, calendar, register L

pañjikāraka

  1. pañji-kāraka m. -pañjikā-k○ L

pañjīkara

  1. pañjī-kara m. id. L

pañjikā

  1. pañjikā f. = [paJj�I] L
  2. a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word (also = kātantra-vṛttip○)
  3. a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered L
  4. the register or record of human actions kept by Yama L

pañjikākāraka

  1. ○kāraka m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe
  2. an almanacmaker

pañjikāpradīpa

  1. ○pradīpa m. N. of wk. [Page 579, Column]

paṭ

  1. paṭ cl. 1. P. paṭati, to go, move Dhātup. ix, 9
  2. to flow (pf. papāṭa) Śiś. vi, 72
  3. to split, open, burst asunder (intr.) Hcar
  4. cl. 10. or Caus. paṭayati, to string together, wrap (granthe, or veṣṭane
  5. cf. paṭa) Dhātup. xxxv, 5
  6. pāṭayati, to speak or shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 79
  7. ○ti or (MBh.) ○te, to split, burst (trans.), cleave, tear, pierce, break, pluck out, remove Up. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: Pass. pātyate, to split, burst, open (intr.) Suśr

paṭa

  1. paṭa m. (n. L
  2. ifc. f. ā) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. marut-, vāta-)
  3. a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yājñ. Kād
  4. monastic habit Kāraṇḍ
  5. a kind of bird Lalit
  6. Buchanania Latifolia L
  7. = puras-kṛta L
  8. (ī), f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Bālar. Hcar
  9. the curtain of a stage L. (cf. apaṭī)
  10. n. a thatch or roof (= paṭala) L

paṭakāra

  1. ○kāra m. a weaver
  2. a painter L

paṭakuṭī

  1. ○kuṭī f. a tent of wool or felt KātyŚr. Sch

paṭagata

  1. ○gata mfn. 'being on cloth', painted MBh

paṭacaura

  1. ○caura m. a cloth-stealer L

paṭabhedana

  1. ○bhedana n. = puṭa-bh○ L

paṭamaṇḍapa

  1. ○maṇḍapa m. 'canvas-house', a tent Ragh

paṭamaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made of cloth
  2. n. (scil. gṛha) = prec. Śiś. vi, 24

paṭavardhana

  1. ○vardhana m. N. of a family Cat

paṭavādya

  1. ○vādya n. (in music) a kind of cymbal

paṭavāpa

  1. ○vāpa m. wṛ. for next. -1

paṭavāsa

  1. ○vāsa m. a tent L. -2

paṭavāsa

  1. ○vāsa m. a petticoat L. -3

paṭavāsa

  1. ○vāsa m. perfumed powder (-tā f.) Ratnâv

paṭavāsaka

  1. ○vāsaka m. = prec. 3. ib
  2. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

paṭavāsinī

  1. ○vāsinī f. a kind of woman L

paṭaveśman

  1. ○veśman n. a tent Śiś

paṭaśātaka

  1. ○śātaka m. or n. = pārīraṇa L

paṭākṣepa

  1. paṭâkṣepa m. the not tossing or pushing aside of the stage-curtain (Prob. wṛ. for paṭī-kṣepa
  2. cf. also apaṭī-kṣepa)

paṭāñcala

  1. paṭâñcala m. the hem or edge of a garment Mālatīm

paṭānta

  1. paṭânta m. id. MBh. Hariv. Ratnâv

paṭāntaram

  1. paṭântaram or (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)

paṭāntare

  1. paṭântaḍre (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)

paṭīkṣepa

  1. paṭī-kṣepa m. (dram.) the tossing aside of the stage-curtain
  2. ○peṇa-pra-√viś, to enter in a hurry Bālar

paṭoṭaja

  1. paṭôṭaja n. (L.) a mushroom
  2. a tent
  3. sunshine (?)

paṭottarīya

  1. paṭôttarīya n. an upper garment (of cloth) Mṛicch

paṭauka

  1. paṭâuka prob. = next
  2. -śrī-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

paṭaukas

  1. paṭâukas n. a tent L

paṭaka

  1. paṭaka m. cotton-cloth L
  2. a camp, encampment L
  3. the half of a village L. (vḷ. for pāṭ○)

paṭara

  1. paṭará m. or n. a ray (of sunlight) AV
  2. (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
  3. (paṭará), m. N. of the third of the 7 suns TĀr. VP. (vḷ. paṭala)
  4. N. of Varuṇa TĀr. ('having a cloth-like skin' Sāy.)

paṭaraka

  1. paṭaraka m. a species of plant (= gundra) L

paṭala

  1. paṭala n. (and rarely ī f.) a roof, thatch Var
  2. a veil, cover Kāv. Pur. Sāh. (ifc. f. ā)
  3. a basket, chest, box Bālar
  4. a heap, mass, multitude (esp. in comp. with a word denoting 'cloud') MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. n. or m. an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (esp. of the eyes), a film over the eyes, cataract &c. Suśr. Kāraṇḍ
  6. a chip, piece, portion Kād
  7. a section or chapter of a book (esp. of RPrāt.)
  8. n. train, retinue L
  9. a (sectarian or ornamental) mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood L
  10. m. vḷ. for paṭara ( See above)
  11. mf. a tree or a stalk (vṛkṣa vḷ. vṛnta) L

paṭalaprānta

  1. ○prânta m. the edge of a roof. L

paṭalāṃśuka

  1. paṭalâṃśuka m. the cover of the veil (of darkness), Śāh

paṭalānta

  1. paṭalânta m. = ○la-prânta L

paṭalaka

  1. paṭalaka m. or n. a cover, screen, veil Kād
  2. a little chest or box or basket ib. Kathās
  3. (ikā), f. = prec. Nalac
  4. heap, mass, multitude Kāv

paṭi

  1. paṭi f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. paṭī under paṭa)
  2. = vāguli L
  3. a species of plant L

paṭikā

  1. paṭikā f. woven cloth Līl

paṭikāvetravānavikalpa

  1. ○vetra-vāna-vikalpa m. a partic. art Cat. (cf. paṭṭikā-vetra-bāṇa-v○)

paṭaccara

  1. paṭac-cara m. (fr. next + cara ?) a thief or robber MBh. (Nīlak. 'a class of Asuras')
  2. pl. N. of a people MBh
  3. n. old or ragged clothes, a worn garment Kād. Bālar

paṭat

  1. paṭat onomat. (also paṭat-paṭad-iti, paṭat-paṭ-iti and paṭat-paṭêti) L

paṭatkakantha

  1. paṭatka-kantha n. N. of a town, g. cihaṇâdi

paṭapaṭā

  1. paṭapaṭā onomat. (with √kri, bhū
  2. and as) L

paṭapaṭāya

  1. paṭapaṭāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te L

paṭabhākṣa

  1. paṭabhākṣa m. a kind of optical instrument Daś. (Sch.)

paṭaha

  1. paṭaha m. (rarely n. or f. ī) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with √dā, or Caus. of √dā or √bhram, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 579, Column]
  2. m. beginning L
  3. hurting L

paṭahaghoṣaka

  1. ○ghoṣaka m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation Kathās

paṭahaghoṣaṇā

  1. ○ghoṣaṇā f. a proclamation made by beating a drum (acc. with √dā &c. as above) ib

paṭahatā

  1. ○tā f. the noise or function of a dṭdrum Megh

paṭahadhvani

  1. ○dhvani m. the sound of a dṭdrum
  2. mfn. sounding like a drum MW

paṭahaprodghoṣaṇa

  1. ○prôdghoṣaṇa and n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās

paṭahabhramaṇa

  1. ○bhramaṇa n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās

paṭahaśabda

  1. ○śabda m. = -dhvani m. Pañc

paṭahānantara

  1. paṭahânantara mfn. (speech) accompanied by the sound of a drum Kathās

paṭahīvādaka

  1. paṭahī-vādaka m. a drummer Pañcad

paṭāka

  1. paṭāka m. a bird Uṇ. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. paiṭ○)
  2. (ā), f. a flag, banner L. (cf. patākā)

paṭālukā

  1. paṭālukā f. a leech L. (cf. jalukā, &c.)

paṭi

  1. paṭi See under paṭa, col. 1

paṭiman

  1. paṭiman paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, See under paṭu below

paṭisa

  1. paṭisa wṛ. for paṭṭiśa

paṭīra

  1. paṭīra m. (√paṭ?) the sandal tree Bhpr
  2. a ball for playing with or a thorn (kanduka, or kaṇṭaka) L
  3. the god of love L
  4. n. (only L.) Catechu
  5. the belly
  6. a sieve
  7. a radish
  8. a field
  9. a cloud
  10. bamboo manna
  11. height
  12. catarrh
  13. = haraṇīya

paṭīramāruta

  1. ○māruta m. wind that comes from sandal trees or is produced by fanning with a kind of sieve Hcar

paṭu

  1. paṭu mf(u, or vii)n. (√paṭ?) sharp, pungent, acrid, harsh, shrill, keen, strong, intense, violent MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. smart, clever, skilful, crafty, cunning ib
  3. great or strong in, fit for, able to
  4. capable of (loc. or comp.) ib
  5. saline (cf. tri-)
  6. cruel, hard L
  7. healthy L
  8. eloquent L. (cf. vāk-)
  9. clear, manifest L
  10. m. Trichosanthes Dioeca or its leaf L
  11. Momordica Charantia L
  12. Nigella Indica L
  13. a kind of perfume L
  14. a species of camphor L
  15. N. of a man Pravar
  16. of a poet Cat
  17. (pl.) of a people MārkP
  18. of a caste VP
  19. m. n. a mushroom L
  20. n. salt, pulverized salt L

paṭukaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa mfn. having sound organs ML

paṭukalpa

  1. ○kalpa mfn. tolerably clever Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

paṭughaṇṭā

  1. ○ghaṇṭā f. a shrill bell MBh

paṭujātīya

  1. ○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort Daś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch.)

paṭutara

  1. ○tara mfn. more or very sharp or clever &c. (am ind.) Kāv
  2. -gir mfn. having a shriller voice Vikr
  3. -vana-dâha m. a raging forest-fire, Ṛit
  4. -viveka mfn. of keen understanding Bhartṛ

paṭutā

  1. ○tā f. See vāk-paṭutā

paṭutṛṇaka

  1. ○tṛṇaka n. a kind of pungent grass L

paṭutva

  1. ○tva n. sharpness, acuteness, keenness, cleverness Kāv. Hit

paṭudeśīya

  1. ○deśīya or mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

paṭudeśya

  1. ○deśya mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

paṭupattrikā

  1. ○pattrikā f. a species of shrub L

paṭuparṇikā

  1. ○parṇikā f. a species of plant L

paṭuparṇī

  1. ○parṇī f. Bryonia Grandis L

paṭumat

  1. ○mat m. N. of a prince VP

paṭumati

  1. ○mati mfn. clever-minded Kāv

paṭumitra

  1. ○mitra m. N. of a prince VP

paṭurūpa

  1. ○rūpa mfn. very clever W. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 66)

paṭiman

  1. paṭiman m. sharpness, pungency &c., Sṛiṅgār. (cf. g. pṛthv-ādi)

paṭiṣṭha

  1. paṭiṣṭha mfn. very sharp or clever or skilful (cf. vacana-)

paṭīyas

  1. paṭīyas mfn. sharper, more clever
  2. also = prec
  3. very able to or fit for (loc. or inf.) Śiś. i, 18 ; 59

paṭuka

  1. paṭuka m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L

paṭūkṛ

  1. paṭū-√kṛ to sharpen, stimulate, raise, increase Jātakam

paṭuśa

  1. paṭuśa m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh

paṭusa

  1. paṭusa m. N. of a prince Hariv. (vḷ. praghasa)

paṭola

  1. paṭola m. (cf. paṭu, paṭuka) Trichosanthes Dioeca
  2. n. its fruit Suśr. Pañc
  3. a kind of cloth L
  4. (ī), f. a species of small cucumber L

paṭolaka

  1. paṭolaka m. an oyster (= śukti) L
  2. (ikā), f. = paṭolī L. (cf. dīrgha-paṭolikā)

paṭaura

  1. paṭaurá m. (Padap. paṭa + ūra?) a partic. member of the body AV

paṭṭa

  1. paṭṭa m. (fr. pattra?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh
  2. (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. tāmra-)
  3. the flat or level surface of anything (cf. lalāṭa-, śilā-) MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Suśr
  5. a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the prasāda-paṭṭas, or turban of honour [Page 579, Column]
  6. VarBṛS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kāv. Rājat. (ifc. f. ā)
  7. cloth (= paṭa)
  8. coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= kauśeya) Kāv. Pañc. (cf. cīna-p○, paṭṭâṃśuka &c.)
  9. an upper or outer garment Bhaṭṭ
  10. a place where 4 roads meet (= catuṣ-patha) L
  11. Corchorus Olitorius W
  12. = vidūṣaka Gal
  13. N. of sev. men Rājat
  14. (ī), f. a forehead ornament L
  15. a horse's food-receptacle (= tāla-sāraka) L
  16. a species of Lodhra L
  17. a city, town (cf. -nivasana)

paṭṭakarman

  1. ○karman4 n. making cloth, weaving Pañc
  2. ○ma-kara m. a weaver ib

paṭṭakila

  1. ○kila m. (for khila?) the tenant (by royal edict) of a piece of land Vet

paṭṭaja

  1. ○ja n. a kind of cloth MBh

paṭṭatalpa

  1. ○talpa m. a silken bed Vet

paṭṭadevī

  1. ○devī f. a turbaned queen, the principal wife of a king Rājat

paṭṭadola

  1. ○dola m. (or ○lā f. ?) a swing made of cloth Mṛicch. iv, 26/27

paṭṭanivasana

  1. ○nivasana m. a town-dweller, citizen Daś

paṭṭabandha

  1. ○bandha m. or binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L

paṭṭabandhana

  1. ○banḍdhana n. binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L

paṭṭamahādevī

  1. ○mahādevī or f. = -devii L

paṭṭamahiṣī

  1. ○mahiṣī f. = -devii L

paṭṭaraṅga

  1. ○raṅga

paṭṭarañjaka

  1. ○rañjaka

paṭṭarañjana

  1. ○rañjana and n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L

paṭṭarañjanaka

  1. ○rañjanaka n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L

paṭṭarāga

  1. ○rāga m. sandal L

paṭṭarājñī

  1. ○rājñī f. = -devii L

paṭṭalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa n. 'description of various turbans', N. of VarBṛS. xlix

paṭṭavastra

  1. ○vastra n. a kind of cloth (○trântarī-√kṛ, to wrap in that cloth) Suśr
  2. mfn. = next

paṭṭavāsas

  1. ○vāsas mfn. attired in coloured cloth or wove silk MBh

paṭṭavāsitā

  1. ○vāsitā f. a kind of head-ornament L

paṭṭaśāka

  1. ○śāka n. a species of pot-herb L

paṭṭaśāṭaka

  1. ○śāṭaka = paṭa-ś○ L

paṭṭaśālā

  1. ○śālā f. 'cloth-house', a tent Hcat

paṭṭasūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. a silk thread
  2. -kāra m. a silk-weaver (N. of a class of Hindus who are feeders of silk-worms &c.) Col
  3. -maya mf(ī)n. made of silk-thread Hcat

paṭṭastha

  1. ○stha mfn. 'standing on cloth', painted Hariv

paṭṭāṃśuka

  1. paṭṭâṃśuka n. a kind of garment (prob. made of silk), Ratnâv. (cf. aṃśu-paṭṭa)

paṭṭābhirāma

  1. paṭṭâbhirāma m. N. of an author (also -śāstrin) Cat
  2. -tippaṇī, t., -śāstri-pattra n. ○rāmīya n. N. of wks

paṭṭābhiṣeka

  1. paṭṭâbhiṣeka m. consecration of a tiara KātyŚr. Sch

paṭṭārohā

  1. paṭṭârohā f. = next W

paṭṭārhā

  1. paṭṭârhā f. = paṭṭa-devii

paṭṭāvali

  1. paṭṭâvali f. N. of a class of wks

paṭṭeśvaramāhātmya

  1. paṭṭêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BhavP

paṭṭopadhāna

  1. paṭṭôpadhāna n. a silken pillow or cushion Kād

paṭṭopādhyāya

  1. paṭṭôpâdhyāya m. the writer of royal grants or documents &c. Rājat

paṭṭolikā

  1. paṭṭôlikā f. (for ○ṭṭâval○?) a title deed, a written legal opinion L

paṭṭaka

  1. paṭṭaka m. a board or plate (esp. for writing upon). Rājat. Kathās
  2. a bandage, girdle Hcat
  3. (ikā), f. a tablet, plate Naish. Sch
  4. a bandage, ribbon, piece of cloth, fillet Rājat. Kathās. BhP
  5. cloth, wove silk
  6. a species of Lodhra L
  7. N. of a woman L
  8. n. a document on a plate Rājat
  9. a bandage, piece of cloth Suśr

paṭṭāya

  1. paṭṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a plate of (comp.) Kād

paṭṭi

  1. paṭṭi (prob.) = paṭi

paṭṭikāra

  1. ○kāra m. (ī f.) a silk-weaver (?). L

paṭṭilodhra

  1. ○lodhra and m. a species of Lodhra L

paṭṭilodhraka

  1. ○loḍdhraka m. a species of Lodhra L

paṭṭikā

  1. paṭṭikā f. of paṭṭaka, q.v

paṭṭikākhya

  1. ○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), m. a species of tree Bhpr

paṭṭikālodhra

  1. ○lodhra m. a species of Lodhra ib

paṭṭikāvāpaka

  1. ○vāpaka prob. wṛ. for

paṭṭikāvāyaka

  1. ○vāyaka m. a silk-weaver, ribbon-maker R

paṭṭikāvetrabāṇavikalpa

  1. ○vetra-bāṇa-vikalpa m. N. of a partic. art BhP. Sch. (cf. paṭikā-vetra-vāna-v○)

paṭṭin

  1. paṭṭin m. a kind of Lodhra Bhpr

paṭṭila

  1. paṭṭila m. Guilandina Bonduc L

paṭṭana

  1. paṭṭana n. a city (cf. deva-pallī-, dharma-, and pattana)
  2. (ī), f. id. L

paṭṭalā

  1. paṭṭalā f. a district, a community Cat. (cf. pattalā)

paṭṭava

  1. paṭṭava m. or n. (?) a kind of cloth Rājat. v, 161 (wṛ. for paṭṭa-ja?)

paṭṭāra

  1. paṭṭāra m. or n. (?) N. of a district, g. dhūmâdi

paṭṭi

  1. paṭṭi m. pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. patti)

paṭṭikā

  1. paṭṭikā See above

paṭṭiśa

  1. paṭṭiśa m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three points MBh. R. &c. (written also paṭṭisa, paṭisa and paṭṭīsa)

paṭṭiśin

  1. paṭṭiśin mfn. armed with the weapon called Paṭṭiśa MBh. Hariv

paṭṭubhaṭṭa

  1. paṭṭu-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author (1416) Cat. [Page 580, Column]

paṭṭeraka

  1. paṭṭeraka m. Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis L

paṭh

  1. paṭh cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. ix, 45) paṭhati (○te MBh. &c
  2. pf. papāṭha ib
  3. aor. [ap�AThIt] Gr
  4. fut. paṭhiṣyati, paṭhitā ib
  5. ind. p. paṭhitvā Kāv.), to read or repeat aloud, to recite, rehearse TĀr. MBh. &c
  6. to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (acc., also with nāmabhis) MBh. Hariv
  7. to read or repeat or recite to one's self, to peruse, study Mn. R. BhP. Hit
  8. to teach, cite, quote, mention, express, declare Lāṭy. MBh. BhP. Suśr
  9. to learn from (abl.) BhP.: Pass. paṭhyate, to be read or recited or taught or mentioned &c. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. pāṭhayati (aor. apīpaṭhat Pāṇ. 7-4, 1 Sch
  10. fut. pāṭhayiṣyati Kathās
  11. Pass. pāṭhyate Hit.), to cause or teach to speak or read, to teach, instruct in (with double acc. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 52)
  12. to read, recite Kathās.: Intens. pāpaṭhīti, pāpaṭhyate, to recite often or repeatedly Kathās
  13. to read or study diligently Var

paṭha

  1. paṭha m. reading, recitation (?, See comp.)
  2. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

paṭhamañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī

paṭhasamañjarī

  1. ○samañjarī f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs

paṭhahaṃsikā

  1. ○haṃsikā f. N. of a Rāga

paṭhaka

  1. paṭhaka m. a reader, reciter

paṭhana

  1. paṭhana n. reciting, reading, studying, mentioning Kāv. Pur. Sch. Cat

paṭhanādhinātha

  1. paṭhanâdhinātha m. a master in reading or studying Cat

paṭhanīya

  1. paṭhanīya mfn. fit to be read or studied, legible, readable Vop. Mṛicch. Sch

paṭhi

  1. paṭhi f. = paṭhana L

paṭhita

  1. paṭhita mfn. recited, read, studied, mentioned MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c

paṭhitatva

  1. ○tva n. the being mentioned Hcat

paṭhitasiddha

  1. ○siddha mfn. effective on being (merely) recited Kathās
  2. -sārasvata-stotra n. N. of wk

paṭhitāṅga

  1. paṭhitâṅga m. or n. a kind of girdle BhavP

paṭhitavya

  1. paṭhitavya mfn. to be studied or read or mentioned Pat. MārkP

paṭhitavyatva

  1. ○tva n. the being to be studied &c. Nyāyam. Sch

paṭhiti

  1. paṭhiti f. N. of a partic. figure of speech Cat

paṭhitṛ

  1. paṭhitṛ mfn. reading, a reader W

paṭharvan

  1. páṭharvan m. N. of a man RV

paḍ

  1. paḍ in comp. for pad, or pal, q.v

paḍgṛbhi

  1. ○gṛbhi (páḍ-), m. N. of a demon or a man RV

paḍbīśa

  1. ○bīśa (RV. TS. AV.),

paḍvīśa

  1. ○vīśa (VS.) or (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse

paḍviṃśa

  1. ○viṃśa (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse
  2. (-śaṅku m. a post for tying to ŚBr.) ; m. a place for fettering, halting-place TBr. [Lat. vincio, vinculum?]

paṇ

  1. paṇ cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xii, 6) páṇate (ep. also ○ti
  2. pf. peṇe Gr
  3. aor. apaṇiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ
  4. fut. paṇiṣyate, ○ṇitā ib.), to honour, praise Naigh. iii, 14
  5. to barter, purchase, buy Br. MBh
  6. to negotiate, bargain Āpast
  7. to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with gen. [e.g. prâṇā-nām Bhaṭṭ
  8. Pāṇ. 2-3, 57. Kāś.] or acc. [e.g. kṛṣṇāṃ] MBh.)
  9. to risk or hazard (as a battle) MBh
  10. to win anything (instr.) from (acc.) ib.: Caus. paṇayati (aor. apīpaṇat), to negotiate, bargain Kāv. (Cf. paṇāya and √pan.)

paṇa

  1. paṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) play, gaming, playing for a stake, a bet or a wager (with gen
  2. loc. or ifc
  3. paṇaṃ-√kṛ, to make a bet
  4. paṇe ni-√as, to stake at play) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c
  5. a compact stipulation, agreement, treaty Kathās. Vet. Hit
  6. the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās
  7. a weight of copper used as a coin (= 20 Māshas = 4 Kākinīs) Mn. Yājñ
  8. a partic. measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 66 ('a handful' Sch.)
  9. a commodity for sale L
  10. price L
  11. wealth, property L
  12. business L
  13. a publican or distiller L
  14. a house, dwelling (gṛha wṛ. for glaha?) L

paṇakāla

  1. ○kāla m. time for playing MBh

paṇakriyā

  1. ○kriyā f. putting in a stake, play or contest for (comp.) Bālar

paṇakrīta

  1. ○krīta mfn. received as hire or reward Hcat

paṇagranthi

  1. ○granthi m. a fair, market L

paṇatā

  1. ○tā f

paṇatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of condition of a pledge or stake
  2. price, value W

paṇadhā

  1. ○dhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyaṃ-dha and paṇyândhā)

paṇabandha

  1. ○bandha m. making a treaty, making peace Ragh
  2. a bet or wager (also -na n.) Daś

paṇasundarī

  1. ○sundarī (HPariś.),

paṇastrī

  1. ○strī (Mṛicch.), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot

paṇāṅganā

  1. paṇâṅganā f. id. L

paṇārdha

  1. paṇârdha m. or n. (?) half a Paṇa (coin) Kāv

paṇārpaṇa

  1. paṇârpaṇa n. making an agreement, contract W

paṇārha

  1. paṇârha mfn. fit to be laid as a wager MW

paṇāsthi

  1. paṇâsthi and n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column]

sthika

  1. sthika n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column]

paṇana

  1. páṇana n. purchasing, buying ŚBr
  2. sale, selling, dealing in (comp.) L
  3. betting W

paṇanīya

  1. paṇanīya mfn. to be laid as a wager, negotiable MW

paṇayitṛ

  1. paṇayitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm

paṇasa

  1. paṇasa m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce L
  2. Artocarpus Integrifolia L

paṇāya

  1. paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, to honour, praise L

paṇāya

  1. paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati id. Pāṇ. 3-1, 28 Naigh. iii, 14 (vḷ. ○te)
  2. to sell (inf. ○yitum) Kathās

paṇāyā

  1. paṇāyā f. business, transaction L
  2. a market-place W

paṇāyita

  1. paṇāyita mfn. praised, transacted W

paṇāyitṛ

  1. paṇāyitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm

paṇāyya

  1. paṇā́yya mfn. praiseworthy, laudable ŚBr

paṇi

  1. paṇí m. a bargainer, miser, niggard (esp. one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations) RV. AV
  2. N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures RV. (esp. x, 108) AV. ŚBr
  3. a thief appearing as a Purohita BhP
  4. a market L

paṇika

  1. paṇika See pañcāśat-p○

paṇita

  1. paṇita mfn. praised or transacted as business L
  2. betted, staked MBh
  3. one who has betted or wagered ib. i, 1225
  4. n. (also -ka L.) a bet, wager, stake MBh

paṇitavya

  1. paṇitavya mfn. vendible, negotiable Pāṇ. 3-1, 101
  2. to be praised W

paṇitṛ

  1. paṇitṛ m. a trader, seller Naish

paṇin

  1. paṇin m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-4, 165 (cf. pāṇina and ○ni)

paṇīkṛ

  1. paṇī-√kṛ to bet or stake at play (-kṛta mfn. Cat.)

paṇya

  1. paṇya mfn. to be praised or commended ĀpŚr
  2. to be bought or sold, vendible ( See n. and comp.)
  3. to be transacted L
  4. (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L
  5. n. (ifc. f. ā) an article of trade, a ware, commodity ŚBr. Kauś. Gobh. MBh. &c
  6. trade, traffic, business Kām. Kāv. (cf. jñāna-)
  7. a booth, shop Daś

paṇyakambala

  1. ○kambala m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42 Vārtt. 2 Pat

paṇyajana

  1. ○jana m. a trader Var

paṇyatā

  1. ○tā f. the being praiseworthy or (and) an article of trade Kāv

paṇyadāsī

  1. ○dāsī f. a hired female servant Daś

paṇyaṃdha

  1. ○ṃ-dha m. (or -dhā f.) Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyândhā and paṇa-dhā)

paṇyapati

  1. ○pati m. a great merchant, large trader (-tva n.) R

paṇyapariṇītā

  1. ○pariṇītā f. a concubine Divyâv

paṇyaphalatva

  1. ○phala-tva n. prosperity or profit in trade W

paṇyabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. being an article of trade Mṛicch

paṇyabhumi

  1. ○bhumi f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse (guṇa-paṇya-bh○, receptacle of all virtues) Inscr

paṇyamūlya

  1. ○mūlya n. the price of a commodity W

paṇyayoṣit

  1. ○yoṣit f. a venal woman, courtesan, harlot Mn

paṇyavat

  1. ○vat mfn. furnished with many goods or commodities R

paṇyavarcas

  1. ○varcas n. Vop. vi, 78

paṇyavikraya

  1. ○vikraya m. trade, commerce Car
  2. -śālā f. a market-place, bazar L
  3. ○yin m. a trader, merchant R

paṇyavilāsinī

  1. ○vilāsinī f. = -yoṣit Kathās
  2. Unguis Odoratus L

paṇyavīthikā

  1. ○vīthikā (L.),

paṇyavīthī

  1. ○vīthī (Vāsav.), f. a place of sale, market

paṇyaśālā

  1. ○śālā f. a bazar or shop L

paṇyastrī

  1. ○strī f. = -yoṣit Var. Kāv. Rājat

paṇyahoma

  1. ○homa m. a sacrifice consisting of wares ĀpGṛ

paṇyāṅganā

  1. paṇyâṅganā f. = -yoṣit Bhartṛ. Kathās

paṇyājira

  1. paṇyâjira n. a market L

paṇyājīva

  1. paṇyâjīva m. 'living by trade', a tradesman L
  2. n. (also -ka) a market W

paṇyāndhā

  1. paṇyândhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇa-dhā and paṇyaṃ-dha)

paṇyārha

  1. paṇyârha mfn. fit for sale, vendible W

paṇaphara

  1. paṇaphara n. (fr. ?) the astrological house following upon a Kendra (q.v.) Var

paṇava

  1. paṇava m. (prob. fr. pra-ṇava) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kāv. (also ā f. L.)
  2. a kind of metre Col. (vḷ. pan○)
  3. N. of a prince VP

paṇavin

  1. paṇavin mfn. possessing a drum (applied to Śiva) MBh

paṇḍ

  1. paṇḍ (prob. invented to serve as the √of the words below), cl. 1. Ā. paṇḍate, to go, move Dhātup. viii, 29
  2. cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to heap together, pile up (vḷ. for piṇḍ), xxxii, 130 Vop
  3. cl. 1. or 10. P. paṇḍati, ○ḍayati, to destroy, annihilate, xxxii, 73 (vḷ. for paṃs)

paṇḍa

  1. paṇḍa m. a eunuch, weakling Nār. (cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa)
  2. (ā), f. See below

paṇḍāpūrva

  1. paṇḍâpūrva n. non-occurrence of the results of fate or destiny L

paṇḍaka

  1. páṇḍaka m. = paṇḍa MaitrS. Yājñ. Kām. Daśar. (-tva, n. Kāṭh.)
  2. m. N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Savarṇa

paṇḍaga

  1. páṇḍaga m. (prob.) = paṇḍa, ○ḍaka AV. [Page 580, Column]

paṇḍā

  1. paṇḍā f. wisdom, knowledge, learning L. (cf. g. tārakâdi)

paṇḍāvat

  1. ○vat m. a learned man L

paṇḍita

  1. paṇḍitá mfn. (according to some, for spandita) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp
  2. Pāṇ. 2-1, 40) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
  3. m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. N. of a man (= ○taka) MBh
  5. of a Brāhman changed into an antelope Hariv
  6. incense L

paṇḍitakarabhiṇḍipāla

  1. ○kara-bhiṇḍi-pāla m. N. of wk

paṇḍitajātīya

  1. ○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort, rather learned, wise Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69)

paṇḍitatā

  1. ○tā f. (Bhartṛ.),

paṇḍitatva

  1. ○tva n. (Mṛicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill

paṇḍitaparitoṣa

  1. ○paritoṣa m. N. of wk

paṇḍitapīḍāviśārada

  1. ○pīḍā-viśārada m. N. of a man Kautukas

paṇḍitapraśnottara

  1. ○praśnôttara n. N. of wk

paṇḍitamānika

  1. ○mānika (MBh.),

paṇḍitamānin

  1. ○mānin (ib. R.),

paṇḍitammanya

  1. ○m-manya (Kād. Prab.),

paṇḍitammanyamāna

  1. ○m-manyamāna (KaṭhUp.), mfn. fancying one's self learned or clever, an ignorant and conceited person

paṇḍitarāja

  1. ○rāja m. 'prince of learned men', N. of any great scholar
  2. (esp.) of Jagan-nātha (1600)
  3. of another man BhP
  4. -kṛti f. -śataka n. N. of wks

paṇḍitavādin

  1. ○vādin mfn. pretending to be wise MW

paṇḍitavaidya

  1. ○vaidya and m. N. of authors Cat

paṇḍitaśaśin

  1. ○śaśin m. N. of authors Cat

paṇḍitaśiromaṇi

  1. ○śiromaṇi m. N. of Rāmakṛishṇa-bhaṭṭa Cat

paṇḍitaśrīvara

  1. ○śrī-vara m. N. of an author ib

paṇḍitasabhā

  1. ○sabhā f. an assembly of Pandits or literati MW

paṇḍitasarvasva

  1. ○sarvasva n. N. of wk

paṇḍitasūri

  1. ○sūri and m. N. of authors Cat

paṇḍitasvāmin

  1. ○svāmin m. N. of authors Cat

paṇḍitāhlādinī

  1. paṇḍitâhlādinī f. N. of wk

paṇḍitaka

  1. paṇḍitaka mfn. wise, learned, pedantic MBh
  2. m. N. of a son of Dhṛiṭa-rāshṭra ib

paṇḍitāya

  1. paṇḍitāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become learned or wise, g. bhṛśâdi

paṇḍitiman

  1. paṇḍitiman m. wisdom, learning, scholarship, g. dṛḍhâdi

paṇḍu

  1. paṇḍu m. (prob.) wṛ. for next

paṇḍra

  1. paṇḍra or m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)

paṇḍraka

  1. paṇḍḍraka m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)

paṇḍālu

  1. paṇḍālu m. or f. or n. a kind of pot-herb Śrīkaṇṭh

pat

  1. pat cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 50) pátyate, to be master, reign, rule, govern, control, own, possess, dispose of (acc. or instr.) RV
  2. to partake of, share in (loc.) ib
  3. to be fit or serve for (dat.) ib. [Prob. Nom. of páti ; Lat. potiri.]

pat

  1. pat cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xx, 15) pátati (ep. also ○te
  2. pf. papāta, paptimá, petátur, paptúr
  3. paptivás RV
  4. papatyāt AV
  5. aor. apaptat RV
  6. Pass. apāti Br
  7. fut. patiṣ-yáti AV
  8. ○te, patitā MBh
  9. Cond. apatiṣyat Br
  10. inf. patitum ib. &c. &c
  11. ind. p. patitvā́ AV. Br
  12. -pátya or -pā́tam Br.), to fly, soar, rush on RV. &c. &c
  13. to fall down or off, alight, descend (with acc. or loc.), fall or sink (with or without adhas or narake, 'to go down to hell'
  14. with caraṇau or ○ṇayoḥ, 'to fall at a person's feet') Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  15. to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position ChUp. Mn. Yājñ. &c
  16. to light or fall upon, fall to a person's share (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  17. to fall or get into or among (loc.) Kathās. Hit
  18. to occur, come to pass, happen Pañc.: Caus. patáyati, to fly or move rapidly along RV. VS
  19. to speed (trans
  20. cf. patayát)
  21. ○te, to drive away or throw down (?) RV. i, 169, 7
  22. pātáyati (ep. also ○te
  23. aor. apīpatat AV
  24. Pass. pātyate MBh. &c.), to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw AV. &c. &c
  25. to lay low, bring down (lit. and fig.), overthrow, ruin, destroy MBh. R. &c. to throw upon or in, lay on (loc.) Kāv. Suśr
  26. (with or scil. ātmānam) to throw one's self MBh. Mṛicch
  27. to cut off (a head) Hariv
  28. to knock out (teeth) BhP
  29. to pour out or shed (water, tears) MBh. Hariv
  30. to kindle (fire) Pañc
  31. to cast (dice) Hariv. Kathās
  32. to turn, direct, fix (eyes) R
  33. to impose or inflict (punishment) Mn. Yājñ
  34. to set in motion, set on foot Rājat. v, 173
  35. to seduce to, betray into (loc.) Kathās
  36. (with dvedhā) to divide in two ŚBr
  37. to subtract Jyot. Sch
  38. (Ā.) to rush on, hasten RV. viii, 46, 8: Desid. pipatiṣati (AV. MaitrS. ŚBr.) and pitsati (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be about to fly or fall: Intens. panīpatyate or ○pātīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84. [Cf. Zd. pat
  39. Gk. ? ; Lat. peto.] [580,]

pat

  1. pat mfn. flying, falling (ifc
  2. cf. akṣi-pát)

pata

  1. pata m. flying, falling (cf. g. pacâdi and jvalâdi)

pataga

  1. ○ga m. a winged or flying animal, bird Mn. MBh. &c
  2. the sky-flying luminary, i.e. the sun MBh
  3. N. of one of the 5 fires in the Svadhākāra Hariv
  4. -pati m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa Mṛicch. [Page 581, Column]
  5. -pannaga m. pl. birds and serpents R
  6. -rāja m. 'king of birds', N. of Garuḍa BhP
  7. -vara m. 'chief of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R
  8. ○gêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa (MBh.) or Jaṭāyu (R.)
  9. ○gôraga m. pl. bird and snake deities Mn. vii, 23

pataṃ

  1. pataṃ acc. of pata in comp

pataṃga

  1. ○gá mfn. flying RV. i, 118, 4
  2. any flying insect, a grasshopper, a bee, a butterfly or moth ŚBr. (○táṃga) Up. Mn. &c. (-tā f. Prasannar.)
  3. a horse Naigh. i, 14
  4. the sun (cf. pata-ga) RV. AV. Var. &c
  5. N. of one of the 7 suns TĀr. VP
  6. a ball for playing with BhP
  7. a spark (Sāy
  8. 'a Piśāca' Mahīdh.) RV. iv, 4, 2
  9. a species of rice Car
  10. of tree L
  11. 'the Flier', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh. xii, 1510 (= garuḍa Nīlak.) BhP
  12. N. of the author of RV. x, 17 and of this hymn itself ŚāṅkhBr
  13. of a mountain BhP
  14. = -grāma Rājat
  15. (pl.) N. of a caste in Plakshadviipa BhP
  16. (ā), f. N. of a mythical river Divyâv
  17. (ī), f. N. of one of the wives of Tārksha and mother of the flying animals BhP
  18. m. or n. quicksilver L
  19. n. a species of sandal wood Bhpr
  20. -kānta m. the sun-stone (cf. sūrya-k○) Śiś. iv, 16
  21. -grāma m. N. of a village Rājat
  22. -rāja m. = pataga-r○ Pañc
  23. -vat, ind, like a moth Kum
  24. -vṛtti f. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) i.e. rashness, temerity Ratnâv
  25. mfn. behaving like a moth (i.e. very inconsiderately) Pañc
  26. ○gâśman m. the sun-stone (cf. above) Śrīkaṇṭh

pataṃgaka

  1. ○gaka m. N. of a mountain Pur
  2. (ikā), f. a little bird MBh
  3. a little bee L

pataṃgama

  1. ○gama m. a butterfly or moth BhP
  2. a bird L

pataṃgara

  1. ○gará mfn. bird-like RV. iv, 40, 2

pataṃgin

  1. ○gin m. a bird
  2. (nī f.) a female bird Hariv

pataka

  1. pataka mfn. who or what falls or descends &c
  2. m. an astronomical table W

patat

  1. patat mf(ntī)n. flying, falling, descending &c
  2. m. a bird Āpast. Kāv

patatpataṃga

  1. ○pataṃga m. the setting sun Śiś. i, 12

patatprakarṣa

  1. ○prakarṣa mfn. (in rhet.) 'where preference or superiority sinks or is not observed', either prosaical or illogical (-tā f.) Kpr. Sāh. &c

patatra

  1. pátatra n. a wing, pinion, feather &c. RV. &c. &c
  2. a vehicle L. (cf. pattra)

patatri

  1. patatri m. a bird (only gen. pl. ○trīṇām) MBh
  2. N. of a partic. fire PārGṛ
  3. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh

patatri

  1. patatri in comp. for ○trin

patatriketana

  1. ○ketana mfn. 'characterised by a bird', (with deva) N. of Vishṇu Hariv

patatrirāj

  1. ○rāj (BhP.),

patatrirāja

  1. ○rāja (pát○ Suparṇ.),

patatrivara

  1. ○vara (MBh.), m. 'king or best of birds', N. of Garuḍa

patatrin

  1. patatrín mfn. winged, feathered, flying (also applied to Agni, the vehicle of the Aśvins &c.) RV. AV. VS. Up. &c
  2. m. a bird AV. &c. &c
  3. a horse, (esp.) the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice R. i, 13, 36
  4. an arrow MBh. iii, 16430
  5. a partic. fire TS
  6. n. du. day and night RV. i, 158. 4

patad

  1. patad in comp. for ○tat

patadgraha

  1. ○graha m. 'receiving what falls', a receptacle for alms
  2. a spittoon (also -grāha) HPariś. Sch. (also n.)
  3. the rear of an army L

patadbhīru

  1. ○bhīru m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk or falcon L

patana

  1. patana mfn. who or what flies or falls Pāṇ. 3-2, 150
  2. m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
  3. (pát○), n. the act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing one's self down at or into (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
  4. setting (as the sun) MBh
  5. going down (to hell) Mn. vi, 61
  6. hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts) Bhartṛ
  7. fall, decline, ruin, death MBh. Kāv
  8. loss of caste, apostacy Pur
  9. (with garbhasya) miscarriage Var
  10. (in arithm.) subtraction Col
  11. (in astron.) the latitude of a planet W

patanadharmin

  1. ○dharmin mfn. what is likely to fall out or off (○mi-tva, n.) Suśr

patanasīla

  1. ○sīla mfn. accustomed to fall down Kāv

patanīya

  1. patanīya mfn. (fr. patana) leading to, a fall, causing the loss of caste
  2. n. a degrading crime or sin MBh. Yājñ

patantaka

  1. patantaka m. (fr. patat) a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner Lāṭy. Nid

patama

  1. patama m. a bird L
  2. a grasshopper L
  3. the moon L. (cf. patasa)

patayālu

  1. patayālú mf(ū)n. (fr. Caus.) flying, falling, liable to fall AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 158)

patayiṣṇu

  1. patayiṣṇú (RV.),

patayiṣṇuka

  1. patayiṣḍṇuká (AV.), mfn. id

patara

  1. patará or mfn. flying, fugitive RV

pataru

  1. patáru mfn. flying, fugitive RV

patasa

  1. patasa m. = patama L

patāka

  1. patāka m. ('flying'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for ○kā) AdbhBr
  2. a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SārṅgP. (cf. tri-p○)
  3. (ā), f. See next

patākā

  1. patākā f. (ifc. f. ā) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kāv. &c. (○kāṃ-√labh or hṛ, 'to win the palm' Daś. Vcar.) [Page 581, Column]
  2. a flag-staff L
  3. a partic. high number MBh. (= mahā-padma Nīlak.)
  4. (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Daśar
  5. good fortune, auspiciousness L
  6. N. of wk

patākāṃśuka

  1. ○"ṣṃśuka (○kâṃś○), n. a flag Kathās

patākādaṇḍa

  1. ○daṇḍa m. a flag-staff MBh

patākādhvajamālin

  1. ○dhvaja-mālin mfn. garlanded with flags and banners ib

patākāsthāna

  1. ○sthāna and n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch

patākāsthānaka

  1. ○sthāḍnaka n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch

patākocchrāyavat

  1. patākôcchrāya-vat mfn. with hoisted banners MBh

patākāya

  1. patākāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a flag or banner Nalac

patākika

  1. patākika mfn. having or carrying a flag or banner L

patākin

  1. patākin mfn. having or bearing a flag, adorned with flags MBh. R. &c
  2. (with nau) furnished with sails (?) MBh
  3. m. an ensign or standard-bearer ib
  4. a flag Hariv
  5. a chariot Śiś. xiii, 4
  6. a figure used in divination L
  7. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
  8. (inī), f. an army Ragh. Kād. (cf. dhvajinī)
  9. N. of a partic. divinity BrahmaP

patāpata

  1. patāpata mfn. going or inclined to fall Kauś. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 6 Pat. ; vii, 4, 58 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)

patita

  1. patitá mfn. fallen, dropped, descended, alighted AV. &c. &c
  2. (ifc.) fallen upon or from (Pāṇ. 2-1, 24 and 38 Sch.)
  3. (with pādayos or pāda-) having thrown one's self at a person's feet Kāv
  4. fallen (morally), wicked, degraded, out-caste (-tva n.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c
  5. fallen into, being in (loc. or comp.) Kathās
  6. happened, occurred Pañc. Śukas
  7. n. flying MBh

patitagarbhā

  1. ○garbhā f. a woman who miscarries MW

patitatyāgavidhi

  1. ○tyāga-vidhi m. N. of wk

patitamūrdhaja

  1. ○mūrdhaja mfn. one whose hair has fallen out MBh

patitavṛtta

  1. ○vṛtta mfn. leading the life of an out-caste Hariv

patitasāvitrīka

  1. ○sāvitrīka m. 'one who is deprived of the Sāvitrī', a man of the first 3 classes whose investiture (upa-nayana, q.v.) has been unduly performed or omitted GṛS. Gaut. (cf. sāvitrī-patita)

patitasthita

  1. ○sthita mfn. lying on the ground Kathās

patitānna

  1. patitânna n. an out-caste's food Mn. iv, 213

patitekṣita

  1. patitêkṣita mfn. looked at by an out-caste W

patitotthita

  1. patitôtthita mfn. 'fallen and risen', sunk (in a shipwreck) and saved Ratnâv
  2. fallen out and grown again
  3. -danta mfn. ĀpŚr. Sch

patitotpanna

  1. patitôtpanna mfn. sprung from an out-caste W

patitavya

  1. patitavya n. the going down to hell MBh. xii, 3688

patiṣṭha

  1. pátiṣṭha mfn. (superl. of 3. pat) flying most or best RV

patīyas

  1. pátīyas ind. (compar. of 3. pat) quickly, speedily TāṇḍBr

patera

  1. patera m. 'flying, moving', a bird Uṇ. i, 59
  2. a bird L
  3. a measure of capacity (= āḍhaka) L

pattra

  1. páttra n. (and m. Śātkat
  2. ifc. f. ā and ī) the wing of a bird, pinion, feather VS. ŚBr. &c
  3. the feather of an arrow R. Ragh
  4. a bird L
  5. any vehicle, a chariot, car, horse, camel &c. Mn. MBh. Kāv
  6. a leaf, petal (regarded as the plumage of a tree or flower) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
  7. the leaf of a partic. fragrant plant or a partic. plant with fragrant leaves VarBṛS. xvi, 30
  8. Laurus Cassia (L.) and its leaf Bhpr
  9. a leaf for writing on, written leaf, leaf of a book, paper
  10. a letter, document Kāv. Rājat. Pañc. (pattram āropya, 'having committed to paper' Śak.)
  11. any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf. Var. Suśr. (cf. paṭṭa)
  12. the blade of a sword or knife (cf. asi-)
  13. a knife, dagger L
  14. = -bhaṅga Ragh. Gīt. [Cf. Gk. ? (for ?) ; Lat. penna (older [581,] pesna for pet-na) ; Germ. Feder ; Eng. feather.]

pattrakartarī

  1. ○kartarī f. shears for cutting off leaves Kuṭṭanīm

pattrakāhalā

  1. ○kāhalā f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves L

pattrakṛcchra

  1. ○kṛcchra m. a sort of penance (drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time) L. (cf. parṇa-k○)

pattrakaumudī

  1. ○kaumudī f. N. of wk

pattragupta

  1. ○gupta m. a kind of bird Lalit. (cf. pakṣa-g○)
  2. Asteracantha Longifolia L

pattraghanā

  1. ○ghanā f. (prob.) a species, of cactus L

pattracārikā

  1. ○cārikā f. a kind of magic Divyâv

pattracchaṭā

  1. ○cchaṭā f. = -bhaṅga Naish

pattraccheda

  1. ○ccheda m. leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) Kuṭṭanīm
  2. -bhakti f. a piece cut out of a leaf Śak. (Pi.) iii. 63/64 (70/71)

pattracchedaka

  1. ○cchedaka m. a leaf-cutter (a partic. trade) L

pattracchedya

  1. ○cchedya n. = -ccheda Kād. (Mṛicch. v, 5 Sch. = ālekhya?)

pattrajhaṃkāra

  1. ○jhaṃkāra m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?) L

pattrataṇḍulā

  1. ○taṇḍulā f. Andrographis Paniculata (also ○tī f.) L
  2. a woman L

pattrataru

  1. ○taru m. a species of tree kindred to Acacia Catechu L. [Page 581, Column]

pattradāraka

  1. ○dāraka m. 'leaf-divider', a saw L

pattradevī

  1. ○devī f. N. of a Buddh. deity

pattradhārā

  1. ○dhārā f. the edge of a leaf Śak

pattranāḍikā

  1. ○nāḍikā f. the fibre or vein of a leaf L

pattranāmaka

  1. ○nāmaka m. a cinnamon-leaf Bhpr

pattranyāsa

  1. ○nyāsa m. inserting the feathers (into an arrow) L

pattrapati

  1. ○pati m. N. of Garuḍa Śiś. xx, 73

pattraparaśu

  1. ○paraśu or m. a fine file or saw L

pattraparśu

  1. ○parśu m. a fine file or saw L

pattrapāka

  1. ○pāka m. a medicine which requires cooking L

pattrapāṭha

  1. ○pāṭha m. the perusal of a writing MW

pattrapāla

  1. ○pāla m. a long knife or dagger L
  2. (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow L

pattrapāśyā

  1. ○pāśyā f. a kind of ornament on the forehead L

pattrapiśācikā

  1. ○piśācikā f. a sort of cap or umbrella for the head made of leaves L

pattrapuṭa

  1. ○puṭa m. n. (R. Ragh.),

pattrapuṭikā

  1. ○puṭikā f. (Cāṇ.) a kind of cup made of a leaf folded or doubled

pattrapuṣpa

  1. ○puṣpa m. a sort of red basil
  2. (ā), f. holy basil with small leaves L

pattrapuṣpaka

  1. ○puṣpaka m. Betula Bhojpatra L

pattraprakāśa

  1. ○prakāśa m. N. of partic. astronomical tables

pattrabandha

  1. ○bandha m. adorning with leaves or flowers L

pattrabāla

  1. ○bāla m. an oar L

pattrabhaṅga

  1. ○bhaṅga m. (Kād.),

pattrabhaṅgi

  1. ○bhaṅgi (Dharmaśarm.) and f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances

pattrabhaṅgī

  1. ○bhaṅgī (Naish.), f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances

pattrabhadrā

  1. ○bhadrā f. a species of plant L

pattramañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f. = -bhaṅga L

pattramāla

  1. ○māla m. Calamus Rotang L

pattramūlaka

  1. ○mūlaka mfn. resembling leaves and roots, g. sthūlâdi

pattrayauvana

  1. ○yauvana n. a young leaf, sprout W

pattrarañjana

  1. ○rañjana n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding MW

pattraratha

  1. ○ratha m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird MBh. R. &c
  2. -śreṣṭha m. 'chief of birds', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
  3. ○thêndra m. id. BhP
  4. (○draketu m. 'characterised by Garuḍa, N. of Vishṇu Ragh.)
  5. ○thêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R

pattrarekhā

  1. ○rekhā f. = -bhaṅga. Ragh

pattralatā

  1. ○latā f. id. Kād
  2. a long knife or dagger L
  3. N. of a woman Hcar

pattralavaṇa

  1. ○lavaṇa n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of partic. leaves mixed with salt Suśr

pattralekhā

  1. ○lekhā f. = -bhaṅga (ifc. f. ā) Hariv. Kāv
  2. N. of a woman Kathās

pattravallarī

  1. ○vallarī f. = -bhaṅga L

pattravalli

  1. ○valli f. id. (also ○lī Śiś. viii, 59)
  2. N. of 2 kinds of creeper L

pattravāja

  1. ○vāja mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Hariv

pattravāha

  1. ○vāha m. 'feather-bearing', a bird Śiś. xviii, 73
  2. an arrow ib. xx, 25
  3. a letter-carrier, postman L

pattraviśeṣaka

  1. ○viśeṣaka m. or n. = -bhaṅga Kum. Ragh

pattravṛścika

  1. ○vṛścika m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr

pattraveṣṭa

  1. ○veṣṭa m. a kind of ear-ring Ragh

pattraśabara

  1. ○śabara m. a Śabara (barbarian or mountaineer) who decorates himself with feathers L

pattraśāka

  1. ○śāka fn. vegetables consisting of leaves Mn. xii, 65 Yājñ. iii, 213 (or n. 'leaves and pot-herbs' ?)
  2. -tṛṇa n. pl. leaves, pot-herbs and grass Mn. vii, 132

pattraśṛṅgī

  1. ○śṛṅgī or f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

pattraśreṇī

  1. ○śreṇī f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

pattraśreṣṭha

  1. ○śreṣṭha m. Aegle Marmelos L

pattrasaṃskāra

  1. ○saṃskāra wṛ. for -jhaṃkāra

pattrasirā

  1. ○sirā f. the vein or fibre of a leaf. L. = -bhaṅga L

pattrasundara

  1. ○sundara m. or n. (?) a species of plant L

pattrasūci

  1. ○sūci f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn L

pattrahasta

  1. ○hasta mf(ā)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand Śak

pattrahima

  1. ○hima n. cold, wintry or snowy weather L

pattrākhya

  1. pattrâkhya n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta L

pattrāṅga

  1. pattrâṅga n. (wrongly written ○raṅga) red sanders
  2. Caesalpinia Sappan
  3. Betula Bhojpatra
  4. = padmaka L

pattrāṅgulī

  1. pattrâṅgul�ī f. = ○tra-bhaṅga L

pattrāñjana

  1. pattrâñjana n. 'paper-unguent', ink L

pattrāḍhya

  1. pattrâḍhya m. 'rich in feathers or leaves &c.', a peacock Gal
  2. n. the √of long pepper L
  3. a species of grass L
  4. Caesalpinia Sappan L

pattrāmlā

  1. pattrâmlā f. Oxalis Corniculata L

pattrārūḍha

  1. pattrârūḍha mfn. committed to paper, written down Śak

pattrālī

  1. pattrâlī f. = ○trabhaṅga L

pattrāli

  1. pattrâli m. a species of bulbous plant or reed L

pattrāvalambana

  1. pattrâvalambana n. N. of wk

pattrāvali

  1. pattrâvali f. red chalk L
  2. ([l�I]), a row of leaves L
  3. = ○tra-bhaṅga Mālatīm. Caṇḍ
  4. (○lī), a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey MW

pattrāsura

  1. pattrâsura m. N. of a man L

pattrāhāra

  1. pattrâhāra m. feeding on leaves MW

pattreśvaratīrtha

  1. pattrêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP

pattropaskara

  1. pattrôpaskara m. Cassia Sophora L

pattrorṇa

  1. pattrôrṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L
  2. pl. N. of a people MBh
  3. wove silk or a silk-garment. (perhaps also) cotton MBh. R. &c. (also ○ṇaka Var
  4. or ○ṇā f. Hariv.)

pattrollāsa

  1. pattrôllāsa m. the bud or eye of a plant L

pattraka

  1. pattraka ifc. (f. ā) = pattra, a wing, leaf &c
  2. m. a leaf (cf. karṇa-)
  3. Achyranthes Triandra L
  4. (ikā), f. See below
  5. n. a leaf, (esp.) the leaf of Laurus Cassis Bhpr
  6. = pattra-bhaṅga L

pattraṇā

  1. pattraṇā f. putting feathers on an arrow L. [Page 582, Column]

pattraya

  1. pattraya Nom. P. ○yati id
  2. ○trita mfn. feathered (is an arrow) Hariv

pattrala

  1. pattrala mfn. rich in leaves, leafy HPariś. (cf. g. sidhmâdi)
  2. n. thin sour milk L

pattrāya

  1. pattrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be converted into leaves (for writing), Vāsav

pattri

  1. pattri in comp. = ○trin

pattrivāha

  1. ○vāha m. a bird L

pattrika

  1. pattrika m. g. purohitâdi Kāś

pattrikā

  1. pattrikā f. (of ○traka), a leaf (for writing upon), a letter, document &c. Śak. Kād. Pañc
  2. a kind of earring (cf. danta-) Śiś
  3. N. of wk

pattrikākhya

  1. ○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), n. a species of camphor L

pattrikāpraveśa

  1. ○praveśa m. a festival on the 7th day of the month Āśvina MW

pattrin

  1. pattrin mfn. having wings or feathers or leaves MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. a bird (esp. a hawk or falcon L.) Hariv. Kālid
  3. an arrow MBh. Hariv
  4. a mountain L
  5. possessing a carriage or driving in one L
  6. a chariot L
  7. a tree L
  8. the wine-palm L
  9. a species of Achyranthes L
  10. a species of creeper and other plants L
  11. (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot L

patman

  1. pátman n. flight, course, path, way RV. VS. Kāṭh

patmin

  1. patmín mfn. wṛ. for padmin (?) Suparṇ

patya

  1. patya n. falling ( See garta-)

patvan

  1. pátvan mf(varī)n. flying RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr. Kauś
  2. n. flying, flight RV. VS. (cf. āśū-, raghu-, śyena-)

patsala

  1. patsala m. a way, road Uṇ. iii, 74 Sch

pata

  1. pata mfn. well fed (= puṣṭa) L

patañcala

  1. patáñcala or patañcalá m. N. of a man ŚBr. (with the patr. kāpya) Pravar

patañcikā

  1. patañcikā f. a bow-string L

patañjala

  1. patañjala m. N. of a man
  2. pl. his family, g. upakâdi

patañjali

  1. patañjali m. (fr. pata + añj○?
  2. Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 4 Pat., g. śakandhv-ādi) N. of a celebrated grammarian (author of the Mahābhāshya)
  3. of a philosopher (the propounder of the Yoga philosophy)
  4. of a physician &c

patañjalikāvya

  1. ○kāvya n

patañjalicarita

  1. ○carita n

patañjaliyoga

  1. ○yoga m

patañjalisūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. N. of wks

pati

  1. páti m. (cf. √1. vat
  2. when uncompounded and meaning 'husband', instr. pátya
  3. dat. pátye
  4. gen. abl. pátyur
  5. loc. pátyau
  6. but when meaning 'lord, master', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions
  7. Pāṇ. 1-4, 8 ; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c
  8. a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. duhitṛ-p○ or ○tuH-p○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 24
  9. when mfn. f. = m. e.g. -jīvat-patyā tvayā R. ii, 24, 8, or patikā e.g. pramīta-patikā Mn. ix, 68)
  10. one of the 2 entities (with pāśupatás) RTL. 89
  11. a √L
  12. f. a female possessor, mistress Pāṇ. 4-1, 33 Sch
  13. a wife (vṛddha-p○ = -patnī, the wife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. ?, 'husband' ; [582,] Lat. potis, pos-sum for potis-sum ; Lith. patis, 'husband' ; Goth. (bruth-) faths, 'bridegroom']

patiṃvarā

  1. ○ṃ-varā f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself (cf. svayaṃ-vara) Ragh. Rājat

patikāma

  1. ○kāma (páti-), mfn. wishing for a husband AV. KātyŚr

patikhecara

  1. ○khecara m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak. 'Garuḍa')

patigaṇitaṭīkā

  1. ○gaṇita-ṭīkā f. N. of Comm. on Līl

patighātinī

  1. ○ghātinī f. the murderess of her husband Var

patighna

  1. ○ghna mf(ī)n. killing a husband GṛS
  2. ○ghnī-pāṇi-lekhā f. a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless to her husband Pāṇ. 3-2, 53 Sch
  3. ○ghnī-lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a husband-killer W

patijuṣṭā

  1. ○juṣṭā (páti-), f. (a woman) liked by her husband RV

patitva

  1. ○tvá (RV. &c. &c.) and n. matrimony, marriage

patitvana

  1. ○tvaná (RV.), n. matrimony, marriage

patidarśanalālasa

  1. ○darśana-lālasa mf(ā)n. longing to See one's husband Nal

patidevatā

  1. ○devatā (MBh. R. &c.),

patidevā

  1. ○devā (BhP.), f. regarding a hṭhusband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others

patidviṣ

  1. ○dvíṣ f. hating one's husband RV

patidharma

  1. ○dharma m. duty towards a hṭhusband MBh
  2. -vatī f. fulfilling the duties towards a husband, faithfully devoted to a husband ib

patiprāṇā

  1. ○prâṇā f. (a wife) whose hṭhusband is (as dear to her as) her life Hit

patimatī

  1. ○matī f. having a husband, married BhP
  2. having a lord or master in (instr., e.g. tvayā) Pat

patiyāna

  1. ○yāna mfn. (a way) leading to a hṭhusband Gobh

patirip

  1. ○ríp f. deceiving a husband RV

patilaṅghana

  1. ○laṅghana n. injuring a hṭhusband (by marrying another) MW. (cf. Mn. v, 151)

patilālasa

  1. ○lālasa mf(ā)n. longing for a hṭhusband Nal

patiloka

  1. ○loká m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life RV. &c. &c

pativaṃsya

  1. ○vaṃsya mfn. belonging to a hṭhusband's family L

pativatī

  1. ○vatī (pá○ RV. x, 85, 21), [Page 582, Column]

pativatnī

  1. ○vatnī (Ragh. Kathās
  2. Pāṇ. 4-1, 32 Sch.), having a husband, a married woman

pativayas

  1. ○vayas f. (regarded as) having the hṭhusband's age Āpast

patividya

  1. ○vídya n. finding a husband RV. x, 102, 11

pativedana

  1. ○védana mfn. procuring a hṭhusband (Aryaman) AV. xiv, 1, 17
  2. m. du. a partic. part of the body (attracting a hṭhusband?), viii, 6, 1
  3. n. procuring a husband (by means of magical formulas), ii, 36, 2

pativrata

  1. ○vrata n. loyalty or fidelity to a hṭhusband R
  2. -guṇa m. the virtue of loyalty or fidelity MBh

pativratā

  1. ○vratā f. a devoted and virtuous wife Mn. MBh. &c
  2. -tva n. devotion or loyalty to a husband MBh. R. Kathās
  3. -"ṣdhyāya (○tâdh○), m. N. of ch. of Skandap
  4. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in a faithful wife Mcar. Bālar
  5. -māhātmya and ○tôpâkhyāna n. N. of wks

patiśuc

  1. ○śuc f. grief for a husband Hcar

patiśoka

  1. ○śoka m. id
  2. ○kâkula mfn. agitated with grief for a husband Nal

[[]]

  1. patisahagamananiṣedhanirāsaprakāśa3páti--sahagamana-niṣedha-nirāsa-prakāśa m. N. of wk

patisevā

  1. ○sevā f. devotion to a husband Mn. ii, 67

patīya

  1. patīya Nom. P. ○yati, to be or become a master AitĀr
  2. to become strong ŚBr
  3. to wish for a husband HPariś. Bhaṭṭ
  4. to take as husband Pañcad

patīya

  1. patīya n. being master or mistress MantraBr

patnī

  1. pátnī f. (rarely patni) a female possessor, mistress RV. &c. &c
  2. a wife (RV. i, 140, 6 ; iv, 24, 8, even applied to cows) ib. (cf. pati f.)
  3. (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [582,]

patnīkarman

  1. ○karmán n. the business of a wife ŚBr

patnītva

  1. ○tva n. wifehood, matrimony (-tve-√grah, to take as a wifehood) MārkP

patnīmantra

  1. ○mantra m. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait

patnīyūpa

  1. ○yūpá m. the sacrificial post assigned to the wives of the gods ŚBr. KātyŚr

patnīvat

  1. ○vat (pát○), mfn. having a wṭwifehood or accompanied by wives RV. VS. ŚBr

patnīśāla

  1. ○śā́la n. or a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh

patnīśālā

  1. ○śālā f. a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh

patnīsaṃyāja

  1. ○saṃyājá m. pl. the 4 Ājya oblations (offered to Soma, Tvashṭṛi, the wives of the gods, and Agni Gṛiha-pati) Br. ŚrS

patnīsaṃyājana

  1. ○saṃyājana n. performing the Patnī-saṃyāja KātyŚr

patnīsaṃnahana

  1. ○saṃnahana n. girding a wṭwifehood ib
  2. the girdle of a wifehood ib. Sch

patnyāṭa

  1. patny-āṭa m. the women's apartments L

patnīka

  1. patnīka mfn. for patnī ifc. (cf. a-, bahu-, sa-)

patkāṣin

  1. pat-kāṣin &c. See p. 583, col. 1

pattaṅga

  1. pattaṅga m. (n. L
  2. fr. pattrâṅga) red sandal Suśr
  3. n. Caesalpina Sappan L

pattana

  1. pattana m. pl. N. of a people VP
  2. (ā), f. N. of a wife of Vikrama L
  3. n. (ifc. f. ā) a town, city MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. dharma- and paṭṭaṇa)

pattanavaṇij

  1. ○vaṇij m. a town-tradesman L

pattanādhipati

  1. pattanâdhipati m. 'tṭtown-governor', N. of a prince MBh

pattaraṅga

  1. pattaraṅga n. = paṭṭa-r○ L

pattalaka

  1. pattalaka m. N. of a prince VP

pattalā

  1. pattalā f. = paṭṭalā Inscr

pattalī

  1. pattalī (for pattr○?) -√kṛ, to beat into thin leaves Bhpr

pattave

  1. páttave See √2. pat, p. 580

pattas

  1. pat-tas patti, See p. 583, col. 1

pattūra

  1. pattūra m. Achyranthes Triandra Suśr
  2. n. red sandal Bhpr

pattorṇa

  1. pattorṇa vḷ. for pattrôrṇa L

pattra

  1. pattra &c. See p. 581, col. 2

pattraṅga

  1. pattraṅga See pattrâṅga, p. 581

pattrāṇya

  1. pattrāṇya n. Caesalpina Sappan L

patni

  1. patni for patnī, See above

path

  1. path (cf. √panth), cl. 1. P. páthati, to go, move
  2. to fly Suparṇ. Dhātup. xx, 17: Caus. pāthayati, to throw, send (xxxii, 20, vḷ. for pṛth and prath)

patha

  1. patha m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kāv. &c. (generally ifc. for pathin
  2. cf Pāṇ. 5-4, 74)

pathakalpanā

  1. ○kalpanā f. juggling tricks, conjuring L

pathadarśaka

  1. ○darśaka m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor MW

pathasundara

  1. ○sundara m. or n. N. of a plant L. (vḷ. pattra-s○)

pathātithi

  1. pathâtithi m. 'way-guest', a traveller Rājat

patheṣṭhā

  1. pathe-ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing in the way or road RV

pathopadeśaka

  1. pathôpadeśaka m. = ○tha-darśaka Ratnâv. iv, (in Prākṛit)

pathaka

  1. pathaka mfn. knowing the way, a guide L
  2. m. or n. a district, canton L

pathat

  1. pathat mf(ntī)n. going, travelling
  2. m. a road L. [Page 582, Column]

pathanvat

  1. páthan-vat mfn. containing the word pathin ŚBr. (cf. pathi-mat below)

pathi

  1. pathi for pathin in comp

pathikāra

  1. ○kāra m. N. of a man, g. kurv-ādi

pathikṛt

  1. ○kṛt mfn. making a way or road, preparing a way RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
  2. m. N. of Agni TS

pathideya

  1. ○deya n. a toll levied on public roads L

pathidruma

  1. ○druma m. Acacia Catechu L

pathipā

  1. ○pā́ mfn. protecting roads MaitrS

pathiprajña

  1. ○prajña mfn. acquainted with roads W

pathipriya

  1. ○priya m. an agreeable fellow-traveller (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 199 Sch

pathimat

  1. ○mat mfn. containing the word pathin Br

pathimadhye

  1. ○madhye ind. in the middle of the road MW

pathirakṣas

  1. ○rákṣas (VS.),

pathirakṣi

  1. ○rákṣi (RV.), mfn. = -pā́

pathi

  1. pathi loc. of pathin in comp

pathivāhaka

  1. ○vāhaka mfn. cruel, hard L
  2. m. a bird-catcher or a burden-bearer L

pathiṣad

  1. ○ṣad (PārGṛ.),

pathiṣadi

  1. ○ṣádi (AV.), mfn. sitting in the way

pathiṣṭhā

  1. ○ṣṭhā́ (AV.),

pathistha

  1. ○stha (MBh.), mfn. being in or on the way, going

pathyaśana

  1. pathy-aśana n

pathyodana

  1. pathy-odana m. provender for a journey, viaticum Kāv

pathika

  1. pathika mf(ā or ī)n. knowing the way, going on a road W
  2. m. a traveller, wayfarer, guide MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. (ā), f. red grapes L

pathikajana

  1. ○jana m. a traveller or travellers Pañc. ii, 1/2

pathikasaṃhati

  1. ○saṃhati and f. (L.),

pathikasaṃtati

  1. ○saṃtati f. (L.),

pathikasārtha

  1. ○sârtha m. (Mṛicch. Mālav.) a company of travellers, a caravan

pathikāśraya

  1. pathikâśraya m. an asylum for travellers, an inn MW

pathikāya

  1. pathikāya (only ○yita n. impers.), to act as a traveller Subh

pathin

  1. pathin m. (strong stem pánthan, older pánthā
  2. middle pathí
  3. weak path
  4. sg. pánthās (nom. voc.), pánthānam [pánthām RV. AV.]
  5. pathā́, ○thé, ○thás, ○thí
  6. du. pánthānau, pathíbhyām, pathós
  7. pl. pánthānas [pánthās, ○thāsas RV
  8. patháyas Br.]
  9. pathás [pāthás RV. ii, 2, 4, perhaps gen. sg.?]
  10. pathíbhis, ○bhyas
  11. pathā́m [○thīnā́m RV. AV.]
  12. pathíṣu
  13. Pāṇ. 7-1, 85 &c.) a way, path, road, course (lit. and fig
  14. panthānaṃ-√dā, with gen. to cede the way to
  15. pathânena, 'in this way or manner', pathi ni-√as, See under ny-as) RV. &c. &c
  16. range, reach (cf. karṇa-, darśana- &c.)
  17. sect, doctrine L
  18. a division of hell Mn. iv, 90
  19. N. of a teacher with the patr. Saubhara BṛĀrUp. [Cf. patha ; Zd. panthan
  20. Gk. ? ; Lat. pont-em ; Old Pruss. pintis ; Slav. [582,] [pat�i]]

pathila

  1. pathila m. a traveller Uṇ. i, 58

pathī

  1. pathī See ā-pathī

pathya

  1. pathya mfn. 'belonging to the way', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig
  2. esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Yājñ. MBh. Suśr. &c
  3. containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal Lāṭy. Nid
  4. m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L
  5. N. of a teacher of AV
  6. (ā́), f. a path, way, road (with revátī, 'the auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br
  7. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L
  8. N. of sev. metres Nid. Col
  9. N. of a woman Kathās
  10. n. a species of salt L

pathyaśāka

  1. ○śāka m. a species of vegetable L

pathyāpathya

  1. pathyâpathya mfn. wholesome and unwholesome, beneficial or hurtful (esp. in sickness) W
  2. m. or n. N. of wk
  3. -nighaṇṭu m. -nirṇaya m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -viniścaya m. -vibodha m. N. of wks

pathyāśin

  1. pathyâśin mfn. eating or an eater of wholesome diet W

pad

  1. pad cl. 1. P. padati vḷ. for bad, to stand fast or fixed Dhātup. iii, 1, 4 Vop

pad

  1. pad cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 60) padyate (○ti AitBr. MBh
  2. Pot. padyām R
  3. Impv. patsva MBh
  4. pf. papāda RV
  5. pede Br
  6. aor. apadmahi, ○dran RV. [Subj. padāti ib.]
  7. apatsi, patthās AV
  8. Prec. padīṣṭá RV. AV
  9. fut. patsyati Br
  10. ○te Up
  11. pattā Gr
  12. inf. páttave RV
  13. ○tos, ○tum Br
  14. -pádas RV
  15. ind. p. -pádya ib
  16. -pā́dam Br.), to fall, fall down or out, perish RV. AV. VS. Br
  17. to go, resort or apply to, participate in (acc.), keep, observe MBh.: Caus. pādáyati, ○te, to cause to fall AV. AitBr. (Pass. pādyate Br
  18. Desid. pipādayiṣati Br. &c.)
  19. padayate, to go Dhātup. xxxv, 44: Desid. pitsate Pāṇ. 7-4, 54: Intens. panīpadyate Kāv
  20. panīpadīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84

pac

  1. pac in comp. for 3. pad

pacchabda

  1. ○chabda (for śabda), m. the noise of feet or footsteps L

pacchas

  1. ○chas (for śas), ind. foot by foot, Pāda by Pāda Br. PārGṛ. ChUp
  2. -chaḥ-śasya n. the recitation by Pādas Vait

pacchauca

  1. ○chauca (for śauca), n. cleansing or purifying to feet ĀśvGṛ

paj

  1. paj in comp. for 3. pad

pajja

  1. ○ja m. 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra L. [Page 583, Column]

pat

  1. pat in comp. for 3. pad

patkāṣin

  1. ○kāṣin mfn. rubbing or galling the feet, walking painfully Sarvad. Pāṇ. 6-3, 54 (W. 'going on foot
  2. m. a footman, foot-soldier')

pattas

  1. ○tás ind. from or at the feet RV. Br. ŚrS. (also -tatás AV. vi, 131, 1)
  2. -to-dāśa mfn. lined with fringes at the fringes ĀpŚr

patsaṅgin

  1. ○saṅgín mfn. sticking or adhering to the fringes AV

patsukha

  1. ○sukha mfn. pleasant to the fringes Hariv

patti

  1. patti f. (fr. √2. pad) going, moving, walking L

patti

  1. pattí m. (prob. fr. 3. pad) a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, infantry VS. &c. &c. (m. c. also ○tī, R B.)
  2. a hero L
  3. (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. paśu)
  4. f. the smallest division of an army (1 chariot, 1 elephant, 3 horsemen and 5 foot-soldiers
  5. according to others = 55 foot-soldiers) MBh

pattikarman

  1. ○karman n. the business or operations of infantry MW

pattikāya

  1. ○kāya m. (body of) infṭinfantry L

pattikāra

  1. ○kāra wṛ. for paṭṭi-k○

pattigaṇaka

  1. ○gaṇaka m. (prob.) an officer whose business is to number or muster the infṭinfantry L

pattipaṅkti

  1. ○paṅkti f. a line of infṭinfantry W

pattisaṃhati

  1. ○saṃhati f. (L.),

pattisainya

  1. ○sainya n. (MBh.) a body or troop of infantry

pattika

  1. pattika mfn. going on foot, pedestrian Hariv

pattin

  1. pattin m. = 2. patti, a foot-soldier, footman ib

patsutas

  1. patsu-tás ind. (from loc. of 3. pad + tas) at the feet RV. viii, 43, 6

patsutaḥśī

  1. patsu-ḍtaḥ-śī mfn. lying at the feet ib. i, 32, 8

pad

  1. pád m. (in strong cases pā́d
  2. ifc. f. pad or padī) a foot (padā, padbhyām and ○bhis, also 'on foot' RV. &c. &c
  3. ifc. also 'sticking to the feet of'
  4. cf. śrī-viṣṇu-padī)
  5. a step R
  6. a fourth part, a quarter AV. ŚBr. [Cf. pada
  7. Gk. ? ; [583,] Lat. pes, ped-is ; Goth. fôtus ; Angl. Sax. fôt ; Eng. foot ; Germ. Fuss.]

padanuṣaṅga

  1. ○anuṣaṅgá m. anything appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse ŚBr. (cf. padânuṣ○)

padāsa

  1. ○āsa

padāsana

  1. ○āsana See padâsa, ○sana under pada

padga

  1. ○ga mfn. going on foot, pedestrian
  2. m. a foot-soldier L

padghoṣa

  1. ○ghoṣá m. the noise of feet or footsteps AV

paddhaḍī

  1. ○dhaḍī f. (in music) a kind of composition (prob. Prākr. = -dhatī See next)

paddhati

  1. ○dhati (for -hati), f. 'foot-stroke', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Kāv. &c. (also ○tī g. bahv-ādi)
  2. sign, token Jātakam
  3. N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks
  4. a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names, e.g. -gupta, -dāsa at the end of Vaiśya and Śūdra names). L
  5. -candrikā f. -cintāmaṇi m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -bhūṣaṇa n. -ratna n. -sāra m. N. of wks

paddhima

  1. ○dhima (for -hima), n. coldness of the feet Pāṇ. 6-3, 54

padratha

  1. ○ratha m. a footman, foot-soldier BhP

padvat

  1. ○vát mfn. having feet, running
  2. n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion RV. AV

padāvihāra

  1. padāvihāra m. paying honour by walking round Divyâv

pada

  1. padá n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride
  2. a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV. &c. &c. (padena, on foot
  3. pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion
  4. trīṇi padāni viṣṇoḥ, the three steps or footprints of Vishṇu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky
  5. RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 1], also N. of a constellation or according to some 'the space between the eyebrows'
  6. sg. viṣṇoḥ padam, N. of a locality
  7. padaṃ-√dā, padāt padaṃ-√gam or √cal, to make a step move on
  8. padaṃ-√kṛ, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter
  9. with mūrdhni, to set the foot upon the head of gen. i.e. overcome
  10. with citte or hṛdaye, to take possession of any one's heart or mind
  11. with loc. or prati, to have dealings with padaṃ ni-√dhā with loc., to set foot in = to make impression upon
  12. with padavyām, to set the foot on a person's gen. or ibc. track, to emulate or equal
  13. padam ni-√bandh with loc., to enter or engage in)
  14. a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathās. Pur
  15. a footing, standpoint
  16. position rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c. (padam ā-√tan, to spread or extend one's position
  17. padāt padam bhrāmayitvā, having caused to wander from place to place)
  18. a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Pañc. &c
  19. a pretext L
  20. a part, portion, division (cf. dvi-, tri-)
  21. a square on a chess-board R
  22. a plot of ground Inscr
  23. the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KātyŚr
  24. a ray of light (m. L.)
  25. a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza RV. &c. &c
  26. a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas Pāṇ. 1-4, 14 &c. [Page 583, Column]
  27. = pada-pāṭha Prāt
  28. common N. of the P. and Ā. Cat
  29. any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required
  30. a period in an arithmetical progression Col
  31. a square √Sūryas
  32. a quadrant ib
  33. protection L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [583,] Lat. peda ; op-pidum for op-pedum.]

padakamala

  1. ○kamala n. a lotus-like foot L

padakāra

  1. ○kāra m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha Pāṇ. Mahīdh

padakārikāratnamālā

  1. ○kārikā-ratnamālā f. N. of wk

padakāla

  1. ○kāla m. = -pāṭha Sāy

padakṛt

  1. ○kṛt m. = -kāra L

padakṛtya

  1. ○kṛtya n. N. of Comm. on Tarkas

padakaumudī

  1. ○kaumudī f. N. of wk

padakrama

  1. ○krama m. a series of steps, pace, walking Śiś. i, 52 (cf. citra-padakramam)
  2. a series of quarters of verses R
  3. a partic. method of reciting or writing the Veda ( See krama)
  4. m. pl. (or ibc.) the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas MBh
  5. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
  6. -vid mfn. familiar with the Pada and Krama-pāṭha Hariv

padakramaka

  1. ○kramaka n. the Pada- and Krama-pāṭha Pāṇ. 2-4, 5 Sch

padaga

  1. ○ga mfn. going on foot
  2. m. a footman, foot-soldier L

padagata

  1. ○gata mfn. gone on foot
  2. described or recorded in a line or stanza W

padagati

  1. ○gati f. going on foot, manner of going, gait Pañc

padagāḍha

  1. ○gāḍha m. or n. N. of wk

padagotra

  1. ○gotra n. a family supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -devatā)

padaghātam

  1. ○ghātam ind. (with √han) to strike with the feet upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37

padacaturūrdhva

  1. ○catur-ūrdhva n. a kind of metre (in which every Pada is 4 syllables longer than the preceding) Col

padacandrikā

  1. ○candrikā f. 'elucidation of words', N. of sev. wks

padacihna

  1. ○cihna n. a footwords (in speaking), parsing Śiksh

padacyuta

  1. ○cyuta mfn. fallen from a position, dismissed from office BhP

padajāta

  1. ○jāta n. a class of words Prāt
  2. a group of (connected) words, a sentence or period L

padajñā

  1. ○jñā́ mfn. knowing places or one's own place (i.e. home) RV. AV

padajyotis

  1. ○jyotis n. N. of wk

padatā

  1. ○tā f. the original form of a word RPrāt
  2. = next Śiś

padatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of (being) a word, APrāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch

padatvarā

  1. ○tvarā f. 'foot-speeder (?)', a shoe L

padadārḍhya

  1. ○dārḍhya n. fixedness or security of text, APrāt

padadīpikā

  1. ○dīpikā f. N. of sev. wks

padadevatā

  1. ○devatā f. a deity supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -gotra)

padadyotinī

  1. ○dyotinī f. N. of Comm. on Gīt

padanidhana

  1. ○nidhana mfn. having the Nidhana (q.v.) at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman), TaṇḍBr. Lāṭy

padanī

  1. ○nī́ mfn. following the steps of another AV. xi, 2, 13

padanyāsa

  1. ○nyāsa m. putting down the feet, step, footmark MBh. R. &c
  2. position of the feet in a partic. attitude W
  3. conduct, procedure (?), id
  4. writing down (quarters of) verses Kāv
  5. Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus L

padapaṅkaja

  1. ○paṅkaja n. = -kamala L

padapaṅkti

  1. ○paṅkti f. a series of footsteps, track Kālid. Pañc
  2. a series of words Kir
  3. a kind of metre (of 5 Padas of 5 syllables each) RPrāt
  4. a sacred brick called after this metre KātyŚr

padapañcaka

  1. ○pañcaka m. or n. N. of wk

padapaddhati

  1. ○paddhati f. a series or row of footsteps R

padapadma

  1. ○padma n. = -kamala L

padapāṭha

  1. ○pāṭha m. the Pada method of recitation or writing (a method of arranging each word of a Vedic text separately in its original form [cf. pada] without regard to the rules of Saṃdhi
  2. cf. krama and saṃhitā-pāṭha) VPrāt. Sch

padapāta

  1. ○pāta m. foot-fall, tread, step W

padapūraṇa

  1. ○pūraṇa mfn. filling out or completing a verse Nir
  2. n. the action of completing a verse L

padabandha

  1. ○bandha m. a footstep, pace L

padabhañjana

  1. ○bhañjana n. separation or analysis or explanation of words L

padabhañjikā

  1. ○bhañjikā f. a commentary which separates or analyses or explains words L
  2. a register, journal, calendar or almanac W

padabhāvārthacandrikā

  1. ○bhāvârtha-candrikā f. N. of wk

padabhraṃśa

  1. ○bhraṃśa m. loss of a place, dismissal from an office Prasannar

padamañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f. N. of various wks

padamālā

  1. ○mālā f. 'word-wreath', a magical formula, an incantation, DeviiP

padayojana

  1. ○yojana n

padayojanā

  1. ○yojaḍnā and f. N. of wks

padayojanikā

  1. ○yojaḍnikā f. N. of wks

padayopana

  1. ○yópana mf(ī)n. destroying (n. the act of destroying) the footsteps AV

padaracanā

  1. ○racanā f. arrangement of words, literary composition Vām

padaratnāvalī

  1. ○ratnâvalī f

padavākyaratnākara

  1. ○vākya-ratnâkara (and ○ra-kārikā-saṃgraha), m

padavākyārthapañjikā

  1. ○vākyârtha-pañjikā f. N. of wks

padavādya

  1. ○vādya n. (in music) a sort of drum

padavāya

  1. ○vāyá m. (√vii) a leader, guide, forerunner AV

padavi

  1. ○vi f. = -vii, a way, path L

padavikṣepa

  1. ○vikṣepa m. a step, pace, walking
  2. a horse's paces W

padavigraha

  1. ○vigraha (Hariv.),

padaviccheda

  1. ○viccheda (VPrāt.), m. separation of words

padavid

  1. ○víd mfn. conversant or familiar with (gen.) ŚBr. (cf. -jñā)

padavirāma

  1. ○virāma m. the pause after a quarter of a verse TPrāt

padaviṣṭambha

  1. ○viṣṭambha m. tread, step, stamp with the foot W

padavī

  1. ○vī́ m. (nom. s) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. -vāya) [Page 583, Column]
  2. f. (nom. vii) a road, path, way, track, reach, range
  3. acc. with √gam, yā &c., to go the way of (cf. under artha-padavii, ghana-, pavana-, mokṣa-, yauvana-, sādhu-, smaraṇa-, hāsya-
  4. padam-√dhā or ni-√dhā padavyām comp. or gen., to tread in the footsteps of a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. station, situation, place, site R. Pañc
  6. -"ṣviíya n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for vyám)

padavṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence RPrāt
  2. N. of Comm. on Kpr

padavedin

  1. ○vedin m. 'acquainted with words', a linguist or philologist Kuṭṭanīm

padavyākhyāna

  1. ○vyākhyāna n. explanation of words, g. ṛg-ayanâdi

padaśabda

  1. ○śabda m. the noise of footsteps Mālatīm

padaśas

  1. ○śas ind. step by step, gradually R
  2. word by word, APrāt. Sch

padaśāstra

  1. ○śāstra n. the science of separately written words, APrst. Sch

padaśreni

  1. ○śreni f. a series of steps Kathās

padaṣṭhīva

  1. ○ṣṭhīva n. sg. the feet and knees Pāṇ. 5-4, 77

padasaṃhitā

  1. ○saṃhitā f. = -pāṭha TPrāt

padasaṃghāṭa

  1. ○saṃghāṭa m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain Pāṇ. 3-2, 49 Vārtt. 3 Pat

padasaṃghāta

  1. ○saṃghāta m. id. ib. VPrāt
  2. a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifles words W

padasadhātu

  1. ○sadhātu n. a manner of singing Lāṭy

padasaṃdarbha

  1. ○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

padasaṃdhi

  1. ○saṃdhi m. the euphonic combination of words R

padasamaya

  1. ○samaya m. = -pāṭha TPrāt. Sch

padasamūha

  1. ○samūha m. a series of words or parts of verses Gīt. Sch
  2. = -pāṭha VPrāt

padastobha

  1. ○stobha m. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
  2. N. of wk

padastha

  1. ○stha mfn. standing on one's feet, going on foot R
  2. = -sthita MBh. R

padasthāna

  1. ○sthāna n. footprint, footmark Hariv

padasthita

  1. ○sthita mfn. being in a station or office Kathās

padākrānta

  1. padâkrānta mfn. following at one's heels Śak

padāghāta

  1. padâghāta m. a stroke with the foot, a kick L

padāṅka

  1. padâṅka m. footmark
  2. -dūta m. 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛishṇa)', N. of a poem

padāṅgī

  1. padâṅgī f. Cissus Pedata L

padāṅguṣṭha

  1. padâṅguṣṭha m. the great toe MBh. (vḷ. pād○)

padaji

  1. padáji

padāti

  1. padâti &c., See sv

padādi

  1. padâdi m. the beginning of a verse or of a word Prāt
  2. ○dy-avid (or ○dya-vid), m. a bad student (lit. who does not know or who knows only the beginning of verses or words) L

padādhyayana

  1. padâdhyayana n. the recitation of the Veda according to the Pada-pāṭha APrāt
  2. ○dhyāyin mfn. reciting the Veda in this way ib

padādhyāhāravāda

  1. padâdhyāhāra-vāda m. N. of wk

padānuga

  1. padânuga mfn. following at one's (gen.) heels, an attendant or companion MBh. R. (ifc.)
  2. suitable, agreeable to R

padānurāga

  1. padânurāga m. a servant
  2. an army W

padānuśāsana

  1. padânuśāsana n. the science of words, grammar L

padānuṣaṅga

  1. padânuṣaṅga m. anything added or appended to a Pada ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. pad-anuṣ○)

padānusāra

  1. padânusāra m. following at one's heels
  2. ○reṇa upa-√labh, to overtake Mālatīm

padānusvāra

  1. padânusvāra n. N. of partic. Sāmans Lāṭy. Sch

padānta

  1. padânta m. the end of a line in a stanza Lāṭy
  2. the end of a word VPrāt. Pāṇ
  3. mfn. ending with the word pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 9
  4. -śuddhâśuddhīya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
  5. ○tīya (R and VPrāt.), ○tya (APrāt.), mfn. being at the end of a word, final

padāntara

  1. padântara n. an interval of one step (○re sthitvā, stopping after taking one step) Śak. (cf. a-pad○)
  2. another word Vedântas

padānveṣin

  1. padânveṣin mfn. following a footmark Daś

padābja

  1. padâbja n. = pada-kamala L

padābhilāṣin

  1. padâbhilâṣin mfn. wishing for an office MW

padābhihoma

  1. padâbhihoma m. pouring out the oblation (homa) upon a footprint Vait

padāmnāyasiddhi

  1. padâmnāya-siddhi f. N. of wk

padāmbhoja

  1. padâmbhoja n. = pada-kamala L

padāyata

  1. padâyata mfn. as long as a footprint L
  2. (ā), f. a shoe L

padāravinda

  1. padâravinda n. = pada-kamala L

padārtha

  1. padârtha m. the meaning of a word VPrāt. Prab. BhP. &c. (ifc. also -ka Pat.)
  2. that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person Var. Kāv. Pur
  3. a head, subject (16 with Naiyāyikas)
  4. a category, predicament (7 with Vaiśeshikas, 25 with Sāṃkhyas, 7 with Vedântins)
  5. a principle (-tritaya n. a triad of principles RTL. 119)
  6. -kaumudī f. (○dī-kośa and -sāra-kośa, m.), -khaṇḍana, n. (○na-ṭippaṇa-vyākhyā f.), -guṇa-cintāmaṇi m. -candrikā, f. -tattva n. (○tva-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vivecana n.), -dipikā f. -dīpinī f. -dharmasaṃgraha, m. -nirūpaṇa n. -pārijāta m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -pradeśa m. -bodha m. -bhāskara m. -maṇimālā or -mālā f. -mālāvṛtti f. -ratna-mañjūṣā f. -ratnamālā, f. -vidyā-sāra m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -sarasī, f. ○thâdarśa m. N. of wks. [Page 584, Column]
  7. ○thânusamaya m. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order ĀśvGṛ. Sch. &c. (cf. kāṇḍânus○)
  8. ○thī7ya-divya-cakṣus n. ○thôddeśa m. N. of wks

padāvagrāham

  1. padâvagrāham ind. making a pause after every quarter of a verse AitBr. Vait

padāvalī

  1. padâvalī f. a series of verses or words Gīt
  2. N. of a grammar

padāvṛtti

  1. padâvṛtti f. the repetition of a word VPrāt
  2. (in rhet.) the repetition of the same word with another meaning Kāvyâd

padāsa

  1. padâsa (or ○d-āsa?), n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

padāsana

  1. padâsana n. a footstool L

padāhata

  1. padâhata mfn. struck by the foot, kicked MW

padaikadeśa

  1. padâikadeśa m. a part of a word TPrāt. Sch

padoccaya

  1. padôccaya m. (in dram.) accumulation of words which belong to the subject matter (e.g. Śak. i, 20) Sāh

padopahata

  1. padôpahata mfn. (prob.) = padâhata Pāṇ. 6-3, 52

padaka

  1. padaka mfn. versed in the Pada-pāṭha Divyâv. (g. kramâdi)
  2. m. a kind of ornament (= niṣka) L
  3. N. of a man
  4. pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi
  5. n. a step, pace MBh
  6. an office, dignity Rājat
  7. a foot BhP
  8. (ikā), f. See tri-padikā and dvi-p○

padana

  1. padana mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 150)

padanīya

  1. padanī́ya mfn. to be investigated ŚBr. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)

padāji

  1. padāji m. (fr. pada + āji? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) a footman, foot-soldier L

padāta

  1. padāta wṛ. for next and pādāta

padāti

  1. padāti mfn. (fr. pada + āti? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) going or being on foot
  2. m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier MBh. R. &c
  3. a peon (in chess) Pañcad
  4. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya MBh

padātijana

  1. ○jana m. a footman, pedestrian MBh
  2. -saṃkula mfn. mingled with footmen or pedestrian ib

padātimātra

  1. ○mātra m. only a foot-soldier MW

padātilava

  1. ○lava m. a most humble (lit. atom) servant Bālar. (cf. bhṛtyaparamâṇu)

padātyadhyakṣa

  1. padāty-adhyakṣa m. a commander of infantry R

padātika

  1. padātika m. (ifc. f. ā) a footman, foot-soldier, peon L

padātin

  1. padāḍtin mfn. having foot-soldiers MBh
  2. going or being on foot
  3. m. a foot-soldier MBh. R

tīya

  1. tīya m. = prec. m. MBh

padāra

  1. padāra m. the dust of the feet L
  2. a boat L

padālika

  1. padālika m.= dhundhumāra L. (vḷ. pād○)

padi

  1. pádi m. (prob.) a kind of animal RV. i, 125, 2 (a bird Mahīdh
  2. = gantu Nir. v, 18)

padika

  1. padika mf(ī)n. going on foot, pedestrian, g. parpâdi
  2. one Pada long KātyŚr. Sch
  3. comprising (only) one partition or division Var. Hcat
  4. n. the point of the foot L

padibaddha

  1. padi-baddhá mf(ā)n. (loc. of 3. pad + b○) tied or bound by the feet TS

padīkṛ

  1. padī-√kṛ to raise to the square √Āryabh. Sch
  2. -kṛta-tva n. the being raised &c. ib

paduka

  1. paduka or m. pl. N. of a people VP

paduma

  1. paḍduma m. pl. N. of a people VP

padeka

  1. padeka m. a hawk, falcon L

padya

  1. pádya mf(ā)n. (fr. 3. pad and pada) relating or belonging to a foot RV. Kāṭh
  2. hurting or coming in contact with the feet Pāṇ. 4-4, 83 ; vi, 3, 53. Sch
  3. marked with footsteps ib. iv, 4, 87 Sch
  4. measuring a Pada in length or breadth KātyŚr. (also in comp. with numerals
  5. cf. ardha-, daśa-)
  6. consisting of Padas or parts of verses Br. ĀśvGṛ. RPrāt
  7. consisting of one Pada KātyŚr. Sch
  8. forming the end, final, APrāt
  9. m. a Śūdra L. (cf. paj-ja)
  10. a part of a word, verbal element RPrāt
  11. (pádyā), f. footsteps, paces (pl.) RV
  12. a way, path, road L
  13. a foot as a measure of length KātyŚr
  14. n. a verse, metre, poetry (opp. to gadya, prose) Vām. Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c
  15. N. of sev. hymns

padyakādambarī

  1. ○kādambarī f. N. of wk. of Kshemêndra

padyatrayīvyākhyāna

  1. ○trayī-vyākhyāna n. N. of a Comm. on the first 3 verses of BhP. (also bhāgavata-trṭtrayī-vy○)

padyapañjāśikā

  1. ○pañjāśikā f

padyaprasūnāñjali

  1. ○prasūnâñjali m. N. of wks

padyamaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of verses Sāh

padyamālā

  1. ○mālā f

padyamuktāvalī

  1. ○muktâvalī f

padyaracanā

  1. ○racanā f

padyaveṇī

  1. ○veṇī f

padyaśataka

  1. ○śataka n

padyasaṃgraha

  1. ○saṃgraha m. N. of wks

padyatmikopaniṣad

  1. padyátmikôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

padyāmṛta

  1. padyâmṛta f. (ibc.) nectar of poetry
  2. -taraṃgiṇī, -samudraṭīkā f. -saro-vara n. -sôpāna, n. N. of wks

padyālaya

  1. padyâlaya m

padyāvali

  1. padyâvali f. N. of wks

padra

  1. padra

padva

  1. padva See p. 585, col. 2

padvan

  1. padvan m. a road, path, way Uṇ. iv, 112

pan

  1. pan in comp. before nasals= 3. pad

pannaddhā

  1. ○naddhā f. a shoe HPariś

pannaddhrī

  1. ○naddhrī id. L

panniṣka

  1. ○niṣka m. 1/4 Nishka L

pannejana

  1. ○nejana n. washing of the feet ĀpŚr. Sch. [Page 584, Column]
  2. (néjanī), f. pl. (sc. āpas) a bath for the feet TS

panmiśra

  1. ○miśra = pāda-m○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 56

panna

  1. panna mfn. fallen, fallen down, gone &c
  2. m. (!) downward motion, fall, creeping on the ground Uṇ. iii, 10 Sch

pannaga

  1. ○gá m. (ifc. f. ā) 'creeping low', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparṇ. MBh. &c
  2. Cerasus Puddum L
  3. (ī), f. See below
  4. -kesara m. Mesua Roxburghī L
  5. -nāśana m. 'serpent-killer', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
  6. -purī f. the city of the serpent-demons L
  7. -bhojana m. 'serpent-eater', N. of Garuḍa MBh
  8. -maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of serpent Hariv
  9. -rāja m. serpent-king MBh
  10. -"ṣgâri m. 'serpent-foe', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
  11. of a teacher (vḷ. -gāni) VP
  12. -"ṣgâśana m. = -gabhojana L
  13. -gêndra and -"ṣgeśvara m. 'serpent king' MBh

pannagī

  1. ○gī f. a female serpent-demon, a sṭserpent-maid MBh. R. &c
  2. a kind of shrub L
  3. -gīrta-kīrti mfn. whose praise is sung by sṭserpent-maids Bālar

pannada

  1. ○da mfn. one whose teeth have fallen out KātyŚr. Sch

pannarūpa

  1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. deprived of colour, pale (as a maiden) Car
  2. ○pīya mfn. (chapter) concerning them ib

pannāgāra

  1. pannâgāra m. N. of a man
  2. pl. his family Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch

padma

  1. padma m. n. (2. or 3. pad?) a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening
  2. often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
  3. the form or figure of a lotus R. MārkP. (a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, q.v.)
  4. a partic. mark or mole on the human body R
  5. red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant L
  6. a partic. part of a column or pillar Var
  7. a kind of temple ib
  8. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus Mn. MBh
  9. a partic. posture of the body in religious meditation, Vedânt. (cf. padmâsana)
  10. a kind of coitus L
  11. one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) R
  12. one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī MBh. Hariv. &c
  13. a partic. high number (1000 millions or billions) MBh. R. &c
  14. a partic. constellation Var
  15. N. of a partic. cold hell Buddh
  16. a partic. fragrant substance MBh. (vḷ. ○maka)
  17. the √of Nelumbium Speciosum L
  18. a species of bdellium L
  19. lead L
  20. m. a species of plant L
  21. an elephant L
  22. a species of serpent Suśr
  23. N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) Śatr
  24. of two serpent-demons MBh. R. &c
  25. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
  26. of a mythical Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1
  27. (with Jainas) N. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata and of one of the 9 white Balas
  28. N. of a king MBh
  29. of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple
  30. See padma-svāmin) Rājat
  31. of another man ib
  32. of a Brāhman Lalit
  33. of a mythical elephant R. (cf. mahā-padma)
  34. of a monkey R
  35. of a mountain Var
  36. (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', N. of Śrī Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. padma-śrī)
  37. a species of plant Suśr. (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis L.)
  38. cloves L
  39. the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria L
  40. N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata (the 20th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī) L
  41. of a female serpent-demon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru
  42. cf. padma-priyā) L
  43. of a daughter of king Bṛihadratha and wife of Kalki Pur
  44. mfn. lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus ṢaḍvBr

padmakandāda

  1. ○kandâda m. a species of bird Gal

padmakara

  1. ○kara m. a lotus-like hand BhP
  2. mf(ā)n. lotus in hand Prab
  3. m. N. of the sun W
  4. (ā), f. N. of Śrī BhP

padmakarkaṭī

  1. ○karkaṭī f. lotus-seed L

padmakarṇika

  1. ○karṇika m. or n. (?) and f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh

padmakarṇikā

  1. ○karṇiḍkā f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh
  2. (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

padmakalikā

  1. ○kalikā f. an unblown lotus MW

padmakalyāṇakhaṇḍa

  1. ○kalyāṇa-khaṇḍa n. N. of ch. of a Pur

padmakāṣṭha

  1. ○kāṣṭha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L

padmakīṭa

  1. ○kīṭa m. a species of venomous insect Suśr

padmakuṇḍa

  1. ○kuṇḍa n. a partic. mystical figure Cat

padmakuṭa

  1. ○kuṭa m. N. of a prince of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās
  2. n. N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā Hariv

padmaketana

  1. ○ketana m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh

padmaketu

  1. ○ketu m. a partic. comet Var

padmakesara

  1. ○kesara n. the filament of a lotus L

padmakośa

  1. ○kośa m. the calyx of a lotus R. BhP. (○śāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the calyx of a lotus Bālar
  2. ○śi-√kṛ, to make into the calyx of a lotus HPariś.)
  3. a partic. position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus Cat
  4. N. of wk. (also -jātaka n.)

padmakṣetra

  1. ○kṣetra n. N. of one of 4 districts in Orissa held especially sacred L

padmakhaṇḍa

  1. ○khaṇḍa n. a quantity of lotuses Mṛicch. [Page 584, Column]
  2. N. of ch. of the Brahmâṇḍa P
  3. -nagara n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

padmagandha

  1. ○gandha mf(ā)n. smelling like a lotus L

padmagandhi

  1. ○gandhi mfn. id. R
  2. n. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr

padmagarbha

  1. ○garbha m. the interior or calyx of a lotus Kāvyâd. ii, 41
  2. 'sprung from a lotus or containing lotuses', N. of Brahmā RPrāt. (Introd.)
  3. of Vishṇu Hariv
  4. of Śiva Śivag
  5. of the sun L
  6. of a lake Hit
  7. of a Buddha Lalit
  8. of a Bodhisattva L
  9. of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan Hariv

padmagiripurāṇa

  1. ○giri-purāṇa n. N. of a legend

padmagupta

  1. ○gupta m. N. of a poet (called also Pari-mala) Cat

padmagṛhā

  1. ○gṛhā f. 'lotus-housed', N. of Lakshmi MBh

padmacaraṇa

  1. ○caraṇa m. 'lotus-foot', N. of a disciple of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat

padmacāriṇī

  1. ○cāriṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis Bhpr
  2. a partic. personification MānGṛ

padmaja

  1. ○ja m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā BhP

padmajātaka

  1. ○jātaka n. N. of wk

padmajāti

  1. ○jāti f. = -bandha Kāv

padmatantu

  1. ○tantu m. the fibre of a lotus-stalk L

padmatā

  1. ○tā f. the state or condition of a lotus Kāvyâd

padmadarśana

  1. ○darśana m. 'looking like a lotus', the resin of the Pinus Longifolia L
  2. N. of a man Kathās

padmadalekṣaṇa

  1. ○dalêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-(leaf-)eyed Mṛicch

padmadhara

  1. ○dhara m. 'lotus-bearer', N. of a prince Bhadrab

padmanandi

  1. ○nandi or m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

padmanandin

  1. ○nanḍdin m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

padmanābha

  1. ○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained Brahmā, the future creator) MBh. Hariv. R
  2. N. of the 11th month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrsha) Var
  3. a magical formula spoken over weapons R
  4. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
  5. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
  6. of the first Arhat of the future Ut-sarpiṇī L
  7. of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -datta, -dīkṣita, -purī, -bhaṭṭa, -yājñika) and other men Cat. Inscr
  8. -dvadaśī f. N. of the 12th day in the light half of the month Āśvayuja Cat
  9. -bija n. the algebra of Padma-nābha Col

padmanābhi

  1. ○nābhi m. N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -nābhu)

padmanāla

  1. ○nāla m. a lotus stalk L

padmanidhi

  1. ○nidhi m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) Pañc

padmanibhekṣaṇa

  1. ○nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW

padmanimīlana

  1. ○nimīlana n. the closing of a lotus Śak

padmanetra

  1. ○netra m. 'lotus-eyed', a species of bird Gal
  2. N. of a future Buddha L

padmapaṇḍita

  1. ○paṇḍita m. N. of an author Cat

padmapattra

  1. ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf MBh. (-nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-lotus-eyed. MW.)
  2. = -parṇa Bhpr

padmapada

  1. ○pada m. = -pāda Cat

padmaparṇa

  1. ○parṇa n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

padmapāṇi

  1. ○pāṇi m. 'lotus-handed' or 'holding a lotus in the hand', N. of Brahmā L
  2. of Vishṇu Cat
  3. of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokitêśvara MWB. 195 &c
  4. the sun L

padmapāda

  1. ○pāda m.= -caraṇa Cat. (cf. pāda-padma)
  2. -rahasya n. N. of wk
  3. ○dâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat

padmapura

  1. ○pura n. N. of a city Rājat

padmapurāṇa

  1. ○purāṇa n. N. of sev. Purāṇas

padmapuṣpa

  1. ○puṣpa m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L
  2. a species of bird L
  3. ○ṣpâñjali-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

padmaprabha

  1. ○prabha m. N. of a future Buddha
  2. of a Deva-putra Lalit
  3. of 6th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L
  4. (with sūri) of an author Cat
  5. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Mahā-daṃshṭra Kathās

padmaprabhu

  1. ○prabhu m. N. of an author Cat

padmapriyā

  1. ○priyā f. N. of the goddess Manasā (wife of Jarat-kāru) L

padmabandha

  1. ○bandha m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower Kpr

padmabandhu

  1. ○bandhu m. 'friend of the lotus', N. of the sun L
  2. a bee L
  3. -kula n. N. of a family Cat

padmabīja

  1. ○bīja n. lotus-seed L
  2. ○jâbha mfn. 'resembling the lotus-sṭseed', the sṭseed of Euryala Ferox L

padmabhava

  1. ○bhava m. = -ja Hariv. BhP

padmabhāśa

  1. ○bhāśa m. 'brilliant with (or like) a lotus', N. of Vishṇu Hariv. (vḷ. -nābha
  2. cf. -hāsa)

padmabhū

  1. ○bhū m.= -ja Dhūrtan

padmamaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of lotus-flowers Hariv. BhP

padmamālin

  1. ○mālin mfn. lotus-garlanded
  2. m. N. of a Rakshas R
  3. (nī), f. N. of Śrī MBh

padmamihira

  1. ○mihira m. 'lotus-sun', N. of a writer of the history of Kaśmīra Rājat

padmamukhī

  1. ○mukhī f. Alhagi Maurorum L

padmamūla

  1. ○mūla n. lotus-√L

padmayoni

  1. ○yoni m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Gṛihyās. MBh. &c. (also ○nin Hariv.)
  2. of a Buddha Lalit
  3. of sev. men, APariś. Lalit

padmarati

  1. ○rati f. N. of 2 princesses Kathās

padmaratna

  1. ○ratna m. N. of the 23rd Buddh. patriarch L

padmaratha

  1. ○ratha m. N. of sev. princes Rājat. HPariś

padmarāga

  1. ○rāga m. 'lotus-hued', a ruby L. (also -ka Hcat
  2. ○ga-maya mf[ī]n. made or consisting of rubies, Kāraṇḍ)
  3. (ī), f. N. of one of the tongues of Agni Gṛihyās

padmarāja

  1. ○rāja m. 'lotus-king', N. of sev. men Rājat
  2. of a poet Cat

padmarūpa

  1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. lotus-hued
  2. (ā), f. N. of Śri MBh

padmarekhā

  1. ○rekhā f. 'lotus-line', a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth L

padmalāñchana

  1. ○lāñchana m. (L.) 'lotus-marked', a king
  2. N. of Brahmā
  3. of Kubera, the sun
  4. (ā), f. N. of Śrī
  5. of Sarasvatī
  6. of Tārā

padmalīlāvilāsinī

  1. ○līlā-vilāsinī f. N. of an astron. wk. [Page 585, Column]

padmalekhā

  1. ○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat

padmalocana

  1. ○locana mfn. lotus-eyed MBh

padmavat

  1. ○vat mfn. full of lotus-flowers Hariv
  2. (ī), f. N. of a wife of Aśoka (cf. padmā-vatī)
  3. of a town BhP

padmavanabāndhava

  1. ○vanabāndhava m. the sun (cf. padma-bandhu)
  2. -vaṃśa m. the race of kings descended from the sun (cf. sūrya-v○) Prasannar

padmavarcas

  1. ○varcas mfn. lotushued MBh. R

padmavarṇa

  1. ○varṇa mfn. id. Hariv
  2. m. N. of a son of Yadu ib

padmavarṇaka

  1. ○varṇaka n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

padmavāsā

  1. ○vāsā f. = -gṛhā L

padmavāhinī

  1. ○vāhinī f. N. of wk

padmaviṣaya

  1. ○viṣaya m. N. of a country Kathās

padmavṛkṣa

  1. ○vṛkṣa m. Cerasus Puddum L

padmavṛṣabhavikrāmin

  1. ○vṛṣabha-vikrāmin m. N. of a future Buddha L

padmaveṣa

  1. ○veṣa m. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas Kathās

padmavyākośa

  1. ○vyākośa n. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall) Mṛicch. iii, 13

padmavyūha

  1. ○vyūha m. N. of a Samādhi L

padmaśas

  1. ○śas ind. by thousands of billions MBh

padmaśāyinī

  1. ○śāyinī f. a species of bird Gal

padmaśekhara

  1. ○śekhara m. N. of a king of the Gandharvas Kathās

padmaśrī

  1. ○śrī 'beautiful as a lotus flower', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ
  2. of a Bodhi-sattva
  3. f. N. of sev. women Rājat. HPariś
  4. of a lady who wrote on Kāma-śāstra Cat
  5. -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva

padmaṣaṇḍa

  1. ○ṣaṇḍa n. a multitude of lotuses MBh. (cf. -khaṇḍa)

padmasaṃhitā

  1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

padmasaṃkāśa

  1. ○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling a lotus MW

padmasadman

  1. ○sadman m. 'lotus-dweller', N. of Brahmā Bālar

padmasamāsana

  1. ○samāsana m. id. VP

padmasambhava

  1. ○sambhava m. = -ja Hariv
  2. N. of a Buddhist teacher who founded the Red sect in Tibet MWB. 272 &c

padmasaras

  1. ○saras n. lotus-lake, N. of sev. lakes MBh. Rājat. Pañc

padmasundara

  1. ○sundara m. N. of an author Cat

padmasūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. a lotus-garland Hariv

padmasena

  1. ○sena m. N. of sev. men Kathās
  2. (ā), f. N. of a woman HPariś

padmasaugandhika

  1. ○saugandhika n. pl. the flowers Nelumbium Speciosum and Nymphaea Alba R
  2. mfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers MBh. R. &c
  3. -vat mfn. id. MBh

padmasnuṣā

  1. ○snuṣā f. (L.) N. of Gaṅgā
  2. of Śrī
  3. of Durgā

padmasvastika

  1. ○svastika n. a SvṭSvastika mark consisting of lotus-flowers MW

padmasvāmin

  1. ○svāmin m. N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma Rājat

padmahasta

  1. ○hasta m. a partic. measure of length AgP

padmahāsa

  1. ○hāsa m. 'smiling like or with a lotus', N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -bhāsa)

padmahemamaṇi

  1. ○hema-maṇi m. N. of a teacher Cat

padmākara

  1. padmâkara m. (ifc. f. ā) a lotus-pool or an assemblage of lotuses Bhartṛ. Kathās
  2. -deva and -bhaṭṭa m. N. of authors Cat

padmākāra

  1. padmâkāra mfn. lotus-shaped MW

padmākṣa

  1. padmâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus-eyed, id
  2. n. lotus-seed W

padmāṅkamudrā

  1. padmâṅka-mudrā f. a partic. Mudrā Kāraṇḍ

padmāṅghri

  1. padmâṅghri m. = ○dma-pāda Cat

padmācala

  1. padmâcala m. N. of a mountain R

padmācārya

  1. padmâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat

padmāṭa

  1. padmâṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr

padmādi

  1. padmâdi a lotus-flower &c
  2. -tva n. Kāvyâd. ii, 95

padmādhīśa

  1. padmâdhī7śa m. N. of Vishṇu, Dhūrtain

padmānanda

  1. padmânanda m. N. of a poet
  2. -śataka n. his wk

padmāntara

  1. padmântara m. a lotus-leaf MW

padmālaṃkārā

  1. padmâlaṃkārā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

padmālaya

  1. padmâlayá m. 'dwelling in a lotus', N. of Brahmā MBh
  2. (ā), f. N. of Śrī ib. Hariv
  3. n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

padmāvatī

  1. padmā-vatī f. (cf. ○dma-v○ and Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 &c.) Hibiscus Mutabilis L
  2. a kind of Prākṛit metre Col
  3. N. of Lakshmī Gīt
  4. of the goddess Manasā L
  5. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
  6. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
  7. of a Jaina deity L
  8. of a wife of king Śṛigāla Hariv
  9. of a wife of Yudhi-shṭhira (kṭking of Kaśmīra) Rājat
  10. of the wife of Jaya-deva Gīt
  11. of a wife of king Vīra-bāhu Vet
  12. of a wife of king Naya-pāla ib
  13. of a poetess Cat
  14. of the city of Ujjayinī in the Kṛita-yuga Kathās
  15. of another city. VP
  16. of a river L
  17. of Kathās. xvii
  18. -kalpa m. -pañcâṅga n. -stotra n. N. of wks
  19. -priya m. 'husband of Padmavatī (= Manasā)', N. of Jarat-kāru L

padmāvabhāsa

  1. padmâvabhāsa m. N. of a kind of philosopher's stone Kāraṇḍ

padmāvali

  1. padmâvali f. N. of wk

padmāsana

  1. padmâsana n. a lotus as seat (esp. of an idol) Hariv. Kum
  2. a partic. posture in religious meditation Bhartṛ. (cf. MWB. 240)
  3. a kind of coitus L
  4. mf(ā)n. sitting in a lotus or in the position called Padmâsaṇa (-tā f. Cat.)
  5. m. N. of Brahmā VP
  6. of Śiva Śivag
  7. the sun L
  8. (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L

padmāhvaya

  1. padmâhvay9a m. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr

padmāhvā

  1. padmâhvā f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

padmeśaya

  1. padme-śaya m. 'sleeping in a lotus', N. of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv

padmottama

  1. padmôttama m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
  2. of a partic. world ib
  3. of a Buddha living in Padmôttama and of a future BṭBuddha ib

padmottara

  1. padmôttara m. Carthamus Tinctorius L
  2. N. of a Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1
  3. of the father of Padma L
  4. ○râtmaja m. patr. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata Jain
  5. ○rikā-śāka n. a species of pot-herb Car. [Page 585, Column]

padmotpalakumudvat

  1. padmôtpala-kumudvat mfn. furnished with the lotus flowers called Padma, Utpala and Kumuda BhP

padmodbhava

  1. padmôdbhava mf(ā)n. sprung from a lotus MBh
  2. m. N. of Brahmā ib
  3. of a man Daś
  4. (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L
  5. -prādur-bhāva m. N. of ch. of KūrmaP

padmopaniṣad

  1. padmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
  2. -dīpikā f. N. of Comm. on it

padmaka

  1. padmaka m. or n. red spots on the skin of an elephant L
  2. the wood of Cerasus Puddum MBh. &c
  3. m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower MBh
  4. a species of tree R. (B.)
  5. N. of a partic. constellation Hcat
  6. of sev. men Rājat
  7. n. a partic. posture in sitting Vedântas
  8. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

padmakin

  1. padmakin m. Betula Bhojpatra L

padmāya

  1. padmāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the flower of Nelumbium Speciosum Kāvyâd

padmāvata

  1. padmāvata m. N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa Hariv

padmin

  1. padmin mfn. spotted (as an elephant) MBh
  2. possessing lotuses L
  3. m. an elephant L
  4. (nī), f. See next

padminī

  1. padminī f. (of prec.) Nelumbium Speciosum, a lotus (the whole plant, ifc. ○nīka mfn
  2. cf. abjinī, nalinī &c.)
  3. a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)
  4. a lotus-stalk L
  5. a female elephant L
  6. a partic. magical art MārkP
  7. an excellent woman, a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided RTL. 389
  8. N. of sev. women Siṃhâs

padminīkaṇṭaka

  1. ○kaṇṭaka m. a kind of leprosy Suśr

padminīkānta

  1. ○kānta m. 'beloved of lotuses', N. of the sun L

padminīkhaṇḍa

  1. ○khaṇḍa n. a multitude or lake of lotuses Pañc
  2. N. of a city Siṃhâs

padminīpattra

  1. ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. R

padminīvallabha

  1. ○vallabha and m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)

padminīśa

  1. ○"ṣśa (○nī7śa), m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)

padminīṣaṇḍa

  1. ○ṣaṇḍa (and -pura), n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

padmiṣṭhā

  1. padmiṣṭhā f. N. of a woman Kathās

padra

  1. padra m. (√2. pad?) a village or = saṃveśa Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch. (-vaḍa, -saṇḍa and -saḍa ḥPariś. perhaps wṛ. for -baṭu, or -baṇḍa, 'village lad or cripple')
  2. a road in a village L
  3. the earth L
  4. N. of a district L

padva

  1. padva n. (√2. pad?) the earth L
  2. a road L
  3. a car L
  4. mfn. See nisarga-padva

padvat

  1. pad-vat See p. 583, col. 1

pan

  1. pan cl. 1. Ā. pánate (pf. -papana, papné aor. 3. sg. paniṣṭa), to be worthy of admiration or to admire (acc.) RV.: Pass. panyáte ib.: Caus. panáyati, ○te, to regard with surprise or wonder, to admire, praise, acknowledge RV
  2. (Ā.) to rejoice at, be glad of (gen.) ib. (cf. √paṇ
  3. paṇāya)

panayāyya

  1. panayā́yya mfn. astonishing, surprising RV

panasya

  1. panasya Nom. Ā. ○syáte (P. ○syáti Naigh. iii, 14), to excite admiration or praise RV

panasyu

  1. panaḍsyú mfn. showing one's self worthy of admiration, glorious ib

panāya

  1. panāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yáti, ○te, to show ostentatiously, boast of (gen.) RV. vi, 75, 6 (cf. Nir. ix, 16)

panāyya

  1. paḍnā́yya mfn. admirable, surprising RV. AitBr

panita

  1. panitá mfn. admired, praised RV

panitṛ

  1. panitṛ́ mfn. praising, acknowledging ib

panipnat

  1. pánipnat mfn. (fr. Intens.) showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise ib

paniṣṭama

  1. paniṣṭama (prob.) wṛ. SV

paniṣṭi

  1. pániṣṭi f. (prob.) admiration, praise ib

paniṣṭha

  1. pániṣṭha mfn. (superl.) very wonderful or glorious RV

panīyas

  1. pánīyas mfn. (compar.) more or very wonderful ib

panū

  1. pan�ū́ f. admiration ib

panya

  1. pánya mfn. astonishing, glorious. ib. (superl. -tama)

panyas

  1. pányas mfn. = pánīyas ib

panaka

  1. panaka m. a kind of Arum, Śīl

panasa

  1. panasa m. (√pan?) the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia MBh. R. &c
  2. a thorn L
  3. a species of serpent Suśr
  4. N. of a monkey MBh. R
  5. (ī), f. = panasikā Suśr
  6. n. the bread-fruit ib

panasatālikā

  1. ○tālikā or f. the bread-fruit tree L

panasanālikā

  1. ○nālikā f. the bread-fruit tree L

panasāsthi

  1. panasâsthi n. the kernel of the bread-fruit Suśr

panasikā

  1. panasikā f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck Suśr. (cf. pinasa, pīnasa). [Page 585, Column]

paniṣpada

  1. paniṣpadá mf(ā)n. (Intens. of √spand) quivering, palpitating AV

panth

  1. panth cl. 1. 10. P. panthati, or ○thayati, to go, move Dhātup. xxxii, 39 (cf. √path)

panthaka

  1. panthaka mfn. produced in or on the way Pāṇ. 4-3, 29
  2. m. N. of a Brāhman L

panthalikā

  1. panḍthalikā f. a narrow way or path Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv

panthāna

  1. panthāna m. N. of a partic. magical spell spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. saṃdhāna)

pandara

  1. pandara m. N. of a mountain VP

panna

  1. panna &c. See p. 584, col. 2

pannaddhā

  1. pan-naddhā &c. See p. 584, col. 1

papasya

  1. papasya v. l. for pampasya

papi

  1. papí mfn. (√1. pā) drinking (with acc.) RV. vi, 23, 4 (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 69 Kāś.)
  2. m. the moon L

papī

  1. papī́ m. (nom. s) the sun or the moon Uṇ. iii, 159

papīti

  1. papīti f. (fr. Intens, of √1. pā) mutual or reciprocal drinking W

papu

  1. papu m. (√3. pā) a protector
  2. f. a nurse L

papuri

  1. pápuri mfn. (√pṝ) bountiful, liberal
  2. abundant RV

papri

  1. pápri mfn. giving, granting (with gen. or acc
  2. superl. -tama) RV. VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 103 Sch.)

papṛkṣeṇya

  1. papṛkṣêṇya mfn. (√prach) desirable RV. v, 33, ?

papri

  1. pápri mfn. (√1. pṛ) delivering, saving RV.: AV. TS

paphaka

  1. paphaka m. N. of a man

paphakanaraka

  1. ○naraka m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka, g. tika-kitavâdi

pabbeka

  1. pabbeka m. N. of the father of Kedāra-bhaṭṭa (author of the Vṛitta-ratnâkara) Cat

pamarā

  1. pamarā f. a kind of fragrant substance L

pampasya

  1. pampasya Nom. P. ○syati, to feel pain, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (vḷ. pap○)

pampā

  1. pampā f. (√1. pā? Uṇ.iii, 28. Sch.) N. of a river in the south of India MBh. R. &c
  2. of a lake Ragh. Sch

pampāmāhātmya

  1. ○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

pamb

  1. pamb cl. 1. P. pambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 Vop

pay

  1. pay cl. 1. Ā. payate, to go, move Dhātup. xiv, 3

paya

  1. paya See kat-payá

paya

  1. paya in comp. for ○yas

payaāhuti

  1. ○āhutí f. an oblation of milk ŚBr

payopavasana

  1. payôpavasana n. a kind of fast when milk is the only food Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt.6, P

payoṣṇī

  1. payôṣṇī (MBh. Var. Pur.),

payoṣṇikā

  1. payôṣḍṇikā (VP.), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain
  2. ○ṇi-jātā f. N. of the river Sarasvati L

payaḥ

  1. payaḥ in comp. for ○yas

payaḥkandā

  1. ○kandā f. Batatas Paniculata L

payaḥkṣīra

  1. ○kṣīra n. a partic. extract from barley L

payaḥpayoṣṇi

  1. ○payôṣṇi = payôṣnī MBh

payaḥpāna

  1. ○pāna n. drinking milk, a draught of milk Pāṇ. 6-2, 150 Kāś

payaḥpāyikā

  1. ○pāyikā f. id. iii, 3, 111 Kāś

payaḥpārāvara

  1. ○pārâvara m. the ocean of mṭmilk Kāv

payaḥpūra

  1. ○pūra m. flood of water Ratnâv

payaḥpratibimba

  1. ○pratibimba n. the reflected image or fancied appearance of water (in deserts) Subh

payaḥphenī

  1. ○phenī f. a partic. small shrub L

payaḥsāman

  1. ○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

payaḥsphāti

  1. ○sphāti (pá○), f. abundance of milk AV. xix, 31, 10 (printed gáyasph○)

payaś

  1. payaś in comp. for ○yas

payaścaya

  1. ○caya m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake L

payas

  1. páyas n. (√1. pī) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain
  2. semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c
  3. a species of Andropogon Bhpr
  4. N. of a Sāman ŚrS
  5. of a Virāj RPrāt
  6. night Naigh. i, 7

payaskaṃsa

  1. ○kaṃsa m. a cup of milk L

payaskarṇī

  1. ○karṇī f. Pāṇ. 8-3, 46 Sch. (cf. dadhi-karṇa)

payaskāma

  1. ○kāma mfn. (prob.) wishing for milk ib

payaskāmya

  1. ○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for milk Pāṇ. 8-3, 38 Vārtt. 2 Pat

payaskāra

  1. ○kāra (?), viii, 3, 46 Sch

payaskumbha

  1. ○kumbha m. a pitcher for holding mṭmilk ib

payaskuśā

  1. ○kuśā f. ib

payaspa

  1. ○pa m. 'milk-drinker', a cat W
  2. night MW. [Page 586, Column]

payaspati

  1. ○pati m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ

payaspā

  1. ○pā́ mfn. drinking milk RV

payaspātra

  1. ○pātra n. a milk-bowl L

payasvat

  1. ○vat (pá○), mfn. full of juice or sap, juicy, succulent, containing water or milk or semen
  2. overflowing, exuberant, copious, powerful, strong RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS
  3. (ī), f. the night L
  4. pl. rivers Naigh. i, 13

payasvala

  1. ○vala mf(ā)n. rich in milk Hariv. (vḷ. ○vin)
  2. m. a goat L

payasvin

  1. ○vin mfn. abounding in sap or milk Br. GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (nī), f. a milch-cow MBh. Var. Ragh
  3. a she-goat L
  4. a river or N. of a river BhP. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)
  5. the night L
  6. N. of sev. plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Batatas Paniculata, = kākolī, kṣīra-kāk○, jīvantī, dugdhaphenī &c.) Bhpr. L

payasa

  1. payasá mfn. full of juice or sap AV. (corrupted fr. vāyasa?)
  2. n. water L

payasiṣṭha

  1. payasiṣṭha or mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat

payiṣṭha

  1. payiṣṭha mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat

payaska

  1. payaska mfn. (ifc.) = payas L

payasya

  1. payasya mfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese &c.). Lāṭy
  2. m. a cat L
  3. N. of a son of Aṅgiráś MBh
  4. (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk) TS. Br. ŚrS
  5. N. of sev. plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla, = kākolī, kuṭumbinī, dugdhikā &c.) L

payasya

  1. payasya Nom. P. ○syati, to flow, become liquid, g. kaṇḍv-ādi)
  2. Ā. ○syate = next Pāṇ. 3-1, 11 Vārtt. 1 Pat

payāya

  1. payāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be fluid Pāṇ. ib

payiṣṭha

  1. payiṣṭha See payasiṣṭha above

payo

  1. payo in comp. for ○yas

payogaḍa

  1. ○gaḍa m. (wṛ. for guḍa?) 'water-drop', hail L
  2. m. n. an island L

payograha

  1. ○grahá m. an oblation of milk ŚBr
  2. -samarthana-prakāra m. N. of wk

payoghana

  1. ○ghana m. water-lump, hail L

payojanman

  1. ○janman m. 'water-birthplace', a cloud L

payoda

  1. ○da mf(ā)n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv
  2. yielding water (as a cloud) Subh
  3. m. a cloud Kālid. Var. &c. (-suhṛd m. 'friend of clouds', a peacock Sāh.)
  4. N. of a son of Yadu Hariv
  5. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

payoduh

  1. ○duh mfn. yielding milk or semen SV

payodhara

  1. ○dhara m. 'containing water or milk', a cloud Kāv. Rājat
  2. (ifc. f. ā) a woman's breast or an udder MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. the √of Scirpus Kysoor L
  4. a species of sugar-cane L
  5. the cocoa-nut L
  6. a species of Cyperus L
  7. an amphibrach Col
  8. ○rī-√bhū, to become an udder Ragh
  9. ○rônnati f. a high breast (and 'rising clouds') Kāv

payodhas

  1. ○dhas m. (√1. dhā) a rainy cloud
  2. the ocean Uṇ. iv, 229 Sch

payodhā

  1. ○dhā́ mfn. (√dhe) sucking milk RV

payodhārā

  1. ○dhārā f. a stream of water (○gṛha n. a bath-room with flowing water) Mṛicch
  2. N. of a river Hariv

payodhi

  1. ○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Kāv
  2. -ja n. 'sea-born', Os Sepiae L

payodhika

  1. ○dhika n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone L

payodhra

  1. ○dhra m. a woman's breast or an udder Gal. (cf. -dhara)

payonidhana

  1. ○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

payonidhi

  1. ○nidhi m. = -dhi Kāv

payobhakṣa

  1. ○bhakṣa m. drinking (eating) only milk SaṃhUp

payobhṛt

  1. ○bhṛt m. 'water-holder' a cloud Śiś. xvi, 61

payomaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wṭwater Kathās

payomānuṣī

  1. ○mānuṣī f. a water-nymph Subh

payomukha

  1. ○mukha mfn. having milk on the surface, milk-faced Hit

payomuc

  1. ○muc mfn. discharging or yielding wṭwater or milk MBh. Hcat
  2. m. a cloud MBh. Var. Kāv

payomṛtatīrtha

  1. ○'mṛta-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat

payoraya

  1. ○raya m. the current of a river ŚārṅgP

payorāśi

  1. ○rāśi m. a piece of water, the ocean ib
  2. N. of the number 4 L

payoruha

  1. ○ruha n. 'water-growing', a lotus L

payolatā

  1. ○latā f. Batatas Paniculata L

payovāha

  1. ○vāha m. 'water-bearer', a cloud Ragh. Var. Rājat

payovidārikā

  1. ○vidārikā f. Batatas Paniculata L

payovṛdh

  1. ○vṛ́dh mfn. full of sap, overflowing, exuberant, vigorous RV

payovrata

  1. ○vrata n. a vow to subsist on nothing but milk BhP
  2. offering milk to Vishṇu and subsisting upon it for 12 days (also for 1 or 3 days as a religious act) W
  3. (pá○), mf(ā)n. subsisting on nothing but milk ŚBr
  4. ○tá-tā f. ib

payora

  1. payora m. Acacia Catechu L

para

  1. pára mf(ā)n. (√1. pṛ
  2. abl. sg. m. n. párasmāt, ○rāt
  3. loc. párasmin, ○re
  4. nom. pl. m. páre, ○rās, ○rāsas
  5. Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 ; vii, 1, 16 ; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme
  6. previous (in time), former
  7. ancient, past
  8. later, future, next
  9. following, succeeding, subsequent
  10. final, last
  11. exceeding (in number or degree), more than
  12. better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also -tara], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc
  13. exceptionally paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred, lit. 'an excessive hundred, a hundred with a surplus' R. [Page 586, Column]
  14. parāḥ koṭayaḥ Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c
  15. strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib
  16. other than, different from (abl.) Prab
  17. left, remaining Kathās
  18. concerned or anxious for (loc.) R
  19. m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c
  20. a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. ta-para, having t as the following letter, followed by t) RPrāt. Pāṇ
  21. (scil. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS
  22. N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Āṭṇāra Br
  23. of another king MBh
  24. of a son of Samara Hariv
  25. (sc. prāsāda) of the palace of Mitravindā ib
  26. m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur
  27. (ā), f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathās
  28. a species of plant L
  29. N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L
  30. a partic. measure of time Sāy
  31. N. of a river MBh. VP. (vḷ. pārā, veṇā, veṇṇā)
  32. of a goddess (cf. s.v.), n. remotest distance MBh
  33. highest point or degree ib
  34. final beatitude L. (also -taram and parāt para-taram)
  35. the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of Brahmā) VP
  36. N. of partic. Sāmans Kāṭh
  37. any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. ā] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.)
  38. the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull
  39. (in logic) genus
  40. existence (regarded as the common property of all things) W
  41. (am), ind. afterwards, later
  42. (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge
  43. astam-ayāt p○, after sunset
  44. mattaḥ p○, after me
  45. ataḥ p○ or param ataḥ, after this, farther on, hereafter, next
  46. itaḥ p○, henceforward, from now
  47. tataḥ p○ or tataś ca p○, after that, thereupon
  48. nâsmāt p○ [for mâsm"ṣp○], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kāv. &c
  49. in a high degree, excessively, greatly, completely ib
  50. rather, most willingly, by all means ib
  51. I will, so be it Divyâv
  52. at the most, at the utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib
  53. but, however, otherwise (paraṃ tu or paraṃ kiṃ tu id
  54. yadi p○, if at all, perhaps, at any rate
  55. na-p○, not-but
  56. na paraṃ-api, not only-but also
  57. pṭparaṃ na-api na, not only not-but not even
  58. na paraṃ-yāvat, not only-but even) ib
  59. (páreṇa), ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c
  60. thereupon, afterwards, later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c
  61. (paré), ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kāv. [Cf. Zd. para
  62. Gk. ? ; Lat. peren-die ; Goth. [586,] faírra ; Germ. fern ; Eng. far and fore.]

parakathā

  1. ○kathā f. pl. talk about another Bhartṛ

parakaragata

  1. ○kara-gata mfn. being in anṭanother's hands Pañc

parakarman

  1. ○karman n. service for another Kām
  2. ○nirata m. 'engaged in service for another a servant Var

parakalatra

  1. ○kalatra n. another's wife
  2. ○râbhigamana n. approaching another's wife, adultery W

parakāyapraveśana

  1. ○kāya-praveśana n. entering anṭanother's body (a supernatural art) Cat

parakārya

  1. ○kārya n. another's business or affair Pañc

parakāla

  1. ○kāla mfn. relating to a later time, mentioned later (opp. to pūrva-) VPrāt

parakṛti

  1. ○kṛti f. the action or history of another, an example or precedent Nyāyam. Sch. Kull

parakṛtya

  1. ○kṛtya n. another's business or affair Kāv
  2. mfn. busy for another, hostile Mudr
  3. -pakṣa m. the hostile party ib

parakrama

  1. ○krama m. doubling the other (i.e. second) letter of a conjunction of consonants RPrāt

parakrāthin

  1. ○krāthin m. N. of a Kuru warrior MBh

parakrānti

  1. ○krānti f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic Sūryas

parakṣudrā

  1. ○kṣudrā f. pl. the very short verses (of Veda) VāyuP. (cf. kṣudrasū7kta)

parakṣetra

  1. ○kṣetra n. another's field or wife (cf. kṣetra) Mn
  2. the body in another life Pāṇ. 5-2, 92 (cf. kṣetriya)

parakhātaka

  1. ○khātaka mfn. dug by another AV.Pariś

paragata

  1. ○gata mfn. being with or relating to anṭanother MBh

paragāmin

  1. ○gāmin mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-3, 72

paraguṇa

  1. ○guṇa (ibc.) the virtues of anṭanother (-grâhin mfn. assuming them) Kāv
  2. mfn. beneficial to another or to a foe R

paragṛhavāsa

  1. ○gṛha-vāsa or m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv

paragehav

  1. ○geha-v○ m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv

paragranthi

  1. ○granthi m. 'extreme point of a limb', an articulation, joint L

paraglāni

  1. ○glāni f. the subjugation of a foe W

paracakra

  1. ○cakra n. the army of a foe MBh. Var. (Sch. 'a hostile prince')
  2. -sūdana m. destroyer of it BhP

paracittajñāna

  1. ○citta-jñāna n. knowing the thoughts of another L

paracintā

  1. ○cintā f. thinking of or caring for anṭanother Kāv

paracchanda

  1. ○cchanda m. another's will BhP. (○dânuvartana n. following it L.)
  2. mfn. depending on another's will, subservient (also -vat) L

paracchidra

  1. ○cchidra n. another's fault or defect Kāv

paraja

  1. ○ja mfn. being behind another, inferior Kāṭh
  2. coming from a foe MBh. [Page 586, Column]

parajana

  1. ○jana m. another person, a stranger
  2. (coll.) strangers (opp. to sva-j○) Mn. xi, 9

parajanman

  1. ○janman n. a future birth
  2. ○mika mfn. relating to it MW

parajāta

  1. ○jāta m. 'born of another', a stranger or servant L. (vḷ. -jita, 'conquered by another')

parajñānamaya

  1. ○jñāna-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge of the Supreme Being VP

parataṅgaṇa

  1. ○taṅgaṇa (?), m. pl. N. of a people MBh

paratattva

  1. ○tattva in -nirṇaya m. -prakāśikā f. -vāda m. N. of wks

paratantra

  1. ○tantra n. a rule or formula for another rite KātyŚr
  2. mf(ā)n. dependent on or subject to another, obedient (opp. to sva-t○) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
  3. n. (ibc.) and -tā f. (Sāh.) dependence on another's will Sāh
  4. -dṛṣṭi mfn. one who asserts the dependence of the will Jātakam
  5. -haṃsôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
  6. ○trī-kṛta mfn. made dependent, brought into another's power Kull
  7. ceded, sold Kathās

paratama

  1. ○tama and mfn. superl. and compar. of para

paratara

  1. ○tara mfn. superl. and compar. of para

paratarkaka

  1. ○tarkaka or m. a beggar Var

paratarkuka

  1. ○tarkuka m. a beggar Var

paratalpa

  1. ○talpa m. pl. another's wife Āpast
  2. -gāmin m. one who approaches another's wife ib

paratas

  1. ○tas ind. = abl. of para Kāv. Pur
  2. farther, far off, afterwards, behind (itas-paratas, here-there
  3. sapta puruṣān itaś ca paraś ca, seven ancestors and seven descendants Gaut
  4. sani parataḥ, sc. sati, when san follows Pāṇ. 2-4, 48 Sch.) RPrāt. Hariv. R. &c
  5. high above (in rank) Rājat
  6. (with prec. abl.) after (in time) MBh. Yājñ. &c
  7. beyond, above (in rank) Bhag. Kām
  8. otherwise, differently W
  9. ○taḥ-poṣa mfn. receiving food from another BhP
  10. -"ṣtas-tva n. (the state of) being from elsewhere or without Sarvad

paratā

  1. ○tā f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon Bhāshāp. Rājat

paratāpana

  1. ○tāpana m. 'paining-foes', N. of a Marut Hariv

paratīrthika

  1. ○tīrthika m. the adherent of another sect L

paratoṣayitṛ

  1. ○toṣayitṛ mfn. gratifying others Śiś

paratra

  1. ○tra ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter Mn. MBh. &c
  2. below i.e. in the sequel (of a book) Vop. Sch
  3. -bhīru m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man W

paratva

  1. ○tvá n. distance, remoteness, consequence, posteriority, difference, strangeness, superiority to (gen.) Āpast. MBh. Pur. &c
  2. = -tā Kap
  3. -ratnâkara m. N. of wk

paradāra

  1. ○dāra m. sg. or pl. another's wife or wives Mn. MBh. &c
  2. adultery Gaut. xxii, 29
  3. -gamana n. ○râbhigamana n. ○râbhimarśa m. ○rôpasevana n. (○vā f.) approaching or touching or courting anṭanother's wife or wives, adultery W
  4. -parigraha (R.), -bhuj (MārkP.), -"ṣdārin: (R.), m. one who takes or approaches or enjoys another's wife or wives, an adulterer R

paraduḥkha

  1. ○duḥkha n. another's pain or sorrow W

paradūṣaṇa

  1. ○dūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace purchased by the entire produce of a country Kām. Hit. (vḷ. para-bhūṣaṇa and pari-bh○)

paradevatā

  1. ○devatā f. the highest deity ĀpŚr. Sch
  2. -stuti f. N. of a hymn

paradeśa

  1. ○deśa m. another or a foreign or a hostile country (opp. to sva-d○) Var. Kaṭh. Pañc
  2. -sevin mfn. living abroad, a traveller W
  3. ○śin mfn. foreign, exotic
  4. m. a foreigner or a traveller ib

paradoṣa

  1. ○doṣa in -kīrtana n. the proclaiming of another's faults, censoriousness W
  2. -jña mfn. knowing another's faults Subh

paradravya

  1. ○dravya n. pl. another's property Hit
  2. ○vyâpahāraka mfn. robbing another's property Mn

paradroha

  1. ○droha m. injuring another ŚārṅgP
  2. -karma-dhī mfn. injṭinjuring another in deed or thought Mn
  3. ○hin mfn. tyrannizing over another W

paradveṣin

  1. ○dveṣin mfn. hating another, inimical to another W

paradhana

  1. ○dhana n. another's wealth VP
  2. ○nâsvādana-sukha n. feeding luxuriously at anṭanother's expense Hit

paradharma

  1. ○dharma m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste Mn. BhP
  2. another's peculiarity (-tva n.) Kap

paradhyāna

  1. ○dhyāna n. intent meditation W

paranindā

  1. ○nindā f. reviling others MW

paranipāta

  1. ○nipāta m. the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound (opp. to pūrva-n○) Pāṇ. Sch

paranirmitavaśavartin

  1. ○nirmita-vaśa-vartin m. 'constantly enjoying pleasures provided by others', N. of a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. (cf. MWB. 208)

paranirvāṇa

  1. ○nirvāṇa n. the highest Nirvāṇa (with Buddhists) Sarvad

paraṃtapa

  1. ○ṃ-tapa mfn. destroying foes (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c
  2. m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv
  3. of a prince of Magadha Ragh

parapakṣa

  1. ○pakṣa m. the other side, hostile party, enemy Hit
  2. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. paramêkṣu)

parapatnī

  1. ○patnī f. the wife of another or of a stranger Mn. Kathās

parapada

  1. ○pada n. the highest position, final emancipation Mahān

paraparigraha

  1. ○parigraha m. another's property Āpast
  2. another's wife Mn. ix, 42, 43

paraparibhava

  1. ○paribhava m. humiliation or injury suffered from others Mṛicch

paraparivāda

  1. ○parivāda m. = -nirvā Pañc

parapāka

  1. ○pāka m. another's food or meal Mn. &c
  2. -nirvṛtta m. one who cooks his own food without observing a partic. ceremony W. [Page 587, Column]
  3. -rata m. one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies ib
  4. -ruci m. a constant guest at others' tables ib
  5. ○kôpabhojin mfn. eating another's or a stranger's food Suśr

parapārabhūta

  1. ○pāra-bhūta m. N. of Vishṇu VP

parapiṇḍa

  1. ○piṇḍa in -puṣṭaka m. 'nourished by another's food', a servant Mṛicch. viii, 25/26
  2. ○ḍâda m. 'eating another's food', id. L

parapuraṃjaya

  1. ○puraṃjaya mfn. conquering an enemy's city (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c
  2. m. N. of a king VP

parapurapraveśa

  1. ○pura-praveśa m. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), Sāṃkhyas. Sch

parapuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kālid
  2. 'the Supreme Spirit', N. of Vishṇu L

parapuṣṭa

  1. ○puṣṭa mfn. nourished by anṭanother or a stranger L
  2. m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (cf. -bhṛt below and anya-p○) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. (ā), f. a female cuckoo Var
  4. a harlot L
  5. a parasitical plant L
  6. N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi Kathās
  7. -maya mf(ī)n. being a cuckoo Hcar
  8. -mahôtsava m. 'the cuckoo's great feast', a mango tree L

parapūruṣa

  1. ○pūruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kathās

parapūrvatva

  1. ○pūrva-tva n. the state of preceding that which ought to follow Sāy. on RV. i, 53, 9

parapūrvā

  1. ○pūrvā f. a woman who has had a former husband Mn. v, 163
  2. -pati m. her husband ib. iii, 166

parapauravatantava

  1. ○pauravatantava m. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh

paraprakāśaka

  1. ○prakāśaka and m. N. of 2 poets Cat

parapraṇava

  1. ○praṇava m. N. of 2 poets Cat

paraprayojana

  1. ○prayojana mf(ā)n. useful or beneficial to others Ragh

parapravādin

  1. ○pravādin m. a false teacher Divyâv

parapreṣyatva

  1. ○prêṣya-tva n. the service of another, slavery Mn. xii, 78

parabala

  1. ○bala n. the foe's army Mn.vii, 174

parabalīyas

  1. ○balīyas mfn. each more important than the preceding Gaut

parabrahman

  1. ○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman Bhartṛ
  2. N. of anUp
  3. ○ma-prakāśikā f. ○ma-stotra n. ○mânanda-bodha m. ○mâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. ○môpaniṣad f. N. of wks

parabhāga

  1. ○bhāga m. superior power or merit, excellence, supremacy Kālid. (-tā f.) Pañc. Kathās
  2. good fortune, prosperity L
  3. the last part, remainder W

parabhāgya

  1. ○bhāgya n. another's wealth or prosperity W
  2. ○gyôpajīvin mfn. living upon another's fortune MW. -1

parabhāva

  1. ○bhāva mf(ā)n. loving another MBh. -2

parabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. -bhūta)

parabhāṣā

  1. ○bhāṣā f. a foreign language L

parabhū

  1. ○bhū in -jāti-nirṇaya m. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wks

parabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. following or subsequent (said of words) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-1, 36

parabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. a foreign or hostile country
  2. -ṣṭha mfn. being in it Hit

parabhūṣaṇa

  1. ○bhūṣaṇa n. another's ornament W. (wṛ. for pari-bh○ and para-dūṣaṇa)

parabhṛt

  1. ○bhṛt mfn. nourishing another BhP
  2. m. a crow L. (cf. next)

parabhṛta

  1. ○bhṛta m. 'nourished by another', the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to leave its eggs to be hatched by the crow) Kāv
  2. (ā), f. the female Kokila ib
  3. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting entirely of cuckoos Kād

parabhṛtikā

  1. ○bhṛtikā f. a female cuckoo Mālav
  2. N. of a woman ib

parabhṛtya

  1. ○bhṛtya mfn. to be nourished or supported by another (-tva, n.) Hariv. R

parabhedaka

  1. ○bhedaka (W.),

parabhedana

  1. ○bhedana (Śiś.), mfn. destroying enemies

paramaṇi

  1. ○maṇi m. 'excellent jewel', N. of a prince Kathârṇ

paramata

  1. ○mata n. a different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy W
  2. -kālânala m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkara Cat
  3. -khaṇḍana-saṃgraha m. -bhaṅga m. -bhañjana n. N. of wks

paramada

  1. ○mada m. highest degree of intoxication, ŚārṅgS

paramantra

  1. ○mantra vḷ. for mātra

paramanthu

  1. ○manthu or m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)

paramanyu

  1. ○manyu m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)

paramarma

  1. ○marma (for -marman), in -jña mfn. knowing the secret plans or intentions of another Mn. vii, 154 Kull
  2. -bhāṣaṇa n. telling another's secrets Siṃhâs

paramātra

  1. ○mātra m. or n. (with Buddhists) a partic. high number (vḷ. -mantra)

paramāra

  1. ○māra m. N. of a son of the Ṛishi Śaunaka and ancestor of Bhoja-deva Inscr. Cat. (cf. -mṛtyu)

paramukhacapeṭikā

  1. ○mukhacapeṭikā f. 'slap in the face of another', N. of a controversial wk

paramṛtyu

  1. ○mṛtyu m. a crow L. (cf. -māra)

paramokṣanirāsakārikā

  1. ○mokṣa-nirāsa-kārikā f. pl. 'memorial rules for preventing another's final beatitude', N. of wk

parampara

  1. ○m-para mfn. one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son), successive, repeated MBh. Suśr
  2. (am), ind. successively. uninterruptedly VPrāt
  3. m. a great great-grandson or great-grandson with his descendants L
  4. a species of deer L
  5. -tas ind. successively continually, mutually W
  6. -bhojana n. eating continually L

paramparā

  1. ○m-parā f. an uninterrupted row or series, order, succession, continuation, mediation, tradition (○rayā ind. by tradition, indirectly) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. lineage, progeny L
  3. hurting, killing L
  4. -prâpta (Bhag.), -"ṣyāta (○rây○ Var.), mfn. received by tradition [Page 587, Column]
  5. -vāhana n. an indirect means of conveyance (e.g. the horse which draws a carriage) L
  6. -sambandha m. an indirect conjunction Pāṇ. 8-1, 24 Sch

paraparāka

  1. ○parāka m. immolating an animal at a sacrifice L

paraparita

  1. ○parita mfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous Kpr

paraparīṇa

  1. ○parī́ṇa mf(ā)n. hereditary, traditional Bhaṭṭ

parayuvatiga

  1. ○yuvati-ga m. = -dārin Var

parayoṣit

  1. ○yoṣit f. another's wife Gaut

pararamaṇa

  1. ○ramaṇa m. 'a strange lover', a paramour Pañc

pararāṣṭra

  1. ○rāṣṭra n. the country of an enemy Kull. on Mn. vii, 153

pararūpa

  1. ○rūpa n. the following or subsequent sound (-tva n.) Pāṇ. Sāy

paraloka

  1. ○loka m. the other or future world ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. -ga, -gata mfn. going or gone to the future world, dying, dead MBh. Kāv
  3. -gama m. -gamana n. dying, death L
  4. -bādha, mḷoss of the future world MW
  5. -yāna n. = -gama ib
  6. -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing in or toward the other world MBh
  7. -vidhi m. rites for the other world, funeral rites Kum
  8. -sthāna n. the state of (being in) the other world ŚBr
  9. -hasta mfn. holding in hand (i.e. quite certain of) the oṭother world Mṛicch. viii, 46/0. -1

paravat

  1. ○vat ind. like a stranger Kathās. -2

paravat

  1. ○vat mfn. subject to or dependent on (instr., gen., loc. or comp.), subservient, obedient MBh. Kālid
  2. helpless, destitute Mālatīm. viii, 9/10
  3. -tā f. subjection, obedience to Vikr. Rājat

paravarga

  1. ○varga m. the party or side of another Cāṇ

paravallabha

  1. ○vallabha m. pl. N. of a people VP

paravaśa

  1. ○vaśa mfn. subject to another's will, subdued or ruled by (comp.), subservient, obedient Mn. Pañc. Hit
  2. śâkṣepa m. an objection to anything under the pretext of being dependent on another Kāvyâd. ii, 150

paravaśya

  1. ○vaśya mfn. = -vaśa
  2. -tā f. R

paravastu

  1. ○vastu m. N. of a poet Cat

paravācya

  1. ○vācya mfn. blamable by others (-tā f.) MBh
  2. n. another's fault or defect Śiś. xvi, 30

paravāṇi

  1. ○vāṇi m. (L.) a judge
  2. a year
  3. N. of Kārttikeya's peacock

paravāda

  1. ○vāda m. the talk of others, popular rumour or report, slander Pañc. ŚārṅgP
  2. objection, controversy Sāṃkhyak
  3. ○din m. an opponent, controversialist Śatr

paravāraṇa

  1. ○vāraṇa m. one who averts or drives away enemies Vikr. iv, 19

paravitta

  1. ○vitta n. another's wealth R. (wṛ. pari-)

paravīrahan

  1. ○vīra-han m. killer of hostile heroes MBh

paraveśman

  1. ○veśman n. another's house Var
  2. the dwelling of the Supreme L

paravyākṣepin

  1. ○vyākṣepin mfn. scattering foes Mcar

paravyūhavināśana

  1. ○vyūha-vināśana m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks MBh

paravrata

  1. ○vrata m. N. of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L

paraśakti

  1. ○śakti m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat

paraśarīrāveśa

  1. ○śarīrâveśa m. = -kāya-praveśana ib

paraśāsana

  1. ○śāsana n. the order of another MW

paraśiva

  1. ○śiva m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat
  2. -mahima-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
  3. ○vêndrasarasvatī m. N. of an author

paraśuci

  1. ○śuci m. N. of a son of Manu Auttama MārkP

paraśrī

  1. ○śrī f. another's good fortune Siṃhâs

paraśvas

  1. ○śvas ind. the day after to-morrow MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. paraḥ-śvas under paras)

parasaṃgata

  1. ○saṃgata mfn. associated or engaged i.e. fighting with another MBh

parasaṃcāraka

  1. ○saṃcāraka m. pl. N. of a people VP

parasaṃjñaka

  1. ○saṃjñaka m. 'called Supreme', the soul L

parasambandha

  1. ○sambandha m. relation or connection with another
  2. ○dhin mfn. related or belonging to another W

parasavarṇa

  1. ○savarṇa mfn. homogeneous with a following letter Pāṇ
  2. ○ṇī-√bhu, to become homogeneous &c. Pat

parasasthāna

  1. ○sasthāna mfn. = -savarṇa Prāt

parasātkṛ

  1. ○sāt-√kṛ to give (a woman) into the hands of another i.e. in marriage Pañc

parasevā

  1. ○sevā f. service of another Kathās

parastrī

  1. ○strī f. the wife of another or an unmarried woman depending on another Sāh

parasthāna

  1. ○sthāna n. another place, strange place Hit

parasva

  1. ○sva n. sg. or pl. another's property Mn. MBh. &c
  2. mfn. = sarvasva-bhūta MantraBr. Sch
  3. -graha m. seizing another's property Prab
  4. -tva n. another's right W. (-tvâpâdāna n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c. ib.)
  5. -haraṇa n. = -graha L
  6. -hṛt (Var.), -"ṣsvâdāyin (Mn.), mfn. taking or seizing another's property
  7. -"ṣsvêhā f. desire of another's property
  8. -"ṣsvôpajīvika (W.), ○jīvin (R.), mfn. living upon anṭanother's property, dependent

parahaṃsa

  1. ○haṃsa m. = parama-h○ Cat

parahan

  1. ○han m. 'foe-killer', N. of a prince MBh

parahita

  1. ○hita mfn. friendly, benevolent W
  2. n. another's welfare Bhartṛ
  3. -grantha m. N. of wk
  4. -rakṣita m. N. of an author
  5. -saṃhitā f. N. of wk

parāṅkuśa

  1. parâṅkuśa in -nātha m. N. of an author, -pañcaviṃśati f. -pādukā-pañcāśat f. ○kuśâṣṭaka n. N. of Stotras

parāgama

  1. parâgama m. the arrival or attack of an enemy Var

parāṅga

  1. parâṅga n. the hinder part of the body Kāv
  2. a part of that which follows Pāṇ. 2-1, 2

parāṅgada

  1. parâṅga-da m. 'giving form to another (sc. to Durgā with whom he forms one body, or to Kāma-deva whose body he restored after reducing it to ashes)', N. of Śiva L

parācita

  1. parâcita m. 'nourished by another', a servant L. [Page 587, Column]

parātman

  1. parâtman m. the Supreme Spirit BhP
  2. mfn. one who considers the body as the soul MBh. BhP

paradhi

  1. parádhi m. or f. 'the paining of others (?)', hunting L

parādhīna

  1. parâdhīna mf(ā)n. = ○ra-vaśa Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (ifc.) entirely engaged in or intent upon or devoted to Kād. Rājat
  3. -tā f. (Kāv.), -tva n. (MW.) dependence upon another, subjection

parananda

  1. paránanda (or ○rân○? under. parā below), m. N. of an author
  2. -purāṇa n. N. of wk

parānīka

  1. parânīka n. a hostile army Mālatīm

parānta

  1. parânta m. 'the last end', death (-kāla m. time of death) MuṇḍUp
  2. 'living at the remotest distance', N. of a people MBh

parāntaka

  1. parântaka m. a frontier Divyâv
  2. pl. N. of a people L

parānna

  1. parânna n. the food of another Kāv. KātyŚr. Sch
  2. -paripuṣṭatā f. the living on another's food Yājñ
  3. -bhojin mfn. eating another's food Hit
  4. m. a servant L

parāpara

  1. parâpara mfn. remote and proximate, prior and posterior (as cause and effect), earlier and later, higher and lower, better and worse MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. m. = -guru below
  3. n. (in logic) a community of properties in a small class under the larger or generic, a species or class between the genus and individual W
  4. Grewia Asiatica Bhpr
  5. -guru m. a Guru of an intermediate class
  6. N. of the goddess Durgā W. (cf. parāt-parag○)
  7. -jña, knowing what is remote and proximate &c. MBh
  8. -tā f. -tva n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority
  9. the state of being both a genus and a species Bhāshāp
  10. -dṛṣṭârtha mfn. knowing the real nature of the remote and proximate &c. Hariv
  11. ○rêśa m. 'lord of the remote and property, &c.', N. of Vishṇu VP
  12. ○râitṛ (párâp○), mfn. going after another, going in a line (to the next world) AV. 1

parāmṛta

  1. parâmṛta n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 2) 'the best nectar', rain L. 1

parāyaṇa

  1. parấyaṇa n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence, summary (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to do one's utmost) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
  2. (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car
  3. a religious order or division W
  4. (ifc
  5. f. ā) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by (-tā f. Daś.) Mn. MBh. &c
  6. mf(ā)n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Nīlak.)
  7. principal, being the chief object or final aim ib
  8. dependent on (gen.) R
  9. leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh
  10. m. N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP
  11. -vat mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh

parayatta

  1. paráyatta mf(ā)n. dependent upon another R. Pañc
  2. (ifc.) wholly subdued or overwhelmed by Kād. Bālar

parāyus

  1. parâyus m. 'one who has reached the highest age or 100 years, N. of Brahmā BhP

parārtha

  1. parârtha m. the highest advantage or interest, an important object MBh
  2. sexual intercourse Pañc
  3. another's advṭadvantage or intṭinterest (ibc., ○rtham or ○rthe ind. for another or for others or for something else) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. mfn. (also -ka) having another object
  5. designed for another
  6. dependent on something else (-tā f. -tva n.) ŚrS. Sāṃkhyak. Tarkas
  7. -cara mfn. intent upon another's welfare Jātakam
  8. -caryā f. care for another welfare ib
  9. -niṣṭha mfn. fixed on the supreme good MW
  10. -vādin mfn. speaking for another, a mediator, a substitute Yājñ. Sch
  11. ○rthin mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation) Cāṇ

parārdha

  1. parârdhá m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KaṭhUp. MBh
  2. mn. the highest number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c
  3. the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmā's life Pur
  4. (as mfn. wṛ. for ○dhya.)

parārdhaka

  1. parârdhaka m. or n. one half of anything Kāv

parārdhya

  1. parârdhyá mf(ā)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. ŚBr
  2. most distant in number, of the highest possible number ib
  3. highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best Br. ChUp. MBh. &c
  4. more excellent than (abl.) Ragh. x, 65
  5. n. a maximum (only ifc. 'amounting at the most to') GṛŚrS

parārbuda

  1. parârbuda m. a species of fire-fly L

parāvajñā

  1. parâvajñā f. insulting another MW

parāvat

  1. parā-vat (for ○ra-vat), mfn. offering beatitude Āpast

parāvara

  1. parâvara mf(ā)n. distant and near, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, highest and lowest, all-including (-tva n.) MBh. Pur. &c
  2. handed down from earlier to later times, traditional MuṇḍUp
  3. each successive BhP
  4. m. pl. ancestors and descendants Mn. i, 105 ; iii, 38
  5. n. the distant and near &c
  6. cause and effect, motive and consequence, the whole extent of an idea, totality, the universe MuṇḍUp. MBh. Vedântas
  7. -jña (MBh.), -dṛś (MW.), -vid (BhP.), mfn. knowing or seeing both distant and near or past and future &c. [Page 588, Column]
  8. -vibhāgavid mfn. knowing the difference between the dṭdistant and near &c. MBh
  9. ○rêśa m. N. of Vishṇu VP. (cf. parâparêśa)

parāvasathaśāyin

  1. parâvasatha-śāyin mfn. sleeping in another's house Hit

paraśraya

  1. paráśraya m. dependence on others Hariv
  2. a refuge to enemies BhP
  3. mfn. clinging to others, dependent on others Śiksh
  4. (ā), f. a parasitical plant L

parāśrita

  1. parâśrita mfn. = (and vḷ. for) prec. mfn
  2. a dependent, servant slave Hit

parasaṅga

  1. parásaṅga m. cleaving or adhering to (comp.) Suśr

parāskandin

  1. parâskandin m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber L

parāha

  1. parâha m. the next day L

parāhata

  1. parâhata m. struck by another, assailed, attacked W

parāhṇa

  1. parâhṇa m. the afternoon Var. Pañc. (wṛ. ○hna)

paretara

  1. parêtara mfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly Kir. i, 14

pareśa

  1. parêśa m. 'the highest lord', N. of Brahmā or Vishṇu Pur
  2. ○śêśa m. 'lord of the highest lord', N. of Vishnu MBh

pareṣṭi

  1. parêṣṭi m. 'having the highest worship', N. of Brahman W

pareṣṭukā

  1. parêṣṭukā f. 'highest desire (?)', a cow which has often calved L

paraidhita

  1. parâidhita m. 'nourished by another', the Indian cuckoo (cf. para-bhṛta)
  2. a servant L

paroktakhaṇḍana

  1. parôkta-khaṇḍana n. 'refutation of another's words', N. of wk

paroḍhā

  1. parôḍhā f. another's wife Sāh

parodvaha

  1. parôdvaha m. 'descendant of another i.e. of the crow', the Indian cuckoo Gal. (cf. para-bhṛta)

paropakaraṇa

  1. parôpakaraṇa n. = -kāra Cāṇ
  2. ○ṇī-√kṛ, to make one's self an instrument of others Hit

paropakāra

  1. parôpakāra m. assisting others, benevolence, charity Kāv
  2. ○râikarasa mfn. wholly devoted to the service of others
  3. (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband MW
  4. -dharma-kṣānti f. Dharmas. 107

paropakārin

  1. parôpakārin mfn. assisting others, beneficent, charitable merciful Kathās. (○ri-tva n. Bhartṛ.)
  2. m. N. of a king Kathās

paropakṛta

  1. parôpakṛta mfn. helped or befriended by another MW

paropakṛti

  1. parôpakṛti f. = -kāra ib

paropaga

  1. parôpaga mfn. relating to something else (as an adjective) L

paropajāpa

  1. parôpajāpa m. the dissension (or causing dissension) of enemies Daś

paropadeśa

  1. parôpadeśa m. giving advice or instruction to others Hit

paroparuddha

  1. parôparuddha mfn. besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested MW

paropavāsa

  1. parôpavāsa m. dwelling together with another Āpast

paropasarpaṇa

  1. parôpasarpaṇa n. approaching another, begging Bhām

para

  1. para in comp. for ○ras

parauru

  1. ○uru (○rá-), mf(vii)n. broad on the outside or behind ŚBr. (cf. paro-varīyas)

parauṣṇih

  1. ○uṣṇih f. a kind of metre Chanda?s. (also parôṣṇih ib.)

paraṛkśatagātha

  1. ○ṛk-śatagātha mfn. containing 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās AitBr

paraḥ

  1. paraḥ in comp. for ○ras

paraḥkṛṣṇa

  1. ○kṛṣṇa mfn. more than black, extremely dark ChUp

paraḥpuṃsā

  1. ○puṃsā́ f. (a wife) dissatisfied with her husband ŚBr

paraḥpuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa mfn. higher than a man ŚāṅkhŚr

paraḥśata

  1. ○śatá mf(ā́)n. pl. more than 100 ŚBr. Kāṭh. MBh
  2. containing more than 100 verses TBr
  3. -rg-gātha (r for ṛ), mfn. = para-ṛk-śata-gātha ŚāṅkhŚr

paraḥśvas

  1. ○śvas ind. = para-śv○ L

paraḥṣaṣṭa

  1. ○ṣaṣṭá mfn. pl. more than 60 ŚBr

paraḥsahasra

  1. ○sahasrá (AV
  2. páraḥ-sahasra ŚBr.), mf(ā)n. pl. more than 1000

paraḥsāman

  1. ○sāman (pá○), mfn. having superfluous or surplus Sāmans
  2. m. pl. N. of partic. sacrificial days TS. TBr. Kāṭh

paraka

  1. paraka ifc. = para, 'the following sound or word', e.g. iti-śabda-p○, followed by the word iti Pāṇ. Sch

parakīya

  1. parakīya mf(ā)n. belonging to another or a stranger, strange, hostile (-tā f.) Mn. (nipāna n. a tank belonging to another, iv, 201) Śak. Kām
  2. (ā), f. another's wife or a woman dependent on others (-tva n.) Sāh

parama

  1. paramá mf(ā)n. (superl. of pára) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c
  2. chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous
  3. best, most excellent, worst (○meṇa cetasā, with all the heart
  4. ○ma-kaṇṭhena, 'with all the throat', roaring, speaking aloud) ib
  5. (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R
  6. m. N. of 2 authors Cat
  7. n. highest point, extreme limit (catur-viṃśati-p○, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c
  8. chief part or matter or object (ifc., f. ā = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. (am), ind. yes, very well
  10. (also parama- in comp
  11. See below) very much, excessively, excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Kāv. &c

paramakaṇṭha

  1. ○kaṇṭha only in ○ṭhena-√kruś, to try with all one's throat i.e. might Lāṭy

paramakāṇḍa

  1. ○kāṇḍa m. or n. a very auspicious moment, Vāsav

paramakrānti

  1. ○krānti f. = para-kr○
  2. -jyā f. the sine of the greatest declination Sūryas. Sch

paramakruddha

  1. ○kruddha mfn. extremely angry R

paramakrodhin

  1. ○krodhin m. id., N. of one of the Viśve-devās MBh. [Page 588, Column]

paramagati

  1. ○gati f. any chief resource or refuge (as a god or protector) W
  2. final beatitude ib

paramagava

  1. ○gava m. an excellent bull L

paramagahana

  1. ○gahana mfn. very mysterious or profound W

paramacetas

  1. ○cetas n. all the heart MW

paramajā

  1. ○jā́ f. = prakṛti TS. Sch. (prob. corrupted)

paramajyā

  1. ○jyā́ mfn. holding supreme power (as Indra) RV

paramatattva

  1. ○tattva n. the highest truth
  2. -prakāśikā f. -rahasyôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

paramatas

  1. ○tas ind. in the highest degree, excessively
  2. worst of all MW

paramatā

  1. ○tā (○má-), f. highest position or rank
  2. highest end or aim ŚBr

paramadāruṇa

  1. ○dāruṇa mfn. very dreadful MBh

paramaduḥkhita

  1. ○duḥkhita mfn. deeply afflicted Nal

paramadurmedhas

  1. ○durmedhas mfn. exceedingly stupid. MW

paramadru

  1. ○dru m. Amyris Agallocha ib

paramadharmātman

  1. ○dharmâtman mfn. very dutiful or virtuous MBh

paramananda

  1. ○nanda m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. for ○mân○?
  2. cf. parân○ under para)

paramapada

  1. ○pada n. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude W
  2. -nirṇāyaka m. and -sopāna n. N. of wks
  3. ○dâtmavat mfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (i.e. Brahmā) VP

paramaparama

  1. ○parama mfn. highest or most excellent of all BhP

paramapuṃs

  1. ○puṃs m. the Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishṇu VP

paramapuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa m. id
  2. -prârthanā-mañjarī f. -mahôtsava-prâyaścitta n. -saṃhitā f. N. of wks

paramapūruṣa

  1. ○pūruṣa m. = -pur○ RāmatUp

paramaprabha

  1. ○prabha m. N. of a man L

paramaprīta

  1. ○prīta mfn. exceedingly rejoiced MBh

paramabrahmacāriṇī

  1. ○brahmacāriṇī f. N. of Durgā L

paramabrahman

  1. ○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit W

paramabhāsvara

  1. ○bhāsvara mfn. excessively radiant MW

paramamanyumat

  1. ○manyumat mfn. deeply distressed Nal

paramamahat

  1. ○mahat mfn. infinitely great Yogas

paramamokṣa

  1. ○mokṣa m. final emancipation Sāṃkhyapr

paramarasa

  1. ○rasa m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water L

paramarahasya

  1. ○rahasya n. the deepest mystery
  2. -japa-saṃgraha m. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. ○syôpadeśa-saṃgraha m. ○syôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

paramaraja

  1. ○raja m. a supreme monarch Laghuk

paramarkṣa

  1. ○rkṣa (= ma-ṛkṣa), m. N. of a king Hariv. (vḷ. para-manthu and -manyu)

paramarddhika

  1. ○rddhika m. (○ma-ṛddhika) excessively fortunate HPariś

paramarṣi

  1. ○rṣi m. (○ma-ṛṣi) a great or divine sage MBh. Pur. &c

paramalaghumañjūṣā

  1. ○laghumañjūṣā f. N. of wk

paramavismita

  1. ○vismita mfn. greatly surprised or amazed MW

paramavyomnika

  1. ○vyomnika mfn. dwelling in the highest heaven L

paramaśiva

  1. ○śiva (with ācārya and ○vêndra-sarasvatī), m. N. of authors

paramaśobhana

  1. ○śobhana mfn. exceedingly brilliant or beautiful MBh

paramasaṃhitā

  1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

paramasaṃhṛṣṭa

  1. ○saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. = -prīta Nal

paramasaṃtuṣṭa

  1. ○saṃtuṣṭa mfn. highly pleased or satisfied R

paramasamudaya

  1. ○samudaya mfn. very auspicious or successful Mṛicch. i, 4

paramasammata

  1. ○sammata mfn. highly esteemed, much revered MBh. R

paramasarvatra

  1. ○sarvatra ind. everywhere, throughout L

paramasvadharman

  1. ○svadharman mfn. most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe) W

paramahaṃsa

  1. ○haṃsa m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. RTL. 87)
  2. -kavaca m. or n. -dharma-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -pañcâṅga n. -paṭala m. or n. -paddhati f. -parivrājaka-dharma-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
  3. -parivrājakâcārya m. N. of Śāṃkarâcārya
  4. -parivrājakôpaniṣad f. -priyā f. -saṃhitā f. -sahasra-nāman n. -stava-rāja m. -stotra n. ○sôpaniṣad f. (○ṣad-hṛdaya n.), ○sôpâsana-prakāra m. N. of wks

paramākṣara

  1. paramâkṣara n. the sacred syllable 'Om' or Brahmā VP. Sch

paramākhya

  1. paramâkhya mfn. called supreme, considered as the highest R

paramāgama

  1. paramâgama in -cūḍāmaṇi-saṃhitā f. and -sāra m. N. of wks

paramāṅganā

  1. paramâṅganā f. an excellent or beautiful woman MBh. R

paramāṭika

  1. paramâṭika m. N. of a school of the Yajus AV.Pariś. (cf. ○mâvaṭ○)

paramāṇu

  1. paramâṇu m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Yājñ. Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. bhṛtya-p○)
  2. the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur
  3. n. 1/8 of a Mātrā VPrāt
  4. -kāraṇa-vāda m. the atomistic system of the Vaiśeshikas, Saṃk
  5. -tā f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom Ragh. BhP
  6. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting merely of atoms BhP
  7. ○ṇv-aṅgaka m. 'subtle-bodied', N. of Vishṇu L. 1

paramātma

  1. paramâtmá m. a partic. personification MaitrS. 2

paramatma

  1. paramátma in comp. = ○tman
  2. -gati-prakāśa m. -prakāśa m. -vinoda m. -saṃdarbha, m. -stava m. N. of wks
  3. -maya mf(ī)n. being entirely the soul of the universe Hcar

paramātmaka

  1. paramâtmaka mf(ikā)n. the highest, greatest MBh

paramātman

  1. paramâtman m. all the heart (only instr. = parameṇa cetasā, col. 1) MBh
  2. the Supreme Spirit Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 37). [Page 588, Column]

paramādīśvara

  1. paramâdī7śvara (l), m. N. of Sch. on Āryabh

paramādvaita

  1. paramâdvaita m. 'the highest being without a second', N. of Vishṇu GāruḍaP
  2. n. pure, non-duality W

paramānanda

  1. paramânanda m. supreme felicity
  2. the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe MBh. Bhartṛ. &c
  3. N. of sev. authors (also -cakravartin, -dāsa, -deva, -nātha, -pāṭhaka, -bhaṭṭâcārya, -yogī7ndra, -sarasvatī, ○dâśrama) Cat
  4. -tantra n. -mādhava-stava m. -laharī-stotra n. N. of wks

paramānna

  1. paramânna n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or deceased ancestors) Hariv. Var. &c

paramāpakrama

  1. paramâpakrama m. = para-krānti Sūryas

paramāpad

  1. paramâpad f. the greatest misfortune MW

paramāpama

  1. paramâpama m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic W

paramāpsaras

  1. paramâpsaras f. an excellent APsaras R

paramāmṛta

  1. paramâmṛta n. N. of wk

paramāyuṣa

  1. paramâyuṣa m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

paramayus

  1. paramáyus mfn. reaching to a very advanced age Var

paramārādhya

  1. paramârādhya m. N. of a man Cat

paramārta

  1. paramârta mfn. much pained or depressed
  2. -vat ind. very piteously R

paramārtha

  1. paramârtha m. the highest or whole truth, spiritual knowledge MBh. Kāv. Vedântas. &c. (ibc
  2. ○ena, āt, in reality)
  3. any excellent or important object W
  4. the best sense ib
  5. the best kind of wealth ib
  6. -tas ind. in reality, really, in the true sense of the word R. Kālid. &c
  7. -tā f. the highest truth, reality Kap. Sch
  8. -daridra mfn. really poor Mṛicch
  9. -darśana m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
  10. -nirṇaya m. -prakāśa m. -pradīpikā f. -prapā f. -bodha m. N. of wks
  11. -bhāj mfn. partaking of the highest truth Mcar
  12. -matsya m. a real fish Ragh
  13. -vid m. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher W
  14. -vinda mfn. acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth &c. ib
  15. -viveka m. -saṃvṛti-satya-nirdeśa m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks
  16. -satya n. the real or entire truth L
  17. -saṃdarbha m. N. of wk
  18. -sarit f. really a river Vikr
  19. -sāra m. (○ra-saṃkṣepa-vivṛti f. ○ra-saṃgraha, m.) N. of wks
  20. -supta mfn. really asleep Mṛicch
  21. -stuti f. N. of wk

paramarya

  1. paramárya m. a Bodhi-sattva (q.v.) L

paramārhata

  1. paramârhata m. 'most excellent Arhat', N. of Kumāra-pāla L

paramāvaṭika

  1. paramâvaṭika m. pl. N. of a school of the white Yajus, Āryav. (cf. ○mâṭika)

paramāvadhi

  1. paramâvadhi m. utmost term or limit W

paramāsana

  1. paramâsana m. (with Śāktas) N. of an author of Mantras Cat

paramāha

  1. paramâha m. an excellent day L

paramekṣu

  1. paramêkṣu m. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. ○mêṣu)

parameśa

  1. paramêśa m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, N. of Vishṇu MBh
  2. -stotrâvali
  3. f. N. of wk

parameśvara

  1. paramêśvara m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, God
  2. N. of Śiva
  3. of Vishṇu
  4. of Indra
  5. of any eminent prince or illustrious man MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 35 &c.)
  6. a Jaina L
  7. N. of sev. authors (○rīya n. a work of Paramêśa) Cat
  8. (ī), f. N. of Durgā Hariv
  9. of Sītā RāmatUp. (○rī-dāsâbdhi m. N. of wk.)
  10. n. (sc. liṅga) N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva Cat
  11. -tantra n. N. of wk
  12. -tā f. -tva n. supremacy Sarvad
  13. -datta m. N. of an author
  14. -pañca-mukha-dhyāna n. -pañca-ratna n. N. of wks
  15. -praṇi-dhāna n. meditation on God Sarvad
  16. -rakṣita m. N. of an author
  17. -varman m. N. of a man L
  18. -saṃhitā f. N. of wk
  19. -sâkṣāt-kāra m. intuitive perception of God Sarvad
  20. -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks
  21. ○râstitva-vādin m. one who asserts the existence of God Sarvad

parameṣvāsa

  1. paramêṣvāsa m. an excellent aecher, (-ta f.) MBh

paramaiśvarya

  1. paramâiśvarya n. supremacy Sāy

paramopāsaka

  1. paramôpâsaka m. an excellent 'server' or layman Buddh. Hcar

paramaka

  1. paramaka mf(ikā)n. the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme MBh. R. &c. (wṛ. pār○ and paramika)

parame

  1. parame loc. of ○ma in comp

parameṣṭha

  1. ○ṣṭha mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pāṇ. 8-3, 97
  2. m. N. of Brahma or any supreme deity W
  3. (ā), f. a kind of metre L

parameṣṭhi

  1. ○ṣṭhi m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas Śatr
  2. -tā f. supremacy, superiority TāṇḍBr

parameṣṭhin

  1. ○ṣṭhín mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c
  2. m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV
  3. of Prajā-pati ib. &c
  4. a son of Prajā-pati Br
  5. of Brahmā MBh
  6. of Śiva ib
  7. of Vishṇu Ragh
  8. of Garuḍa MBh
  9. of Manu Cakshus MārkP
  10. (with Jainas) = -ṣṭhi L
  11. the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher L
  12. a kind of Virāj RPrāt
  13. a kind of ammonite L
  14. N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha MBh
  15. of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur
  16. du. Vishṇu and Śrī BhP
  17. (nī), f. Ruta Graveolens L. [Page 589, Column]

parameṣṭhina

  1. ○ṣṭhína = -ṣṭhín AV. xix, 9, 4

paraś

  1. paraś in comp. for ○ras

paraścatvāriṃśa

  1. ○catvāriṃśá mfn. pl. more than forty ŚBr

paras

  1. parás ind. beyond, further, off, away
  2. in future, afterwards
  3. (as prep. with acc.) on the other side of, beyond, higher or more than
  4. (with instr.) id. (also pará enā́ or enā́ paráḥ)
  5. without
  6. (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of (also enā́ paráḥ)
  7. exclusive of, except, without
  8. (with loc.) over, more than (only triṃśáti tráyas paráḥ, three more than thirty, i.e. 33) RV. VS. AV. ŚBr
  9. (often in comp. with numerals to express a surplus or superiority
  10. prec. and under paraḥ)

parastaram

  1. ○tarám (RV.),

parastarām

  1. ○tarā́m (AV.), ind. further away, further
  2. parastarām par○, further and further away TāṇḍBr

parastāt

  1. ○tāt (pár○), ind. further away, further on, towards (opp. to avastāt, arvāk
  2. with gen.) beyond, above RV. &c. &c
  3. from afar off, from before or behind Br
  4. aside, apart ib
  5. hereafter, afterwards, later (opp. to pūrvam) RV. &c. &c

paraspa

  1. ○pa (○rás), mfn. protecting
  2. n. (VS.) = -tvá n. (ŚBr.) protection

paraspā

  1. ○pā́ m. a protector, protecting RV. TBr. ŚrS

paraspara

  1. paras-para (fr. nom. sg. m. of para + para
  2. cf. anyo'nya), mf(ā)n. mutual, each other's Bhaṭṭ
  3. pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420
  4. (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. ○am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. so also ibc. (cf. below)
  6. rarely ifc., e.g. avijñāta-parasparaiḥ, 'not knowing each other' Ragh. xvii, 51

parasparajña

  1. ○jña m. 'knowing one another', a friend, an intimate W

parasparaprīti

  1. ○prīti f. mutual delight or content Pañc

parasparaviruddha

  1. ○viruddha mfn. opposed to one another Mn

parasparavivāda

  1. ○vivāda m. quarrelling with one another Vet

parasparavyāvṛtti

  1. ○vyāvṛtti f. mutual exclusion, Saṃk

parasparasakhya

  1. ○sakhya n. mutual friendship Hit

parasparasamāgama

  1. ○samāgama m. the meeting one another R

parasparasukhaiṣin

  1. ○sukhâiṣin mfn. wishing one another's happiness Nal

parasparasthita

  1. ○sthita mfn. standing opposite to one another Ragh

parasparahata

  1. ○hata mfn. killed by oṭone another Nal

parasparahita

  1. ○hita n. one anṭanother's happiness or welfare R

parasparākrandin

  1. parasparâkrandin mfn. calling to oṭone another Kum

parasparādin

  1. parasparâdin mfn. consuming one anṭanother or one's own kind Mn

parasparānumati

  1. parasparânumati f. mutual concurrence or assent W

parasparāmiṣatā

  1. parasparâmiṣatā f. the being oṭone another's prey Kām

parasparāśraya

  1. parasparâśraya mfn. mutual, reciprocal Ragh
  2. m. mutual dependence (esp. as a fault in argument) L

parasparotpīḍana

  1. parasparôtpīḍana n. mutual pressing or squeezing, Ṛit

parasparopakāra

  1. parasparôpakāra m. mutual assistance
  2. ○rin m. an ally or associate W

parasmai

  1. parasmai dat, of para in comp. (cf. ātmane and Pāṇ. 6-3, 8)

parasmaipada

  1. ○pada n. 'word for another', the transitive or active verb and its terminations Pāṇ. 1-4, 99, &c
  2. (pl.) iii, 4, 82

parasmaipadin

  1. ○padin mfn. taking those terminations Pāṇ. Sch

parasmaibhāṣa

  1. ○bhāṣa mfn. id. Pat
  2. (ā), f. = -pada Pāṇ. Sch

parā

  1. parā (for 2. See col. 2), f. of para in comp

parācintāmaṇi

  1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

parātriṃśikā

  1. ○triṃśikā f. N. of wk

parādevī

  1. ○devī f. a partic. form of Devii
  2. -rahasya-tantra n. N. of wk

parāpur

  1. ○púr f. a great body (?) VS. Sch

parāpūjā

  1. ○pūjā f

parāpraveśikā

  1. ○praveśikā f. N. of wks

parāprasādamantra

  1. ○prasāda-mantra m. N. of a partic. mystical prayer L

parārahasya

  1. ○rahasya n. N. of wk

parāvedī

  1. ○vedī f. = bṛhatī L

parāśakti

  1. ○śakti f. (with Śāktas) a partic. form of Śākti Cat

parāstotra

  1. ○stotra n. N. of wk

parāt

  1. parāt abl. of para in comp

parātpara

  1. ○para mfn. superior to the best W
  2. senior to the senior (cf. next)
  3. -guru m. the teacher of the teacher of the teacher of a teacher Cat. (cf., parâpara-g○ under para)

parātpriya

  1. ○priya m. a species of gourd L

parāri

  1. parāri ind. (para +?) in the year before last Pāṇ. 5-3, 22

parāritna

  1. parāri-tna mfn. belonging to the year before last, iv, 3, 23 Vārtt

pare

  1. pare (for 2. See p. 606, col. 1), loc. of para in comp

paredyavi

  1. ○dyavi ind. to-morrow Naish. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 22)

paredyus

  1. ○dyus ind. id. W

parepa

  1. ○'pa mfn. (fr. ap) any place whence the water has receded L

pareprāṇa

  1. ○prâṇa mfn. of higher value or more precious than life Kathās

paro

  1. paro in comp. for ○ras

paroṃhu

  1. ○'ṃhu (○ró-), mf(vii)n. narrow on the outside or at the top ŚBr

parokṣa

  1. ○'kṣa (○ró-), mf(ā)n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown, unintelligible AV. &c. &c
  2. past, completed (in a partic. sense, below. and Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 115)
  3. (ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below)
  4. (am), ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr
  5. later gen. or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c
  6. (eṇa), ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up
  7. (āt), ind. secretly, without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [Page 589, Column]
  8. (e), ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mṛicch. Pañc. &c
  9. one's self not being present Pāṇ. 3-2, 115
  10. m. an ascetic L
  11. N. of a son of Anu BhP
  12. (ā), f. (sc. vṛtti) a past or completed action APrāt
  13. (sc. vibhakti) a termination of the perfect tense Kāt
  14. N. of a river VP
  15. -kāma (○kṣá-), mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious ŚBr
  16. -kṛta mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1
  17. -jit mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP
  18. -tā f. (MBh.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) invisibility, imperceptibility
  19. -pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ŚrS
  20. -priya mfn. = -kāma AitBr
  21. -bandhu (parôkṣa-), mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS
  22. -buddhi mfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to, Jātakam
  23. -bhoga m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W
  24. -manmatha mfn. inexperienced in love Śak
  25. -vṛtti mfn. living out of sight Kām
  26. formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch
  27. ○kṣârtha mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning
  28. n. an absent or invisible object Hit

parogavyūti

  1. ○gavyūtí ind. beyond the area of pasture-land RV
  2. mfn. further than a Gavyūti (q.v.) Kāṭh

parogoṣṭhām

  1. ○goṣṭhâm ind. beyond the cowhouse MaitrS

parobāhu

  1. ○bāhú mfn. beyond the arm or reach ŚBr

paromātra

  1. ○mātra (○ró-), mfn. immense, huge, vast RV

parorajas

  1. ○rajas (○ró-), mfn. being beyond the dust or above the world ŚBr
  2. untouched by passion MW

parolakṣa

  1. ○lakṣa mfn. (pl.) more than 100, 000 L

parovaram

  1. ○'varám ind. from top to bottom, from hand to hand, in succession, one after another ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. ○rīṇa mfn. (fr. prec.) having both superior and inferior, prior and subsequent &c. Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 Sch

parovarīyas

  1. ○varīyas (○ró-), mfn. broader on the outside or at the top TS. AitBr. Kāṭh
  2. better than good, most excellent of all ChUp. (-tva n. Bālar.)
  3. n. the highest happiness ib

paroviṃśa

  1. ○viṃśá mfn. pl. more than 20 ŚBr

parośīta

  1. ○'śītá mfn. pl. more than 80 ib

parohavis

  1. ○havis n. more than an oblation Āpast

parohu

  1. ○'hu wṛ. for 'ṃhu above

paraṇa

  1. paraṇa mfn. (√1. pṛ) crossing (cf. aritra-)
  2. n. wṛ. for pāraṇa, reading Hariv
  3. N. of a town Cat

pararu

  1. pararu m. a species of pot-herb L. (vḷ. pavaru)

paraśa

  1. paraśa m. a species of gem BrahmaP

paraśu

  1. paraśú m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter
  2. (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c
  3. N. of a king MBh
  4. wṛ. for parśu, q.v. [Cf. Gk. ?, [589,] &c.]

paraśudhara

  1. ○dhara m. 'axe-bearer', N. of Gaṇêśa
  2. of Paraśu-rāma L

paraśupalāśa

  1. ○palāśa m. the blade of an axe Kauś

paraśuphāṇṭa

  1. ○phāṇṭa m. or n. an infusion warmed by a heated axe ib

paraśumat

  1. ○mát mfn. having an axe RV

paraśurāma

  1. ○rāma m. 'Rama with the axe', N. of one of the three Rāmas (son of Jamad-agni and sixth Avatāra of Vishṇu, he was a typical Brāhman and his history typifies the contests between the Brahmans and Kshatriyas) Kāv. Pur. MWB. xiii, 1 RTL. 110 ; 270 (also -ka)
  2. N. of a prince and of sev. authors (also with garjara, deva, miśra, muni) Cat
  3. -jayantī f. the third day in the light half of Vaisākha Cat
  4. -prakāśa m. -pratāpa m. -sūtra n. N. of wks
  5. ○mâvatāra m. (and ○tāra-kathana n.) N. of wks

paraśuvana

  1. ○vana n. -pradur-bhāva m. -sahasra-nāman n. 'forest of axes', N. of a hell MBh

paraśuhastā

  1. ○hastā f. 'axe in hand', N. of a female attendant on Devii W

paraśava

  1. paraśava (L.) and mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)

paraśavya

  1. paraśaḍvya (Pāṇ. 4-1, 168), mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)

paraśvadha

  1. paraśvadha m. (ifc. f. ā) a hatchet, axe MBh. Var. Kāv. &c. (also written parasv○)

paraśvadhāyudha

  1. paraśvadhâyudha mfn. armed with an axe L

paraśvadhin

  1. paraśvadhin mfn. furnished with an axe MBh

paraśvat

  1. paraśvat or ○śvan m. a kind of snake KaushUp. Sch. (cf. next)

parasvat

  1. párasvat m. (prob.) the wild ass RV. AV. VS. Nyāyam. (cf. prec. and pārasvata)

parā

  1. párā (for 1. See col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. per
  2. it occurs only in -taram and -vat, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs
  3. it is prob. akin to para, paras, pra.)

parātaram

  1. ○tarám ind. further away RV

parāvat

  1. ○vát f. distance (opp. to arvā-vat) ib. AV. Br

parāk

  1. parāk parāka &c. See parāñc. [Page 589, Column]

parākāśa

  1. parā-kāśa m. (√kāś) distant view, remote expectation (only in āśā-parākāśan4) ŚBr

parākṛ

  1. parā-√kṛ P. -karoti (Pāṇ. 1-3, 79
  2. p. -kurvat Bhaṭṭ.), to set aside, reject, disregard

parākaraṇa

  1. parā-ḍkaraṇa n. setting aside, disdaining W

parākṛkṛta

  1. parā-√kṛ--kṛta mfn. set aside, rejected, disdained ib

parākṛṣ

  1. parā-√kṛṣ (only ind. p. -kṛṣya), to draw away or down MBh

parākṛṣṭa

  1. ○kṛṣṭa mfn. disparaged, reviled ib

parākṝ

  1. parā-√kṝ (only ind. p. -kīrya), to throw away, lose, forfeit MBh

parākram

  1. parā-√kram P. Ā. -kramati, ○te (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 39
  2. ind. p. -kramya AV. ŚāṅkhŚr
  3. aor. parâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), to march forward, advance
  4. to show courage or zeal, excel, distinguish one's self AV. &c. &c
  5. to turn back MW

parākrama

  1. ○krama m. (sg. and pl
  2. ifc. f. ā) bold advance, attack, heroism, courage, power, strength, energy, exertion, enterprise MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. going out or away L
  4. N. of Vishṇu L
  5. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
  6. of a chief of the Vidyā-dharas (associated with Ā-krama, Vi-krama and Saṃkrama) Kathās
  7. -kesarin m. N. of a prince (son of Vikrama-kesarin) Vet
  8. -jña mfn. knowing the strength (of an enemy) W
  9. -vat (MārkP.), ○min (MBh. Hariv.), mfn. showing courage or strength, exerting power

parākrānta

  1. ○krānta (párā-), mfn. advanced, valorous, strong, bold, active, energetic AV. &c. &c
  2. eagerly intent upon (with loc., e.g. palāyane, on fleeing) MBh
  3. n. displaying power or energy Jātakam

parākrāntṛ

  1. ○krāntṛ mfn. showing courage, exerting power MBh

parākṣip

  1. parā-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw over, upset, carry or tear away BhP

parākṣipta

  1. ○kṣipta mfn. upset, wrested away
  2. -manas mfn. having the mind carried away or enraptured ib

parākhyā

  1. parā-√khyā (only pf. -cakhyau), to see afar off ŚBr

parāga

  1. parāga m. (prob. for apa-r○), the pollen of a flower Kāv. Pur. &c
  2. dust Ragh. iv, 30
  3. fragrant powder used after bathing L
  4. sandal L
  5. an eclipse of the sun or moon L
  6. fame, celebrity L
  7. independence L
  8. N. of a mountain L

parāgapuṣpa

  1. ○puṣpa m. a species of Kadamba L

parāgavat

  1. ○vat (W.),

parāgagin

  1. ○gin (Śiś.), mfn. laden or covered with pollen

parāgam

  1. parā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go away, depart, die AV. ŚBr

parāgagata

  1. ○gata (párā-), mfn. gone, deceased ib
  2. come, arrived Kād
  3. covered with, full of (comp.) Śiś

parāgagantṛ

  1. ○gantṛ = parā-yati Sāy. on RV. ix, 71, 7

parāgagama

  1. ○gama m. arrival Nalac
  2. approach or invasion (of an enemy) Var

parāgā

  1. parā-gā √1. (only aor. -gās, -gāt), to go away, fly, escape RV. AV

parāgdṛś

  1. parāg-dṛś &c. See p. 590, col. 1

parāghātana

  1. parā-ghātana n. (√han, Caus.) place of execution, slaughter-house Car

parāṅāvṛtta

  1. parāṅ-āvṛtta -manas &c. See p. 590, col. 1

parāṅgava

  1. parāṅgava m. (fr. ?) the ocean L

parācar

  1. parā-√car P. -carati, to go away. depart RV

parāji

  1. parā-√ji Ā. -jayate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 19
  2. pf. -jigye RV
  3. p. -jigyāna TS
  4. aor. parâjaiṣṭa MBh
  5. fut. -jayiṣye ib
  6. but also P., e.g. Pot. -jayet, or -jayyāt MBh
  7. pf. -jigyathur RV
  8. aor. parâjaiṣīt MBh
  9. inf. -jetum R
  10. ind. p. -jitya ib.), to be deprived of, suffer the loss of (acc.), be conquered, succumb RV. &c. &c
  11. to submit to, be overcome by (abl.) Pāṇ. 1-4, 26
  12. to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow MBh. Kāv. &c
  13. to defeat in a lawsuit Yājñ. ii, 75

parāgajaya

  1. ○jaya m. the being deprived of or conquered, loss, defeat (also in a lawsuit) MBh. Kāv. Yājñ
  2. conquest, victory MBh. R. Ragh
  3. turning away from, desertion MW

parāgajit

  1. ○jit m. N. a son of Rukma-kavaca Hariv

parāgajita

  1. ○jita (párā-), mfn. conquered, defeated, overthrown, cast (in a lawsuit), condemned by law RV. &c. &c

parāgajiṣṇu

  1. ○jiṣṇu mfn. conquered, succumbing ( á-parāj○)
  2. victorious, triumphant MBh

parāñc

  1. parāñc mfn. (fr. 2. añc
  2. nom. āṅ, ācī, āk, or āṅ) directed or going away or towards some place beyond (opp. to arvāñc) [Page 590, Column]
  3. turned away, averted, distant, turning from, being beyond or outside of (abl.), not returning, done away with, gone, departed RV. AV. TS. Br. Up
  4. having any one behind
  5. standing or going behind one another, following (abl.) ib
  6. directed outwards or towards the outer world (as the senses) KaṭhUp. BhP
  7. n. the body BhP. iv, 11, 10
  8. (k), ind. away, off KātyŚr. AitUp
  9. (k or ṅ), outwards, towards the outer world KaṭhUp. BhP

parāk

  1. parāk in comp. for ○rāñc

parāktva

  1. ○tva n. not turning back, non-recurrence ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy

parākpuṣpī

  1. ○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L

parāka

  1. parāká distance (only e and āt, at or from a distance) RV. (cf. Naigh. iii, 26)
  2. m. N. of a Tri-rātra Br. ŚrS
  3. of a sort of religious penance (said to consist in fasting for 12 days and nights and keeping the mind attentive and organs subdued) Mn. Yājñ
  4. a sacrificial sword L
  5. a kind of disease L
  6. a species of animal L
  7. mfn. small L

parākāttāt

  1. parākā́ttāt ind. from a distance RV. viii, 81, 27

parāg

  1. parāg in comp. for ○rāñc

parāgdṛś

  1. ○dṛś mfn. having the eye tumed towards the outer world BhP

parāgvasu

  1. ○vasu mfn. keeping off wealth Kauś. (opp to arvāg-v○
  2. cf. parā-v○)

parāṅ

  1. parāṅ in comp. for, ○rāñc

parāṅāvṛtta

  1. ○āvṛtta mfn. turned away, flying Āpast

parāṅmanas

  1. ○manas (pár○), mfn. having the mind or thoughts directed backwards AV

parāṅmukha

  1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon (also am ind.)
  2. flying from
  3. averse from, hostile to, regardless of, shunning, avoiding (loc
  4. gen
  5. acc. with prati, or comp.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. unfavourable, unkind (as fate &c.) MBh. Kālid
  7. m. a spell or magical formula pronounced over weapons R
  8. n. (ch. cf MBh.), -tā f. (Amar.), -tva n. (Var.) turning away, aversion
  9. ○khaya Nom. P. ○yati, to turn back or away Bhaṭṭ. Sch
  10. ○khī-√kṛ, to cause any one to avert the face, put to flight MBh
  11. ○khī-√bhū, to become averted, turn away the face, take to flight, retreat Kāv. Vet
  12. -bhūta mfn. averse from, inauspicious, unfavourable (as fate) Pañc

parācī

  1. parācī f. of ○rāñc, in

parācīkarman

  1. ○karman n. N. of wk. on funeral rites

parācīna

  1. parācī́na mfn. turned away or downwards or opposite, averted VS. &c. &c
  2. being opposite or beyond or outside of BhP. averse from, indifferent to (abl.) MBh
  3. unfit, improper Hcar
  4. (am), ind. away from, beyond (abl.) ŚBr
  5. more than Kāṭh
  6. after TS
  7. before the time L

parācīnarātra

  1. ○rātra n. the second half of the night ĀpŚr

parācais

  1. parācaís ind. away, aside, off RV. AV

parāñcana

  1. parâñcana n. turning away from, bending aside Nir. xi, 25

parāñcin

  1. parâñḍcin mfn. not returning, non-recurring Br

parāñja

  1. parāñja m. (only L.) an oil-mill
  2. froth or foam
  3. the blade of a sword or knife (cf. parañja)

parāṇ

  1. parâṇ (parā with √an), P. parâṇiti (Desid. parâṇiṇiṣati) Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 &c. 2

parāṇ

  1. parâṇ mfn. ib. 20

parāṇa

  1. parâṇa n. (with vāyoḥ) N. of a Sāman L

parāṇī

  1. parā-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead away or back AV

parāṇud

  1. parā-ṇud (√nud), P. Ā. -ṇudáti, ○te (Ved. inf. -ṇúde), to push or drive away, banish, remove RV. &c. &c

parāṇutti

  1. parā-ḍṇutti f. driving away, expulsion, removal TS

parātaṃsa

  1. parā-taṃsa m. (√taṃs) the being thrust or pushed aside Kāṭh

parātaram

  1. parā-taram See parā, p. 589, col. 2

parātras

  1. parā-√tras only Caus. aor. parâtitrasat, to drive away AV

parādana

  1. parādana m. a horse of Persian breed L

parādā

  1. parā-dā √1. P. -dadāti, (pf. -dadātha aor. -dās, -dāt often as ṣubj., -dur
  2. Ved. inf. -daí), to give up or over, deliver, throw away RV. AV. ŚBr
  3. give in exchange for, barter against (dat.) RV. viii, 1, 5
  4. to exclude from BhP

parātta

  1. parā-tta mfn. given up &c. Pāṇ. 7-4, 47 Sch

parādadi

  1. parā-dadí mfn. giving up, delivering over RV

parādāna

  1. parā-dā́na n. the act of giving up &c. VS. [Page 590, Column]

parādiś

  1. parā-√diś (only pf. -dideśa), to order off, remove AV

parādṛś

  1. parā-√dṛś (pf. -dadṛśur ind. p. -dṛ́śya), to perceive, behold AV. ŚBr

parādru

  1. parā-√dru P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape BhP

parādhāv

  1. parā-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run away RV

parādhmā

  1. parā-√dhmā P. -dhamati, to blow away RV

parānasā

  1. parānasā f. (fr. ?) administering remedies, medical treatment L

parāpa

  1. parâpa n. (fr. parā + ap) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat
  2. mfn. (a place &c.) whence water has retired W

parāpat

  1. parā-√pat P. -patati, to fly awny or past, escape, depart RV. &c. &c
  2. to fall out, fail, be missing AV. Br. GṛS. Uttarar
  3. to fly or rush along Kād
  4. to fly towards, approach, arrive Hcar. Kād.: Caus. -pātayati, to drive away AV
  5. -pā́tam ind. p. flying away MaitrS

parāpātin

  1. parā-pātin mfn. flying off, getting loose ĀpŚr

parāpātuka

  1. parā-pā́tuka mfn. miscarrying, abortive TS

parāpaś

  1. parā-√paś P. -paśyati, to look far off (or to a distance) AV. TS. ŚBr
  2. to see or perceive (at a distance) ŚBr. KātyŚr

parāpū

  1. parā-√pū P. -punāti (ind. p. -pāvam), to purify, cleanse away VS. AV. ĀpŚr

parāpavana

  1. parā-pavana n. cleansing away, removing by purification ĀpŚr

parāpṛṣṭhībhūtvā

  1. parā-pṛṣṭhī-bhūtvā ind. having the back turned (?) Divyâv

parābaba

  1. parābaba n. N. of two Sāmans L. (vḷ. ○bava)

parābhikṣa

  1. parābhikṣa wṛ. for parṇa-bh○

parābhū

  1. parā-√bhū P. -bhavati (fut. -bhaviṣyati
  2. Ved. inf. -bhúve), to perish, disappear, be lost, succumb, yield AV. Br. &c
  3. to overcome, conquer R. Kām
  4. (Pass. p. -bhūyamāna BhP.) to harm, hurt, injure MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to overthrow, destroy AV. Br. &c
  5. (Ā.) to vanish, perish, sustain a loss BhP

parābhava

  1. parā-bhavá m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R
  2. overthrow, defeat, humiliation, mortification, contempt, injury, destruction, ruin ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var. (cf. parāvasu)
  4. -pada n. an object of contempt MW

parābhāva

  1. parā-bhāva m. defeat, overthrow MBh
  2. humiliation, contempt L

parābhāvana

  1. parā-bhāvana n. suppression ĀpŚr. Sch

parābhāvuka

  1. parā-bhāvuka mfn. about to decline, going to pass away Kāṭh

parābhūta

  1. parā-bhūta (párā-), mfn. vanished, perished, forlorn ŚBr. (cf. á-parābh○)
  2. defeated, overcome, harmed, injured, degraded, humbled MBh. Kāv. &c

parābhūti

  1. parā-bhūti (párā-), f. defeat, overthrow, humiliation, injury AV. Kāv. Pur

parābhṛta

  1. párā-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) borne or taken off, put aside, hidden, concealed RV. AV

parāmi

  1. parā-√mi or mī (only fut. p. -meṣyat), to come back, return AitBr

parāmṛta

  1. parā-mṛta mfn. (for 1. See p. 587, col. 3) one who is beyond (i.e. no longer subject to) death Up. Śaṃk

parāmṛś

  1. parā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati (inf. -marṣṭum ind. p. -mṛśya), to seize or lay hold of, touch, feel, stroke, handle, clutch ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
  2. to handle roughly, violate (as a woman or a temple) MBh. R
  3. to point or refer to (acc.) Śaṃk. Nīlak
  4. to consider, deliberate Bhām.: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be touched, be referred to or meant Kāś. Kull. (wṛ. -mṛṣ○)

parāmarśa

  1. parā-marśa m. seizing, pulling (keśa-, by the hair) MBh
  2. bending or drawing (of a bow) R
  3. violation, injury, assault, attack MBh. R. Kād
  4. affection (by disease &c.) MārkP
  5. remembrance, recollection Vedântas
  6. referring or pointing touched Sāh
  7. reflection, consideration, judgment MBh. Bhāshāp
  8. (in logic) inference, conclusion, drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major
  9. N. of wk
  10. -kāraṇapakṣatā-vāda m. -karya-kāraṇa-bhāva-vicāra m. -grantha m. -grantha-rahasya n. -ṭippanī f. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantka-ṭīkā f. (○thakroḍa m. ○tha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thânugama m.), -pūrvapakṣa-rahasya n. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha-ṭīkā f. (○tha-kroḍa m. ○tha-prakāśa, m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thâloka, m.), -siddhânta-rahasya n. -hetutā-vicāra m. N. of wks. [Page 590, Column]

parāmarśana

  1. parā-marśana n. taking hold of, touching, seizing Kauś. Sch
  2. recollection, consideration L

parāmarśin

  1. parā-marśin mfn. calling or bringing to mind, pointing or referring to (○śitva n.) Sāh

parāmṛṣṭa

  1. parā-mṛṣṭa (párā-), mfn. seized or laid hold of, grasped, handled, touched, felt, roughly treated, violated, afflicted (by disease &c.) AV. MBh. &c
  2. recollected, considered, referred to RPrāt
  3. borne, endured W

parāyaṇa

  1. parâyaṇa n. (parā +√i) going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. 1. parâyaṇa, p. 587)

parāyati

  1. parā-yáti m. (√yat) = parā-ganṭri RV. ix, 91, 7 (Sāy.)

parāyatta

  1. parâyatta &c. See p. 587, col. 3

parāyā

  1. parā-√yā P. -yāti, to go away RV. AV.: Caus. -yāpáyati, to bid go away Kauś

parārīka

  1. parārīka m. (or ○kā f.) leek Āpast. (vḷ. palārīka)

parāru

  1. parāru m. Momordica Charantia L. (vḷ. pavāru)

parāruka

  1. parāruka m. a stone or rock L. (vḷ. pavāruka)

parārtha

  1. parârtha parârdha &c. See under para, p. 587, col. 3

parāvac

  1. parā-√vac P. -vakti, to contradict (opp. to anu-vac) ŚBr

parāvāka

  1. parā-vāká m. contradiction AV

parokta

  1. parôkta mfn. contradicted ŚBr

parocya

  1. parốcya mfn. to be contradicted TS

parāvat

  1. parā-vat See under 2. parā, p. 589

parāvata

  1. parāvata m. Grewia Asiatica L

parāvad

  1. parā-√vad P. -vadati, to warn off or remove by speaking or reciting AV

parāvadh

  1. parā√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt, -vadhīt), to strike down, crush, tear RV. i, 38, 6 (párā-parā vadhīt) AV. TS

parāvap

  1. parā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to lay aside, remove (as dead bodies, arrows &c.) AV. VS. MaitrS. Br

parāvam

  1. parā-√vam P. -vamiti, or -vamati, to spit or vomit away Kāṭh

parāvara

  1. parâvara &c. See p. 587, col. 3

parāvarta

  1. parā-varta &c. See parā-vṛt

parāvalg

  1. parā√-valg Ā. -valgate, to jump away TS

parāvasu

  1. parā-vásu mfn. keeping off wealth ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. parāg-v○)
  2. m. N. of the 40th year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var. (cf. parābhava)
  3. of a Gandharva (associated with Viśvā-vasu) BhP
  4. of a son of Raibhya (associated with Arvā-vasu) MBh

parāvah

  1. parā-√vah P. -vahati (aor. Subj. -vakṣat), to carry off take away, bring to (dat.) RV. AV

parāvaha

  1. parā-ḍvaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (the other 6 being called ā-vaha, ud-, pari-, pra-, vi- and saṃ-vaha) MBh. Hariv

parāvā

  1. parā-vā √2. P. -vāti, to blow away, remove by blowing RV

parāvāka

  1. parā-vāka See parā-vac above

parāvṛj

  1. parā-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (impf. vṛvak
  2. pf. -vavṛjur
  3. aor. -vark, -varktam), to turn away
  4. (with śīrṣā) to flee RV
  5. to wring off (as a head) ib
  6. to throw away, remove, reject, abandon ib

parāvṛkta

  1. parā-ḍvṛkta (párā-), mfn. rejected, cast off RV. iv, 30, 16

parāvṛj

  1. parā-ḍvṛj m. an out-caste, wretch, miserable RV. (Sāy. 'N. of a person')

parāvṛt

  1. parā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ind. p. -vṛtya), to turn back or round (intrans.), return, desist from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn round (trans.) RV. i, 38, 9 [Page 591, Column]
  2. cause to return MBh. vii, 9201 (B. pari-vartaya)

parāvarta

  1. parā-ḍvarta m. turning back or round
  2. exchange, barter HPariś
  3. reversal of a sentence (in law) W
  4. restoration W

parāvartana

  1. parā-ḍvartana n. turning back or round MBh

parāvartin

  1. parā-ḍvartin mfn. turning back, taking to flight MBh. R. (a-parāv○)

parāvartya

  1. parā-ḍvartya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be turned back or exchanged or reversed (as a sentence) or restored W
  2. -vyavahāra m. appeal (in law) ib

parāvṛt

  1. parā-ḍvṛt m. N. of a son of Rukmakavaca VP

parāvṛtta

  1. parā-ḍvṛtta mfn. turned (also to flight) returned, averted from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. passed away, disappeared R. BhP. HPariś
  3. wallowing, rolling (n. as a subst.) L
  4. exchanged W
  5. reversed (as a judgment) ib
  6. given back, restored ib

parāvṛtti

  1. parā-ḍvṛtti f. turning back or round, returning, revolving Hariv. (cf. a-parāv○)
  2. change, interchange, exchange, barter Kāv
  3. reversion of a sentence or judgment W
  4. restoration of property ib
  5. recoiling, rebounding, not taking effect Cat

parāvyadh

  1. parā-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl or fling away or out TS. MaitrS
  2. to strike, hit, wound MBh

parāviddha

  1. parā-ḍviddha m. N. of Kṛishṇa or Kubera L. (cf. pari-viddha under pari-vyadh)

parāvyādha

  1. parā-ḍvyādha m. a stone's throw, the range of any missile ŚBr

parāśara

  1. parā-śara See parā-śṝ below

parāśas

  1. parā-śás f. (√śaṃs) calumny, curse, imprecation TS. AV

parāśātayitṛ

  1. parā-śātayitṛ m. (√śad, Caus.) crusher, destroyer Nir. vi, 30

parāśṝ

  1. parā-śṝ P. -śṛṇāti (Impv. -śṛṇīhi, ○ṇītam, ○ṇantu RV
  2. aor. -śarīt, or -śarait AV.), to crush, destroy

parāśara

  1. parā-ḍśará m. a crusher, destroyer RV. AV
  2. a partic. wild animal Bhagavatīg. (wṛ. ○sara)
  3. N. of a Nāga MBh
  4. N. of a son of Vasishṭha or of a son of Śakti and grandson of Vasishṭha (according to MBh. the father of Vyāsa
  5. said to be the author of RV. i, 65-73 and part of ix, 97)
  6. of a son of Kuṭhumi VP
  7. of the author of a well-known code of laws RTL. 51 &c
  8. of sev. writers on medicine and astrology &c. (with bhaṭṭa, N. of a poet) Cat
  9. -kṣetra-māhātmya n. -tantra n. -dharma m. -purāṇa, n. -mādhaviiya n. -vaṃśa-varṇana n. -vijaya m. -saṃhitā f. -sampāta m. -siddhânta m. -sūtra-vṛtti, f. -smṛti f. -smṛti-saṃgraha m. ○rôpapurāṇa n. N. of wks
  10. ○rin m. = pārāśarin L
  11. ○rêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP
  12. ○vara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

parāśīrṇa

  1. parā-śīrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed Nir. vi, 30

parāśraya

  1. parâśraya parâśrita, See under para, p. 588, col. 1

parāśvas

  1. parā-√śvas (only ind. p. -śvasya), to confide in (loc.) MBh

parās

  1. parâs (parā +√2. as), P. parâsyati (impf. parâsyat
  2. pf. parâsa), to throw away or down, cast aside, expose (as a new-born child), abandon, reject, leave RV. &c. &c

parāsa

  1. parâsa m. she range or distance of anything thrown ŚāṅkhŚr
  2. n. tin L

parāsana

  1. parâsana n. killing, slaughter, massacre L

parāsin

  1. parâsin mfn. throwing or measuring the distance of anything thrown TāṇḍBr

parāsisiṣu

  1. parâsisiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to drive away Kir
  2. desirous to throw or send W
  3. wishing to overcome ib

parāsta

  1. parâsta mfn. thrown away, rejected, repudiated Sāh
  2. defeated W

parāsya

  1. parâsya or mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr

parāsya

  1. parâsyá mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr

parāsic

  1. parā-√sic P. -siñcati (aor. -asicat
  2. Pass. -sicyate aor. -aseci), to pour or throw away, cast aside, remove RV. TS. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS

parāsikta

  1. parā-sikta mfn. poured or thrown away, spilled ŚBr. (cf. á-parās○)
  2. set aside, rendered useless MBh

parāsu

  1. parâsu mfn. one whose vital spirit is departed or departing
  2. dying or dead MBh. Kāv. &c

parāsukarṇa

  1. ○karṇa mfn. causing death, killing MBh

parāsutā

  1. ○tā f

parāsutva

  1. ○tva n. exhaustion, death MBh

parāsū

  1. parā-√sū P. -suvati (aor. -sāviiḥ), to frighten away RV. AV. VS. TS

parāsṛ

  1. parā-√sṛ P. -sarati, to come near, approach RV. [Page 591, Column]

parāsṛj

  1. parā-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give away, bestow MBh

parāsedha

  1. parā-sedha m. (√1. sidh) arrest, imprisonment Nār

parāstambh

  1. parā-√stambh P. -stabhnāti, to hold back, hinder ŚBr

parāhan

  1. parā-√han P. -hanti (impf. 2. 3. sg. párâhan pf. 3. pl. parā-jaghnúr), to strike down or away, hurl down, overthrow RV. MBh
  2. to touch, feel, grope VS. ŚBr

parāhata

  1. parā-ḍhata (párā-), mfn. turned over, tilled (the earth) RV. v, 56, 3
  2. struck down or back, repelled, averted, rejected MBh. Kāv
  3. refuted, contradicted Nyāyam

parāhati

  1. parā-ḍhati f. contradiction Sarvad

parāhā

  1. parā-hā √2. Ā. -jihīte, to give way, let slip, abandon, evade (acc.) TS

parāhṛta

  1. parā-hṛta mfn. (√hṛ) carried off, removed ĀpŚr. BhP

pari

  1. pári ind. round, around, about, round about
  2. fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also parī] to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c
  3. as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV. AV
  4. against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
  5. also at the beginning of a comp. mfn
  6. ib. ii, 2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat. and pary-adhyayana)
  7. beyond, more than AV
  8. to the share of (with √as, or bhū, to fall to a person's lot) Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
  9. successively, severally (e.g. vṛkṣam pari siñcati, he waters tree after tree) ib
  10. (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 93)
  11. outside of, except Pāṇ. 1-4, 88 Kāś. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5
  12. also at the beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12)
  13. after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672 (some read parisaṃvatsarāt)
  14. in consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV
  15. according to (esp. dhármaṇas pári, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or right) RV. [Cf. Zd. pairi
  16. Gk. ?.] [591,]

pariṃśa

  1. pariṃśá m. (pari + aṃśa) the best part of (gen.) RV. i, 187, 8

parikath

  1. pari-√kath P. -kathayati, to mention, call, name Tattvas

parikathā

  1. pari-kathā f. a religious tale or narrative Divyâv

parikandala

  1. pari-kandala mf(ā)n. teeming with, full of (comp.) Bhojapr

parikamp

  1. pari-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble, shake BhP

parikampa

  1. pari-kampa m. tremor, great fear or terror L

parikampin

  1. pari-kampin mfn. trembling violently Uttarar

parikara

  1. pari-kara pari-karman &c. See pari-kṛ, col. 3

parikarkaśa

  1. pari-karkaśa mfn. very harsh Jātakam

parikarta

  1. pari-karta ○tana &c. See pari-kṛt

parikarṣa

  1. pari-karṣa See pari-kṛṣ

parikal

  1. pari-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive about, chase, persecute MBh. R

parikālita

  1. pari-kālita mfn. persecuted, dogged MBh

parikal

  1. pari-kal √3. P. -kalayati, to seize, take hold of Bālar. ix, 18
  2. to swallow, devour Kād. Hcar
  3. to observe, consider as Śiś. viii, 9

parikalayitṛ

  1. pari-kalayitṛ mfn. surrounding, encircling Mcar. v, 10 (read ○yitā)

parikalitin

  1. pari-kalitin mfn. = ○kalitaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi

parikalkana

  1. pari-kalkana n. deceit, cheating Dhātup. (cf. kalkana)

parikalpa

  1. pari-kalpa ○pana &c. See pari-kḷp, p. 592, col. 1

parikāṅkṣita

  1. pari-kāṅkṣita m. (√kāṅkṣ) a devotee, religious ascetic L. (cf. pārikāṅkṣin)

parikātara

  1. pari-kātara mfn. very timid or cowardly Jātakam

parikāyana

  1. parikāyana (?), m. pl. N. of a school L

parikāsana

  1. pari-kāsana n. (√kās) frequent coughing ĀpGṛ. [Page 591, Column]

parikiraṇa

  1. pari-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pari- √1. kṝ, p. 592

parikīrt

  1. pari-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to proclaim on all sides, announce, relate, celebrate, praise, declare, call, name GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

parikīrtana

  1. pari-kīrtana n. proclaiming, announcing, talking of, boasting, naming, calling Mn. MBh. &c

parikīrtita

  1. pari-kīrtita mfn. proclaimed, announced, boasted of, said, called ib

parikup

  1. pari-√kup P. -kupyati, to become greatly moved or excited, to be in a rage, to be very angry MBh.: Caus. -kopayati, to excite violently, to make very angry ib

parikupita

  1. pari-kupita mfn. much excited, very angry, wrathful ib

parikopa

  1. pari-kopa m. violent anger, wrath Pañc

parikopita

  1. pari-kopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) greatly excited, very angry MBh

parikūṭa

  1. pari-kūṭa m. N. of a serpent-demon L
  2. a barrier or trench before the gate of a town L

parikūla

  1. pari-kūla n. (prob.) the land lying on a shore Pāṇ. 6-2, 82 Sch

parikṛ

  1. pari-kṛ √1. P. -karoti &c. (cf. pari-ṣ-kṛ), to surround MBh
  2. to uphold Divyâv

parikara

  1. pari-kara mf(ī)n. who or what helps or assists W
  2. m. (ifc. f. ā) attendants, followers, entourage, retinue, train (sg. and pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. multitude, abundance Bhartṛ. Bālar
  4. a girth, zone, waist-band, (esp.) a girdle to keep up a garment (○ram-√bā́ndh, or ○raṃ-√kṛ, ('to gird up one's loins, make preparations', and so pari-kara = ārambha L.) Hariv. Kāv. Rājat. &c
  5. (in dram.) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in a plot, the germ of the Bīja Daśar
  6. (in rhet.) a partic. figure in which many significant epithets or adjectives are employed one after the other to give force to a statement Kpr. Sāh. &c
  7. -śloka Alaṃkārav
  8. discrimination, judgement L
  9. -bandha m. the binding on of a girdle in order to begin any work MW
  10. -bhūta mfn. being instrumental Āryabh. Sch
  11. -vijaya m. N. of wk
  12. -śloka m. versus auxiliaris Alaṃkārav

parikarita

  1. pari-karita mfn. accompanied by (instr.) Vcar

parikartṛ

  1. pari-kartṛ m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married L

parikarman

  1. pari-karman m. a servant, assistant L
  2. n. attendance, worship, adoration BhP
  3. dressing, painting or perfuming the body (esp. after bathing) MBh. Kālid
  4. cleansing, purification Śiś
  5. preparation Kathās. (cf. ○kara)
  6. arithmetical computation or operation W
  7. ○makathā f. prayer (?) Divyâv
  8. ○mâṣṭaka n. the 8 fundamental rules of arithmetic (viz. addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, finding the square, extracting the square √, finding the cube, extracting the cube root) Col

parikarmaya

  1. pari-karmaya Nom. P. ○yati, to anoint, decorate, adorn Gīt
  2. to make ready Divyâv
  3. ○mita mfn. arranged, prepared, put in order Var. Sarvad

parikarmin

  1. pari-karmin mfn. adorning, decorating W
  2. m. an assistant, servant, slave ŚrS. Suśr

parikṛta

  1. pari-kṛta mfn. surrounded MBh

parikriyā

  1. pari-kriyā f. surrounding, inclosing, intrenching L
  2. attending to, care of (comp
  3. cf. agni-parikriyā)
  4. exercise, practice, enjoyment (cf. rājya-parik○)
  5. (in dram.) illusion to future action (= parikara) Daśar

parikṛt

  1. pari-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ind. p. -kṛtya), to cut round, clip, cut off AV. R
  2. to exclude from (abl.) Mn. iv, 219

parikartana

  1. pari-kartana mfn. cutting up or to pieces MBh
  2. n. cutting, cutting off or out, a circular incision Suśr
  3. = next ib

parikartikā

  1. pari-kartikā f. sharp shooting pain (esp. in the rectum) Suśr

parikṛtta

  1. pari-kṛtta mfn. cut round, clipped, cut off ŚBr

parikṛt

  1. pari-kṛt √3. (only p. pres. Ā. -kṛtyamāna), to wind round AV

parikṛś

  1. pari-√kṛś only Caus. -karśayati, to harass, afflict BhP

parikṛśa

  1. pari-kṛśa mfn. very thin, emaciate, wasted Vop
  2. -tva n. a slender size Lalit

parikṛṣ

  1. pari-√kṛṣ P. Ā. -karṣati, ○te, to draw or drag about (Ā. also 'each other') MBh
  2. to lead (an army) R
  3. to rule, govern, be master of (acc.) MBh
  4. to harass, afflict ib
  5. to ponder, reflect constantly upon (acc.) ib
  6. (P. -kṛṣati) to draw or make furrows, to plough ŚBr. KātyŚr
  7. to draw a circle, Śulbas.: Caus. -karṣayati, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble R. BhP. [Page 592, Column]
  8. to carry (as a nurse) Divyâv

parikarṣa

  1. pari-karṣa m. dragging about MBh. (cf. g. nirudakâdi)

parikarṣaṇa

  1. pari-karṣaṇa n. id. ib
  2. a circle, Śulbas

parikarṣita

  1. pari-karṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dragged about, harassed, tortured R. BhP

parikarṣin

  1. pari-karṣin mfn. dragging away, carrying about (to different places) R

parikṛṣṭa

  1. pari-kṛṣṭa m. N. of a teacher VāyuP

parikṝ

  1. pari-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter or strew about ŚBr. KātyŚr
  2. to throw upon, impose, deliver over to (loc.), Rāgh. xviii, 32

parikiraṇa

  1. pari-kiraṇa n. scattering or strewing about Kauś. Sch

parikīrṇa

  1. pari-kīrṇa mfn. spread, diffused, scattered around, surrounded, crowded MBh. Kāv. &c

parikḷp

  1. pari-√kḷp Caus. -kalpayati (Pass. -kalpyate), to fix, settle, determine, destine for (with acc., artham ifc., loc. or an inf. with pass. sense) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to choose VarBṛS. lix, 11
  3. to perform, execute, accomplish, contrive, arrange, make Yājñ. Ragh. Kathās
  4. to distribute, divide (with an adv. in dhā) Mn. Var. MBh
  5. to admit or invite to (loc.) MBh
  6. to suppose, presuppose Sarvad

parikalpa

  1. pari-kalpa m. īllusion Buddh
  2. wṛ. for ○kampa

parikalpana

  1. pari-kalpana n. fixing, settling, contriving, making, inventing, providing, dividing, distributing
  2. (ā), f. making, forming, assuming ( See rūpa-parik○)
  3. reckoning, calculation Var

parikalpita

  1. pari-kalpita mfn. settled, decided
  2. fixed upon, chosen, wished for, expected, made, created, imagined, invented, contrived, arranged, distributed, divided (with khaṇḍa-śaḥ, cut or broken in pieces) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

parikalpya

  1. pari-kalpya mfn. to be settled &c
  2. to be calculated Var

parikḷpta

  1. pari-kḷpta mfn. distributed, scattered, found here and there MBh

parikeśa

  1. pari-keśa m. g. nirudakâdi

parikrand

  1. pari-√krand (only aor. Caus. -acikradat), to cry or make a noise round about (acc.) RV

parikram

  1. pari-√kram P. [-kr�Amati] (rarely Ā. ○te
  2. p. [-kr�Amat]
  3. pf. -cakrāma, -cakramur
  4. aor. -akramīt
  5. inf. -krāntum
  6. ind. p. -krā́mam, or -kramya), to step or walk round or about, circumambulate, roam over, walk through, visit (with acc.) RV. &c. &c
  7. to go past, escape AitBr
  8. to outstrip, overtake R.: Intens. -caṅkramati, to move or walk about perpetually BhP

parikrama

  1. pari-krama m. roaming about, circumambulating, walking through, pervading MBh. Pur
  2. transition RPrāt. (vḷ. parā-kr○)
  3. following the course of a river down from its source to its mouth and then on the other bank up to its source again RTL. 348
  4. succession, series, order Lāṭy. Kauś. Mn. iii, 214 (read āvṛt-parikramam)
  5. a remedy, medicine Car
  6. -saha m. 'one who bears running about', a goat L

parikramaṇa

  1. pari-kramaṇa n. walking or roaming about ŚāṅkhBr

parikrānta

  1. pari-krānta mfn. walked round, stepped upon, trod
  2. n. the place stepped upon, foot-steps, traces R

parikrānti

  1. pari-krānti f. moving round, revolution BhP

parikrāmitaka

  1. pari-krāmitaka n. (fr. Caus.) walking about (only ○kena, ind., in stage-directions) Bālar. Viddh. Pracaṇḍ

parikriyā

  1. pari-kriyā See pari-kṛ

parikrī

  1. pari-√krī Ā. -krīṇīte (Pāṇ. 1-3, 18
  2. really more frequent in P., e.g. impf. -akrīṇam AV
  3. Pot. -krīṇīyāt ŚāṅkhŚr
  4. ind. p. -krīya Gobh.), to purchase, buy, barter, gain, acquire AV. ŚBr. Lāṭy. Gobh. (with instr. or dat. of the price, e.g. śatena, or śatāya, to buy for a hundred Pāṇ. 1-4, 44)
  5. to hire, engage for stipulated wages ŚBr. ŚrS
  6. to recompense, reward (only p. Ā. -krīṇāna) Bhaṭṭ

parikraya

  1. pari-kraya m. giving up at the cost of (cf. prāṇaparikr○)
  2. hire, wages KātyŚr. Sch
  3. redemption, buying off W
  4. a peace purchased with money Kām. Hit

parikrayaṇa

  1. pari-krayaṇa n. hiring, engaging Pāṇ. 1-4, 44

parikrī

  1. pari-krī m. N. of an Ekaha ŚrS

parikrīta

  1. pari-krīta mfn. purchased, bought, hired MBh. (applied to a son = reto-mūlya-dānena tasyām eva [i.e. bhāryāyām] janitaḥ Nīlak.)

parikrīḍ

  1. pari-√krīḍ Ā. -krīḍate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 21
  2. but P. p. -krīḍat pf. -cikrīḍuḥ ŚBr.), to play about (Impv. Ā. -krīḍasva Bhaṭṭ.)

parikrudh

  1. pari-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to fly into a rage, become enraged R

parikruś

  1. pari-√kruś P. -krośati (cf. -cukruśur ind. p. -kruśya), to go about crying, to wail, lament MBh. R. [Page 592, Column]

parikruṣṭa

  1. pari-kruṣṭa mfn. lamented
  2. n. lamentation has been made by (instr.) R

parikrośa

  1. pari-krośá m. 'crier', prob. N. of a demon RV. i, 29, 7

pariklam

  1. pari-√klam P. -klāmati, ○myati, to be tired out or exhausted Kād

pariklānta

  1. pari-klānta mfn. very tired, tired out, exhausted MBh

pariklinna

  1. pari-klinna mfn. (√klid) very wet, excessively moist or humid R

parikleda

  1. pari-kleda m. humidity, wetness MBh

parikledin

  1. pari-kledin mfn. wetting or wet Suśr

parikliś

  1. pari-√kliś P. Ā. -kliśyati, ○te (p. -kliśyamāna Pāṇ. 3-4, 55), to suffer, feel pain, be troubled or vexed MBh. R
  2. (only ind. p. -kliśya) to pain, torment, vex, harass R

parikliśa

  1. pari-kliśa m. (?) vexation, trouble W

parikliṣṭa

  1. pari-kliṣṭa mfn. much vexed or troubled, pained, harassed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c
  2. n. = ○kleśa L
  3. (am), ind. with uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly

parikleśa

  1. pari-kleśa m. hardship, pain, trouble, fatigue MBh. Kāv. &c

parikleṣṭṛ

  1. pari-kleṣṭṛ m. a tormentor, torturer MBh

parikvaṇana

  1. pari-kvaṇana mfn. (√kvaṇ) loud-sounding, loud Nir. vi, 1

parikvath

  1. pari-√kvath P. -kvathati, to become boiling hot Bālar. v, 48/49

parikṣata

  1. pari-kṣata mfn. (√kṣan) wounded, hurt, injured, killed Mn. MBh. Kāv

parikṣati

  1. pari-kṣati f. wounding, injury, lesson Śiś

parikṣaya

  1. pari-kṣaya See pari- √4. kṣi

parikṣar

  1. pari-√kṣar P. -kṣarati (aor. -akṣār), to cause to flow round (in a stream) RV
  2. to bestow by pouring forth in a stream ib

parikṣal

  1. pari-kṣal √2. P. -kṣālayati, (ind. p. -kṣālya), to wash out, rinse, wash off ŚBr

parikṣālana

  1. pari-kṣālana n. water for washing KātyŚr

parikṣava

  1. pari-kṣavá m. (√kṣu) frequent or ill-omened sneezing AV

parikṣā

  1. pari-kṣā f. (√kṣai) clay, mud, dirt L

parikṣāṇa

  1. pari-kṣāṇa mfn. charred or burnt to a cinder AitBr

parikṣāma

  1. pari-kṣāma mfn. excessively emaciated, dried up, fallen away Kād. Rājat

parikṣi

  1. pari-kṣi √4. P. -kṣiṇoti, to destroy BhP.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, become exhausted Hit

parikṣaya

  1. pari-kṣaya m. disappearing, ceasing, dissolution, decay, destruction, loss, ruin, end Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

parikṣīṇa

  1. pari-kṣīṇa mfn. vanished, disappeared, wasted, exhausted, diminished, ruined, lost, destroyed
  2. (in law) insolvent Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

parikṣi

  1. pari-kṣi √2. P. -kṣeti, to dwell around (with acc.) AitBr. vi, 32

parikṣi

  1. pari-kṣi m. vḷ. for next VP

parikṣit

  1. pari-kṣít mfn. dwelling or spreading around, surrounding, extending (as Agni, heaven and earth &c.) RV. AV. AitBr
  2. m. N. of an ancient king (son of Abhimanyu and father of Janam-ejaya) MBh. Hariv
  3. of a son of Kuru and father of another JanṭJanam Hariv
  4. of a son of A-vikshit and brother of JanṭJanam MBh
  5. of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. parī-kṣit under 1. parī, p. 605, col. 1)

parikṣita

  1. pari-kṣita wṛ. for pari-cita, or -kṣit

parikṣip

  1. pari-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (pf. -cikṣepa
  2. ind. p. -kṣipya), to throw over or beyond R
  3. to put or lay or wind round Suśr
  4. to throw about, surround, encircle, embrace ib. MBh. R. &c
  5. to throw or put or fix in (loc.) MBh
  6. to throw away, squander (as a treasure) Kathās

parikṣipta

  1. pari-kṣipta mfn. thrown, thrown about, scattered, surrounded, overspread MBh. R. &c
  2. left, abandoned W

parikṣepa

  1. pari-kṣepa m. throwing about, moving to and fro Hariv
  2. surrounding, encircling, being (or that by which anything is) surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. circumference, extent Car
  4. abandoning, leaving W

parikṣepaka

  1. pari-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. hung with (ifc.) Kāraṇḍ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)

parikṣepin

  1. pari-kṣepin mfn. who or what scatters or distributes W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 142)

parikṣība

  1. pari-kṣība or ○va mfn. drunk, quite intoxicated W

parikhacita

  1. pari-khacita mfn. (√khac) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Kāraṇḍ

parikhaṇḍa

  1. pari-khaṇḍa See pari-ṣaṇḍa

parikhaṇḍana

  1. pari-khaṇḍana See māna-parikh○

parikhaṇḍaya

  1. pari-khaṇḍaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make small, break, conquer Bālar. Bhaṭṭ. [Page 592, Column]

parikhan

  1. pari-√khan (only ind. p. -khāya), to dig round, dig up ĀśvGṛ

parikhā

  1. pari-khā f. (once ibc. ○kha BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. N. of a village in the North country, g. palady-ādi (iv, 2, 110)
  3. -sthita mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250
  4. ○khī-kṛta mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30

parikhāta

  1. pari-khāta mfn. dug round
  2. m. a furrow, rut BhP

parikhid

  1. pari-√khid P. -khidyati, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. -khedayati, to trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c

parikhinna

  1. pari-khinna mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c

parikheda

  1. pari-kheda m. (ifc. f. ā) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Kāv. &c

parikhedita

  1. pari-khedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Kāv. BhP

parikhyā

  1. pari-√khyā P. -khyāti (Subj. -khyatam, -khyan RV.), to look round, look at, perceive RV. &c. &c
  2. to observe, regard, consider MBh. R
  3. to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. -khyāyate, to be perceived ChUp

parikhyāta

  1. pari-khyāta mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.)
  2. called, named
  3. celebrated, famous MBh. R

parikhyāti

  1. pari-khyāti f. fame, reputation W

parigaṇ

  1. pari-√gaṇ P. -gaṇagati (ind. p. -gaṇya), to count over, reckon up completely, ascertain by calculation Suśr. Hcar. BhP
  2. to calculate, reckon, consider, reflect Megh. (cf. aparigaṇayat)

parigaṇana

  1. pari-gaṇana n

parigaṇanā

  1. pari-gaṇanā f. complete enumeration, accurate calculation or statement Megh. Kull

parigaṇanīya

  1. pari-gaṇanīya (Kull.),

parigaṇya

  1. pari-gaṇya ( See a-parig○), mfn. to be enumerated completely or stated accurately

parigaṇita

  1. pari-gaṇita mfn. enumerated, calculated, reckoned BhP. (cf. a-parig○)

parigaṇitin

  1. pari-gaṇitin mfn. one who has well considered everything Pāṇ. 2-3, 36, Kaś

parigaṇa

  1. parigaṇa m. or n. (?), a house L

parigad

  1. pari-√gad (only inf. -gaditum), to describe, relate, tell Bhām. ii, 75

parigaditin

  1. pari-gaditin mfn. = parigaditaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi

parigam

  1. pari-√gam P. -gacchati (aor. -agamat AV
  2. -gman RV
  3. pf. -jagmatuḥ MBh
  4. p. -jaganvas RV
  5. ind. p. [-gáty�A] RV. ŚBr
  6. -gamya MBh
  7. inf. -gantum R. ), to go round or about or through, circumambulate, surround, inclose RV. &c. &c
  8. to come to any state or condition, get, attain (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -gamyate MBh.: Caus. -gamayati, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time) Ragh. viii, 91

pariga

  1. pari-ga mfn. going round, surrounding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch

parigata

  1. pari-gata mfn. gone round or through, surrounded, encompassed MBh. R. &c
  2. filled, possessed of, visited by, afflicted with (instr. or comp.) ib
  3. diffused, spread Kāv
  4. deceased, dead Bhartṛ. iii, 49
  5. experienced, known, learnt from (abl.) Kāv
  6. forgotten L
  7. obtained L
  8. = ceṣṭita L
  9. ○târṭha mfn. acquainted or familiar with anything Kālid

parigantavya

  1. pari-gantavya mfn. to be got or obtained L

parigama

  1. pari-gama m. going round, surrounding Bālar
  2. knowing, ascertaining, partaking of, occupation with (comp.) ib. Pracaṇḍ
  3. spreading, extending W
  4. obtaining ib

parigamana

  1. pari-gamana n. id. MW

parigamita

  1. pari-gamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought, conducted, driven, passed, spent (time). Ragh

parigamya

  1. pari-gamya mfn. accessible, to be circumambulated (a-parig○) KātyŚr

parigarj

  1. pari-√garj P. -garjati, to roar, cry, scold R

parigarvita

  1. pari-garvita mfn. (√garv) very proud or arrogant Cāṇ

parigarh

  1. pari-√garh Ā. -garhate, to blame greatly, censure, despise, abuse MBh.: Caus. -garhayati id. ib

parigarhaṇa

  1. pari-garhaṇa n. excessive blame, censure ib

parigalita

  1. pari-galita mfn. (√gal) fallen down MBh
  2. sunk Pañc
  3. flowing, fluid, melted W

parigahana

  1. pari-gahana n. g. kṣubhnâdi

parigā

  1. pari-√gā P. -jigāti (aor. -agāt, -gāt, -agur), to go round or through, circumambulate, permeate RV. AV
  2. to enter (acc.) VS. ĪśUp
  3. to come near, approach, reach, visit, afflict RV. MBh
  4. to go out of the way, avoid, shun RV
  5. to disregard, neglect AitBr
  6. to fail, miss, not to master or understand BhP. [Page 593, Column]

pariguṇita

  1. pari-guṇita mfn. (fr. -guṇaya) reiterated, repeated BhP
  2. augmented by addition of (comp.) VarBṛS. lxv, 5

pariguṇṭhita

  1. pari-guṇṭhita mfn. (√guṇṭh) veiled in, hidden by (instr.) R

pariguṇḍita

  1. pari-guṇḍita mfn. covered with dust, Śīl

parigup

  1. pari-√gup only Desid. -jugupsate, to beware of, be on one's guard against (abl.) MBh

parigūḍhaka

  1. pari-gūḍhaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi

parigṛddha

  1. pari-gṛddha mfn. very greedy Divyâv

parigredha

  1. pari-gredha (!), m. excessive greediness L

parigai

  1. pari-√gai P. -gāyati, to go about singing, sing or celebrate everywhere TS. ŚBr. ŚrS
  2. to proclaim aloud (esp. Pass. -gīyate) MBh. &c

parigīta

  1. pari-gīta mfn. sung, celebrated, proclaimed, declared MBh. BhP

parigīti

  1. pari-gīti f. a kind of metre Col

parigras

  1. pari-√gras P. Ā. -grasati, ○te, to devour NṛisUp

parigrah

  1. pari-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte (Impv. 2. sg. -gṛhāṇa MBh. Kālid
  2. impf. -agṛhṇāḥ RV
  3. 3. sg. -agṛhṇat TS
  4. 3. pl. -agṛhṇan AV
  5. Ā. -agṛhṇanta MBh
  6. pf. 1. sg. -jagrábha RV
  7. 3. sg. -jagrāha MBh. &c
  8. ind. p. -gṛhya ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c.), to take hold of on both sides, embrace, surround, enfold, envelop VS. AV. Br. MBh. &c
  9. to fence round, hedge round TS. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
  10. to occupy on both sides (sarasvatīm) MBh
  11. to seize, clutch, grasp, catch ib
  12. to put on, wear (as a dress or ornament) ib
  13. to take or carry along with one ib. Kāv. &c
  14. to take possession of, master, overpower RV. AV. Br. Var
  15. to take (in war), take prisoner, conquer MBh
  16. to take (food) ŚBr
  17. to receive, (also as a guest) accept ib. MBh. Śak. BhP
  18. to take, adopt, conform to, follow Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  19. to take by the hand, assist MBh
  20. to take (a wife), marry Śak. Pañc
  21. to surpass, excel Mn. Prab
  22. (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (iti) between a word twice repeated RPrāt. (cf. pari-graha)

parigṛhīta

  1. pari-gṛhīta mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV
  2. surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped, fenced TS. ŚBr. MBh. &c
  3. seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. opposed, checked W
  5. m. g. ācitâdi

parigṛhīti

  1. pari-gṛhīti (pári-), f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br

parigṛhītṛ

  1. pari-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grah○. 1

parigṛhya

  1. pari-gṛhya ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. considering regarding W
  3. -vat (○gríhya-), mfn. containing the word parigṛhya TS. 2

parigṛhya

  1. pari-gṛhya mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W
  2. (ā), f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kauś
  3. a married woman L

parigraha

  1. pari-grahá m. (ifc. f. ā) laying hold of on all sides, surrounding, enclosing, fencing round (esp. the Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows) ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
  2. wrapping round, putting on (a dress &c.), assuming (a form &c.) Kāv
  3. comprehending, summing up, sum, totality, SāṅkhBr. Mn
  4. taking, accepting, receiving or anything received, 2 gift or present MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. getting, attaining, acquisition, possession, property (ifc. 'being possessed of or furnished with') ib
  6. household, family, attendants, retinue, the seraglio of a prince ib
  7. a house, abode Hariv
  8. √, origin, foundation MBh
  9. admittance (into one's house), hospitable reception Mn. MBh. R. Kāraṇḍ
  10. taking (a wife), marrying, marriage Mn. MBh. &c
  11. a wife (also collect.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  12. choice, selection ib
  13. understanding, conception Pāṇ. Sch
  14. undertaking, beginning, commission or performance of, occupation with Mn. R. Hariv
  15. homage, reverence, grace, favour, help, assistance MBh. Kāv. &c
  16. dominion, control (ifc. 'dependent on, subject to') R. Var. MārkP
  17. force, constraint, punishment (opp. to anu-graha) R
  18. claim on, relation to, concern with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
  19. (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after iti
  20. the form which precedes iti RPrāt
  21. a curse, imprecation, oath L
  22. an eclipse of the sun L
  23. the rear or reserve of an army L. (vḷ. prati-gr○)
  24. -tva n. state of a wife, marriage Daś
  25. -dvitīya mfn. āc4companied by one's wife or family MW
  26. -bahu-tva n. multitude of wives Śak
  27. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a family Prab
  28. -vat, or ○hin mfn. possessed of, wealth, having property MBh. [Page 593, Column]
  29. ○hârthīya mfn. having the sense of comprehension i.e. generalization Nir. i, 7

parigrahaka

  1. pari-grahaka mfn. grasping, taking hold of, undertaking (ifc.) L

parigrahaṇa

  1. pari-grahaṇa n. wrapping round, putting on Prab

parigrahītavya

  1. pari-grahītavya mfn. to be admitted or supposed, Saṃk
  2. to be ruled or controlled Pat
  3. to be taken hold of or got into possession Vajracch

parigrahītṛ

  1. pari-grahītṛ mfn. taking hold of, seizing
  2. m. assister, helper VāyuP
  3. ruler Pat
  4. an adoptive father Pravar. Kull
  5. a husband Śak

parigrāha

  1. pari-grāhá m. the surrounding or fencing round of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows TS

parigrāhaka

  1. pari-grāhaka mfn. favouring, befriending Bālar

parigrāhya

  1. pari-grāhya mfn. to be treated or addressed kindly MBh

pariglāna

  1. pari-glāna mfn. (√glai) wearied out, languid, exhausted MBh. R. &c
  2. averse from (dat.) Pat

parigha

  1. pari-gha m. (√han) an iron bar or beam used for locking or shutting a gate (= argala) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (fig.) a bar, obstacle, hindrance Ragh. Kathās
  3. (once n.) an iron bludgeon or club studded with iron MBh. R. &c
  4. a child which presents a peculiar cross position in birth Suśr
  5. a line of clouds crossing the sun at sunrise or sunset Var. MBh. &c
  6. (du.) two birds flying on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen) Var
  7. the gate of a palace, any gate R
  8. a house L
  9. (in astrol.) N. of the 19th Yoga L
  10. a pitcher, water-jar L
  11. a glass pitcher L
  12. killing, striking, a blow L
  13. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
  14. of a Cāṇḍāla ib
  15. of a virtuous man Cat

parighaguru

  1. ○guru mfn. as heavy as an iron bar Mālav

parighaprāṃśubāhu

  1. ○prâṃśu-bāhu in one whose arm is as long as an iron bar Śak

parighabāhu

  1. ○bāhu m. one whose arm resembles an iron bar MBh

parighasaṃkāśa

  1. ○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling an iṭiron bar MBh

parighastambha

  1. ○stambha m. a door-post Mālav

parighopama

  1. parighôpama mfn. resembling an iron beam Nal

parighāta

  1. pari-ghāta m. killing, destroying. removing Var
  2. a club, an iron bludgeon L

parighātana

  1. pari-ghātana n. id. L

parighātin

  1. pari-ghātin mfn. destroying, setting at nought, transgressing (a command &c.) R

parighaṭṭ

  1. pari-√ghaṭṭ Caus. P. -ghāṭayati, to strike, cause to vibrate (as the strings of a musical instrument) Mṛicch

parighaṭṭ

  1. pari-√ghaṭṭ P. -ghaṭṭayati, to press or rub on all sides, stir, excite, affect (as the ear with a tale) Śiś. ix, 64

parighaṭṭana

  1. pari-ghaṭṭana n. stirring round, stirring up MBh
  2. rubbing Śiś. Sch

parighaṭṭita

  1. pari-ghaṭṭita mfn. stirred about, touched or rubbed repeatedly MW

parighargharam

  1. pari-ghargharam ind. with loud murmuring or grunting VP. (wṛ. ○ghurgharam, or ○ghurghuram)

parigharmya

  1. pari-gharmya m. a vessel for preparing any hot sacrificial beverage ŚrS

parighāta

  1. pari-ghāta &c. See under pari-gha

parighuṣ

  1. pari-√ghuṣ (only p. -ghuṣyat), to proclaim aloud Sarvad

parighoṣa

  1. pari-ghoṣa m. (L.) sound, noise
  2. thunder
  3. improper speech

parighūrṇ

  1. pari-√ghūrṇ P. -ghūrṇati, to whirl about, flutter, tremble MBh

parighṛṣ

  1. pari-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub or pound to pieces Hariv

parighṛṣṭika

  1. pari-ghṛṣṭika wṛ. for ○pṛcchika, or ○pṛṣṭika

parighrā

  1. pari-√ghrā (only p. Ā. -jighramāṇa), to kiss passionately, cover with kisses MBh

paricakra

  1. pari-cakra m. N. of a ch. of the Dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka
  2. (ā), f. N. of a town (vḷ. ○vakra) L

paricakṣ

  1. pari-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe (3. pl. -cakṣate
  2. Pot. -cakṣīta Pass. -cakṣyate
  3. Ved. inf. -cákṣi), to overlook, pass over, despise, reject Br. Up. BhP
  4. to declare guilty, condemn ŚBr
  5. to forbid Āpast
  6. to mention, relate, own, acknowledge MBh
  7. to call, name Mn. MBh. &c
  8. to address (acc.), answer BhP

paricakṣā

  1. pari-cakṣā́ f. rejection, disapprobation ŚBr

paricakṣya

  1. pari-cákṣya mfn. to be despised or disapproved RV

paricaturdaśa

  1. pari-caturdaśa and ○san (nom. acc. ○śa instr. ○śais), fully fourteen, more than fourteen MBh. Hariv. [Page 593, Column]

paricapala

  1. pari-capala mfn. always moving about, very volatile MBh

paricaya

  1. pari-caya &c. See under pari- √1. 2. ci

paricar

  1. pari-√car P. -carati (pf. -cacāra ind. p. -carya), to move or walk about, go round (acc.), circumambulate RV. &c. &c
  2. to attend upon or to (acc., rarely gen.), serve, honour ib.: Caus. P. -cārayati (ind. p. -cārya), to surround Kauś
  3. to wait on, attend to Divyâv
  4. to cohabit ib
  5. (Ā. ○te), to be served or waited upon ŚBr. KaṭhUp

paricara

  1. pari-cará mf(ā́)n. moving, flowing VS. AV
  2. m. an attendant, servant, follower ŚBr. Suśr
  3. a patrol or body-guard L
  4. homage, service Hariv
  5. (ā), f. N. of partic. verses which may be put at the beginning or middle or end of a hymn TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

paricaraṇa

  1. pari-cáraṇa m. an assistant, servant ŚāṅkhBr
  2. n. going about ŚBr
  3. serving, attending to, waiting upon Kauś. GṛS. MBh

paricaraṇīya

  1. pari-caraṇīya mfn. to be served or attended to Kull
  2. belonging to attendance Gobh

paricaritavya

  1. pari-caritavya mfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped Bhartṛ

paricaritṛ

  1. pari-caritṛ m. an attendant or servant ChUp

paricarya

  1. pari-carya mfn. = ○caritavya ChUp. MBh. Hariv
  2. (ā), f. circumanibulation, wandering about or through (comp.) Hāsy. i, 9 (wṛ. ○carcā)
  3. attendance, service, devotion, worship MBh. Kāv. &c
  4. ○ryāvat mfn. one who attends upon or worships MBh

paricāra

  1. pari-cāra m. attendance, service, homage MBh
  2. a place for walking ib
  3. an assistant or servant ib

paricāraka

  1. pari-cāraka m. an assistant or attendant Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. executor (of an order &c.) Hariv
  3. (ikā), f. a female attendant, a waiting maid MBh. R. &c

paricāraṇa

  1. pari-cāraṇa n. (m. c. for ○caraṇa) attendance MBh. Daśar

paricāraya

  1. pari-cāraya Nom. P. ○yati, to take a walk, roam about SaddhP
  2. to cohabit Divyâv
  3. to attend to, wait on ib

paricārika

  1. pari-cārika m. a servant, assistant MBh
  2. pl. fried grain L

paricārita

  1. pari-cārita n. amusement, sport Divyâv

paricārin

  1. pari-cārin mfn. moving about, moveable MBh
  2. attending on or to, serving, worshipping MBh. Hariv. &c
  3. m. man-servant (○cāriṇī f. maid) TāṇḍBr. MBh. R
  4. ○ri-tā f. Kām

paricārya

  1. pari-cārya mfn. to be served or obeyed or worshipped W

paricīrṇa

  1. pari-cīrṇa mfn. attended to, taken care of MBh

paricartana

  1. pari-cartana See pari-cṛt

paricarmaṇya

  1. pari-carmaṇya n. (p○ + carman) a strip of leather ŚāṅkhBr

parical

  1. pari-√cal Caus. -cālayati, to cause to move round, turn round MBh

parici

  1. pari-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, ○nute, to pile up ŚBr
  2. to surround or enclose with (instr.), Sulb
  3. to heap up, accumulate, augment, increase RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow Ragh. 1

paricaya

  1. pari-caya m. heaping up, accumulation Kauś
  2. -vat mfn. being at its height, complete, finished Mālav. iii, 20. 1

paricayanīya

  1. pari-cayanīya mfn. to be collected or accumulated W

paricāyya

  1. pari-cāyya m. (sc. agni) a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle ŚBr. TS. Kāṭh. Śulbas
  2. raising the rent or revenue of a land W

paricit

  1. pari-cít mfn. piling up or arranging all around VS. 1

paricita

  1. pari-cita mfn. heaped up, accumulated, gathered Megh. Rājat. BhP
  2. (with instr.) filled with, containing, Bhp. 1

paricetavya

  1. pari-cetavya mfn. to be collected together W. 1

pariceya

  1. pari-ceya mfn. to be collected all round or from every side ib

parici

  1. pari-ci √2. (2. sg. Impv. -cinu
  2. p. -cinvat
  3. inf. -cetum), to examine, investigate, search MBh. R
  4. to find out, know, learn, exercise, practise, become acquainted with (acc.) Kāv. Rājat. Pañc.: Pass. -cīyate Kāv. Hit.: Caus. Ā. -cāyayate, to search, seek for Kāv. 2

paricaya

  1. pari-caya m. acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity with, knowledge of (gen., loc., instr. with or sc. samam, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. trial, practice, frequent repetition Kāv. (cf. rati-p○)
  3. meeting with a friend W
  4. ○yâvasthā f. (with Yogins) a partic. state of ecstasy Cat. 2

paricayanīya

  1. pari-cayanīya mfn. to be known W. 2

paricita

  1. pari-cita mfn. known, familiar (○taṃ-√kṛ, to make a person's acquaintance) Hariv. Kāv
  2. -bhū mfn. having (its) place well known MW
  3. -vivikta mfn. familiarised to seclusion Śak. v, 10

pariciti

  1. pari-citi f. acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy, Śāntiś. 2. [Page 594, Column]

paricetavya

  1. pari-cetavya or mfn. to be known

pariceya

  1. pari-ceya mfn. to be known
  2. to be investigated or searched W

paricint

  1. pari-√cint P. -cintayati (ind. p. -cintya), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to call to mind, remember ib
  3. to devise, invent ib

paricintaka

  1. pari-cintaka mfn. reflecting about, meditating on (gen. or comp.) MBh. BhP

paricintanīya

  1. pari-cintanīya mfn. to be well considered Kāv

paricintita

  1. pari-cintita mfn. thought of, found out R

paricihnita

  1. pari-cihnita mfn. marked, signed, subscribed MBh. Yājñ

paricud

  1. pari-√cud Caus. -codayati, to set in motion, urge, impel, exhort Mn. iii, 233

paricodita

  1. pari-codita mfn. set in motion, brandished Hariv
  2. impelled, incited MBh

paricumb

  1. pari-√cumb P. -cumbati (ind. p. -cumbya), to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses Kāv
  2. to touch closely ib

paricumbana

  1. pari-cumbana n. the act of kissing heartily &c. Bālar. Caurap

paricumbita

  1. pari-cumbita mfn. kissed passionately or touched closely Caurap

paricṛt

  1. pari-√cṛt P. -cṛtati (ind. p. -cṛtya), to wind round
  2. to tie or fasten together Kauś

paricartana

  1. pari-cártana n. pl. the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail TS

paricchad

  1. pari-cchad (√chad), Caus. -cchādayati (ind. p. -cchādya), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh. Pañc

paricchad

  1. pari-cchad mfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (comp.) Ragh. i, 19

paricchada

  1. pari-cchada m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
  2. paraphernalia, external appendage, insignia of royalty R
  3. goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c
  4. retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. ifc. = -cchad ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. Hariv. &c

paricchanda

  1. pari-cchanda m. train, retinue L

paricchanna

  1. pari-cchanna mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c

paricchid

  1. pari-cchid (√chid
  2. inf. -cchettum ind. p. -cchidya), to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through or off or to pieces, mutilate ŚBr. Lāṭy. MBh. &c
  3. to mow or reap (corn), Kārand
  4. to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, discriminate, decide, determine Kāv. Pañc. Pur
  5. to separate, divide, part Siddh
  6. to avert, obviate MW

paricchitti

  1. pari-cchitti f. accurate definition Kap
  2. limitation, limit, measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 20 Sch
  3. partition, separation W

paricchinna

  1. pari-cchinna mfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed (-tva n.) R. BhP. &c
  2. determined, ascertained Kum
  3. obviated, remedied W

pariccheda

  1. pari-ccheda m. cutting, severing, division, separation Śaṃk. Suśr
  2. accurate definition, exact discrimination (as between false and true), right and wrong &c.), decision, judgment Kāv. Śaṃk. Kull
  3. resolution, determination Kād
  4. a section or chapter of a book Cat
  5. limit, boundary. W
  6. obviating, remedying ib
  7. -kara m. N. of a Samādhi L
  8. -vyakti f. distinctness of perception Mālatīm
  9. ○dâkula mfn. perplexed (through inability) to decide Śak
  10. ○dâtī7ta mfn. surpassing all definition Mālatīm

paricchedaka

  1. pari-cchedaka mfn. ascertaining, defining Sarvad
  2. n. limitation, limit, measure L

paricchedana

  1. pari-cchedana n. (L.) discriminating, dividing
  2. the division of a book
  3. joyful laughter (?)

paricchedya

  1. pari-cchedya mfn. to be defined or estimated or weighed or measured Ragh. (a-paricch○) Pāṇ. Sch. Kull

paricyavana

  1. pari-cyavana n. (√cyu) descending from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś
  2. loss, deprivation of (abl.) Āpast. Sch

paricyuta

  1. pari-cyuta mfn. fallen or descended from (abl.) MBh. Kāv
  2. fallen from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś
  3. swerved or deviated from (abl.) R
  4. deprived or rid of (abl.) Gaut. MBh. Pur
  5. ruined, lost, miserable (opp. to sam-ṛddha) MBh
  6. streaming with (instr.) ib

paricyuti

  1. pari-cyuti f. falling down Kathās

parijagdha

  1. pari-jagdha m. (√jakṣ) a proper name Pāṇ. 6-2, 146 Sch

parijana

  1. pari-jana m. (ifc. f. ā) a surrounding company of people, entourage, attendants, servants, followers, suite, train, retinue (esp. of females) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. a single servant Kālid. Kathās. Pañc

parijanatā

  1. ○tā f. the condition of a servant, service Kir. x, 9. [Page 594, Column]

parijanman

  1. pari-janman m. the moon L
  2. fire L. (cf. pari-jman)

parijapita

  1. pari-japita mfn. (√jap) muttered, whispered, prayed over in a low voice Gobh

parijapta

  1. pari-ḍjapta mfn. id. Var
  2. enchanted Divyâv

parijayya

  1. pari-jayya See pari-ji

parijalp

  1. pari-√jalp P. -jalpati, to chatter, talk about, speak of (acc.) MBh. Hariv

parijalpita

  1. pari-ḍjalpita n. the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected by her lover W

parijā

  1. pari-jā́ f. (√jan) place of origin, source AV

parijāta

  1. pari-jāta (pári-), mfn. begotten by, descended from (abl.) ib
  2. fully developed (a-parij○) ĀśvGṛ

parijātaka

  1. pari-jātaka n. N. of wk. on domestic rites

pariji

  1. pari-√ji P. -jayati (inf. -jetum), to conquer, overpower MBh

parijayya

  1. pari-jayya mfn. to be conquered or mastered Pāṇ. 5-1, 93

parijetṛ

  1. pari-jetṛ m. a victor, conqueror L

parijihīrṣā

  1. pari-jihīrṣā f. (√hṛ Desid.) desire of avoiding or removing Kād

parijihīrṣita

  1. pari-jihīrṣita mfn. kept away, avoided, shunned Gobh

parijihīrṣu

  1. pari-jihīrṣu mfn. wishing to avoid L

parijṛmbh

  1. pari-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to spread all around Prasannar

parijṝ

  1. pari-jṝ √1. P. Ā. -jīryati, ○te, to become worn out or old or withered
  2. to be digested Suśr

parijīrṇa

  1. pari-jīrṇa mfn. worn out, old, withered, faded, decayed MBh

parijīryat

  1. pari-jīryat mfn. becoming old MBh

parijñā

  1. pari-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, ○nīte (inf. -jñātum ind. p. -jñāya), to notice, observe, perceive, learn, understand, comprehend, ascertain, know or recognise as (2 acc.) RV. &c. &c

parijñapti

  1. pari-jñapti f. (fr. Caus.) recognition or conversation Kathās. xxi, 128

parijñā

  1. pari-jñā f. knowledge L

parijñāta

  1. pari-jñāta mfn. thoroughly known, recognised, ascertained, learned MBh. Kāv. &c

parijñātṛ

  1. pari-jñātṛ mfn. one who knows or perceives, an observer, knower Bhag
  2. wise, intelligent W

parijñāna

  1. pari-jñāna n. perception, thorough knowledge, ascertainment, experience, discrimination MBh. Hariv. R. &c
  2. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge BhP
  3. ○nin mfn. having much knowledge, wise Kathās

parijñeya

  1. pari-jñeya mfn. to be recognised or ascertained, comprehensible MBh. Var. &c

parijman

  1. pári-jman mfn. (√gam) running or walking or driving round, surrounding, being everywhere, omnipresent (said of the sun, of the clouds, of sev. gods &c.) RV. AV. (as loc. or ind. all around, everywhere RV.)
  2. m. the moon L
  3. fire L. (cf. pari-janman)

parijyāni

  1. pari-jyāni See a-p○

parijri

  1. pári-jri mfn. (√jri) running round, spreading everywhere RV

parijvan

  1. pari-jvan m. (Uṇ. i, 158) the moon L
  2. fire L. (cf. pari-jman)
  3. a servant L
  4. a sacrificer L
  5. Indra W

parijval

  1. pari-√jval P. -jvalati, to burn brightly, blaze, glare Kir

pariḍīna

  1. pari-ḍīna or ○naka n. (√ḍī) the flight of a bird in circles, flying round MBh

pariṇati

  1. pari-ṇati See pari-ṇam

pariṇad

  1. pari-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to utter loud cries Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 (-nadya MBh. vi, 3256 prob. wṛ.)

pariṇam

  1. pari-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (aor. pary-aṇaṃsīt ind. p. pari-ṇamya), to bend or turn aside AV
  2. to bend down, stoop Kāv
  3. to change or be transformed into (instr.) Vedântas. Madhus
  4. to develop, become ripe or mature Bālar
  5. to become old Kir
  6. to be digested MBh. Pañc
  7. to be fulfilled (as a word) Pañc.: Caus. -ṇāmayati (ind. p. -ṇāmya
  8. Pass. -ṇāmyate, p. ṇāmyamāna, or ○myat), to make ripe, ripen, mature ŚvetUp
  9. to bring to an end, pass (as a night) R
  10. to bend aside or down, stoop MBh

pariṇata

  1. pari-ṇata mfn. bent down (is an elephant stooping to strike with its tusks) Megh
  2. bent down or inclined by (comp.) Bhartṛ
  3. changed or transformed into (instr. or comp.) Kālid. Kād. Sāh
  4. developed, ripened, mature, full-grown, perfect
  5. full (as the moon) [Page 594, Column]
  6. set (as the sun) MBh. Kāv. &c
  7. advanced (vayasā, in age R
  8. also impers. ○taṃ vayasā, 'life is advanced, old age has come' Kathās.)
  9. digested (as food) Suśr
  10. elapsed (as time) BhP
  11. n. capital, wealth accumulated for the sake of profit(?) W
  12. -dik-karika mfn. containing mythical elephants ( See dik-karin) stooping to strike with their tusks Śiś
  13. -dvirada m. an elephant stooping &c. Kir
  14. -prajña mfn. of mature understanding MBh
  15. -pratyaya mfn. (an action) whose results are matured Divyâv
  16. -vayas mfn. advanced in age Veṇis. Suśr
  17. -śarvad f. the latter part of the autumn Megh
  18. ○târuṇa m. the setting sun Śak

pariṇati

  1. pari-ṇati f. bending, bowing W
  2. change, transformation, natural development Sāh. Pañc. Sarvad
  3. ripeness, maturity Megh. Mcar
  4. mature or old age Vikr. Śiś
  5. result, consequence, issue, end, termination (ibc. finally, at last
  6. śravaṇa-pariṇatiṃ-√gam, to come at last to a person's ears
  7. pariṇatiṃ-√yā, to attain one's final aim) Kāv
  8. fulfilment (of a promise), Śāntiś
  9. digestion L

pariṇamana

  1. pari-ṇamana n. change, transformation, changing into (instr.) Kap. Sch
  2. (ā), f. (with Buddh.) a kind of worship Dharmas. xiv

pariṇamayitṛ

  1. pari-ṇamayitṛ mfn. causing to bend or to ripen Megh. Viddh

pariṇāma

  1. pari-ṇāma m. change, alteration, transformation into (instr.), development, evolution Sāṃkhyak. Yogas. Pur. Suśr
  2. ripeness, maturity Kir. Uttarar. Mālatīm
  3. alteration of food, digestion Suśr. Tarkas
  4. withering, fading ŚārṅgP
  5. lapse (of time) MBh. R
  6. decline (of age), growing old ib. Suśr
  7. result, consequence, issue, end (ibc. and ○me ind. finally, at last, in the end) Kāv
  8. (in rhet.) a figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared Kuval
  9. N. of a holy man RTL. 269
  10. -darśin mfn. looking forward to the issue or consequences (of any event), prudent, fore-sighted MBh
  11. -dṛṣṭi f. foresight, providence MW
  12. -nirodha m. obstruction (of felicity caused) by human vicissitude (as birth, growth, death &c.) W
  13. -pathya mfn. suited to a future state or condition ib
  14. -mukha mfn. tending or verging towards the end, about to terminate Śak
  15. -ramaṇīya mfn. (a day) delightful at its close ib
  16. -vat mfn. having a natural development (○ttva n.) Śaṃk
  17. -vāda m. the 'doctrine of evolution', the Sāṃkhya doctrine Sarvad
  18. -śūla n. violent and painful indigestion Cat

pariṇāmaka

  1. pari-ṇāmaka mfn. effecting vicissitudes (as time) Hariv

pariṇāmana

  1. pari-ṇāmana n. bringing to full development Jātakam
  2. the turning of things destined for the community to one's own use (Buddh.) L

pariṇāmika

  1. pari-ṇāmika mfn. resulting from change L
  2. easily digestible Subh. (wṛ. for pāriṇ○?)

pariṇāmin

  1. pari-ṇāmin mfn. changing, altering, subject to transformation, developing VP. Śaṃk. (○mi-tva n. ib.)
  2. ripening, bearing fruits or consequences BhP
  3. ○mi-tva n. ib
  4. ○mi-nitya mfn. eternal but continually changing Sāṃkhyak. Sch

pariṇinaṃsu

  1. pari-ṇinaṃsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) about to stoop or to make a side thrust (with the tusks, as an elephant) Śiś

pariṇaya

  1. pari-ṇaya ○yana &c. See under pari-ṇī

pariṇaś

  1. pari-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇasyati Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch

parinaṣṭa

  1. pari-naṣṭa (!), mfn. ib

pariṇah

  1. pari-ṇah (√nah
  2. only Pot. -ṇahet), to bind round, gird, embrace, surround MBh

pariṇaddha

  1. pari-ṇaddha mfn. bound or wrapped round Kālid. Var
  2. broad, large Ragh

pariṇah

  1. pari-ṇah = parīṇah, q.v

pariṇahana

  1. pari-ṇahana n. binding or girding or wrapping round, veiling, covering Gobh. MānGṛ

pariṇāha

  1. pari-ṇāha m. compass, circumference, extent, width, breadth, circumference of a circle, periphery MBh. Kāv. Sūryas. Suśr
  2. N. of Śiva L. (cf. parī-ṇāha)
  3. -vat mfn. = expensive, large Vikr
  4. ○hin mfn. id. Hariv. Kum
  5. (ifc.) having the extent of, as large as Pañc

pariṇāya

  1. pari-ṇāya ○yaka, See pari-ṇī

pariṇi

  1. pari-ṇi for pari-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad, ci, dā, dih, drā, dhā ( See below), nad, pat, pad, psā, mā, me, yam, yā, vap, vah, viś ( See below), śam, so, han ( below)

pariṇiṃsaka

  1. pari-ṇiṃsaka mfn. (√niṃs) tasting, eating, an eater (with gen.) Bhaṭṭ
  2. kissing W

pariṇiṃsā

  1. pari-ṇiṃsā f. eating, kissing W. [Page 595, Column]

pariṇidhā

  1. pari-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -dadhāti, to place or lay round ŚBr
  2. ind. p. -ni-dhāya (l) KātyŚr

pariṇiviś

  1. pari-ṇi-√viś (Pāṇ. ib.), to sit down about ŚBr

pariṇiṣṭhā

  1. pari-ṇiṣṭhā See pari-niṣṭhā

pariṇihan

  1. pari-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to encompass (with stakes &c. fixed in) around ŚBr
  2. to strike, smite MBh. (B. and C. -nighnantyaḥ!)

pariṇī

  1. pari-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te (pf. Ā. -ṇinye Daś
  2. -ṇayām āsa MBh
  3. 3. pl. aor. -aneṣata RV
  4. ind. p. -ṇīya Kum.), to lead or bear or carry about or round RV. &c. &c., (esp.) to lead a bride and bridegroom round the sacrificial fire (with 2 acc.), to marry (said of a bridegroom) MBh. Kāv. &c
  5. to lead forward to, put or place anywhere (agram, at the head), Bṛ
  6. to carry away RV
  7. to trace out, discover, investigate Mn. MBh
  8. (with anyathā) to explain otherwise Śaṃk.: Caus. -ṇāyayati, to pass or spend (time) MBh
  9. (also ṇāpayati), to cause a man to marry a woman (acc.) Pañcad

pariṇaya

  1. pari-ṇaya m. leading round, (esp.) leading the bride round the fire, marriage Gṛihyās. (cf. nava-pariṇayā)
  2. (ena), ind. round about ĀpŚr
  3. -vidhi m. marriage-ceremony Vcar

pariṇayana

  1. pari-ṇayana n. the act of leading round (cf. prec.), marrying, marriage ŚrS. &c

pariṇāya

  1. pari-ṇāya m. leading round
  2. moving or a move (at chess &c.) L

pariṇāyaka

  1. pari-ṇāyaka m. a leader, guide (in a-parīṇ○, being without a guide) R
  2. a husband Śiś
  3. = -ratna Divyâv

pariṇīta

  1. pari-ṇīta mfn. led round, married MBh
  2. completed, finished, executed ib
  3. n. marriage Uttarar
  4. -pūrvā f. a woman married before Śak
  5. -bhartṛ m. (prob.) a husband who has married (but not yet led home) his wife Vet
  6. -ratna n. (with Buddh.) one of the 7 treasures of a Cakra-vartin Dharmas. lxxxv

pariṇetavya

  1. pari-ṇetavya mfn. to be led round or married Pañcad
  2. to be exchanged or bartered against (instr.) Nyāyam. Sch

pariṇetṛ

  1. pari-ṇetṛ m. 'one who leads round', a husband Kālid. Rājat

pariṇeya

  1. pari-ṇeya mfn. to be led round ĀśvGṛ
  2. (ā), f. to be led round the fire or married (as a bride) Kathās
  3. to be investigated or found out Pat
  4. to be exchanged for or bartered against (instr.) Sāy

pariṇuta

  1. pari-ṇuta mfn. (√4. nu) praised, celebrated BhP

pariṇud

  1. pari-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, to pierce, hurt, wound Suśr

paritaṃs

  1. pari-√taṃs (only inf. of Caus. -taṃsayádhyai), to stir up RV

paritakana

  1. pari-takana n. (√tak) running round or about L

paritakmya

  1. pári-takmya mfn. wandering, unsteady, uncertain, dangerous RV
  2. (ā), f. travelling, peregrination ib
  3. night (as the wandering, x,. 127) ib

paritaḍ

  1. pari-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike against, touch Kathās

paritāḍin

  1. pari-tāḍin mfn. striking or hurting everywhere Bālar

paritan

  1. pari-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, ○nute (aor. -atanat
  2. ind. p. -tatya), to stretch round, embrace, surround RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

paritatnu

  1. pari-tatnú mfn. embracing, surrounding AV

paritap

  1. pari-√tap P. -tapati (fut. -tapiṣyati MBh
  2. -tapsyati R
  3. ind. p. -tápya RV.), to burn all round, set on fire, kindle
  4. to feel or suffer pain
  5. (with tapas) to undergo penance, practise austerities RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -tapyate (○ti), to be purified (as by fire) Sarvad
  6. to feel or suffer pain, do penance, practise austerities MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -tāpayati, to scorch, cause great pain, torment R. Pañc. Hit

paritapta

  1. pari-tapta (pári-), mfn. surrounded with heat, heated, burnt, tormented, afflicted RV. &c. &c

paritapti

  1. pari-tapti f. great pain or torture, anguish L

paritāpa

  1. pari-tāpa m. glow, scorching, heat Kālid. MārkP
  2. pain, agony, grief, sorrow R. Kathās. BhP. &c
  3. repentance MBh. Pañc
  4. N. of a partic. hell L

paritāpin

  1. pari-tāpin mfn. burning hot, scorching Kām
  2. causing pain or sorrow, tormenting R. Śiś

paritam

  1. pari-√tam P. -tāmyati, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Suśr

paritark

  1. pari-√tark P. -tarkayati, to think about, reflect, consider MBh. R

paritarkaṇa

  1. pari-tarkaṇa n. consideration, reflection MBh. [Page 595, Column]

paritarkita

  1. pari-tarkita mfn. thought about, expected (a-parit○) Hariv
  2. examined (judicially) R

paritarj

  1. pari-√tarj Caus. -tarjayati, to threaten, menace R. Bhartṛ

paritas

  1. parí-tas ind. (fr. pari) round about, all around, everywhere (na-paritaḥ, by no means, not at all) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. as prep. (with acc., once with gen.) round about, round, throughout AV. &c. &c

paritāḍin

  1. pari-tāḍin mfn. (√tāḍ) striking or hitting everywhere Bālar

paritāraṇīya

  1. pari-tāraṇīya mfn. (√tṝ, Caus.) to be delivered or saved (?) Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for -cāraṇīya = -caraṇīya)

paritikta

  1. pari-tikta mfn. extremely bitter, jātakam
  2. m. Melia Azedarach L

paritīra

  1. pari-tīra n. (prob.) = pari-kūla Pāṇ. 6-2, 182 Sch

paritud

  1. pari-√tud P. -tudati, to trample down, pound, crush MBh

parituṣ

  1. pari-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati (○te BhP.), to be quite satisfied with (gen. or loc. or instr.), to be much pleased or very glad MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -toṣayati, to satisfy completely, to appease, delight, flatter ib

parituṣṭa

  1. pari-tuṣṭa mfn. completely satisfied, delighted, very glad Mn. MBh. &c
  2. ○ṭâtman mfn. contented in mind MW
  3. ○ṭârtha mfn. completely satisfied Kathās

parituṣṭi

  1. pari-tuṣṭi f. complete satisfaction, contentment, delight Tattvas

parituṣya

  1. pari-tuṣya ind. being delighted or glad Kathās

paritoṣa

  1. pari-toṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) = ○tuṣṭi
  2. (with loc. or gen.) delight in Mn. MBh. &c
  3. N. of a man Cat
  4. -vat mfn. satisfied, delighted Kathās

paritoṣaka

  1. pari-toṣaka mfn. satisfying, pleasing Siṃhâs

paritoṣaṇa

  1. pari-toṣaṇa mfn. id. BhP
  2. n. satisfaction, gratification ib

paritoṣayitṛ

  1. pari-toṣayitṛ mfn. any one or anything that gratifies, pleasing Śiś. (v. l. para-t○)

paritoṣita

  1. pari-toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, delighted Hariv. R. Kathās

paritoṣin

  1. pari-toṣin mfn. contented or delighted with (comp.) MBh. Kathās

paritṛd

  1. pari-√tṛd P. -tṛṇatti (Impv. -tṛndhi), to pierce or thrust through RV. ŚBr

paritṛp

  1. pari-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate or satisfy completely MBh. R

paritarpaṇa

  1. pari-tarpaṇa mfn. satisfying, contenting BhP
  2. n. the act of satisfying Dhātup
  3. a restorative Car

paritṛpta

  1. pari-tṛpta mfn. completely satisfied or contented Śaṃk

paritṛpti

  1. pari-tṛpti f. complete satisfaction Up

paritṛṣita

  1. pari-tṛṣita mfn. (√tṛṣ) anxiously longing for (comp.) Kāraṇḍ

parityaj

  1. pari-√tyaj P. -tyajati (○te R. MārkP
  2. ind. p. -tyajya), to leave, quit, abandon, give up, reject, disregard, not heed Mn. MBh. &c
  3. (with deham) to forsake the body i.e. die BhP
  4. (with prâṇān, or jīvitam) to resign the breath, give up the ghost Mn. MBh. Daś. Vet
  5. (with nāvam) to disembark MW.: Pass. -tyajyate, to be deprived or bereft of (instr.) Mn. Pañc. Hit. &c.: Caus. -tyājayati, to deprive or rob a person of (2 acc.) R

parityakta

  1. pari-tyakta mfn. left, quitted &c
  2. let go, let fly (as an arrow) W
  3. deprived of, wanting (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  4. n. anything to spare Divyâv
  5. (am), ind. without (comp.) Pañc

parityaktṛ

  1. pari-tyaktṛ mfn. one who leaves or abandons, a forsaker Mn

parityaj

  1. pari-tyaj mfn. id. MBh

parityajana

  1. pari-tyajana n. abandoning, giving away, distributing W

parityajya

  1. pari-tyajya ind. having left or abandoned &c
  2. leaving a space, at a distance from (acc.) Var
  3. with she exception of, excepting ib

parityāga

  1. pari-tyāga m. (ifc. f. ā) the act of leaving, abandoning, deserting, quitting, giving up, neglecting, renouncing Mn. MBh. &c
  2. separation from (sakāśāt) R
  3. (pl.) liberality, a sacrifice Hit
  4. N. of wk

parityāgin

  1. pari-tyāgin mfn. leaving, quitting, forsaking, renouncing (mostly ifc.) MBh. R

parityājana

  1. pari-tyājana n. causing to abandon or give up MW

parityājya

  1. pari-tyājya mfn. to be left or abandoned or deserted &c. MBh
  2. to be given up or renounced ib
  3. to be omitted Sāh

paritrasta

  1. pari-trasta mfn. (√tras) terrified, frightened, much alarmed Hariv. R. &c

paritrāsa

  1. pari-trāsa m. (ifc. f. ā) terror, fright, fear MBh. Kāv

paritrigartam

  1. pari-trigartam ind. round about or outside Tri-garta Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 ; 12 Sch. [Page 595, Column]

paritrai

  1. pari-√trai P. Ā. -trāti, or -trāyate (Impv. -trāhi, -trātu, -trāyasva
  2. fut. -trāsyate
  3. inf. -trātum), to rescue, save, protect, defend (-trāyatām or ○yadhvam, help! to the rescue!) MBh. Kāv. &c

paritrāṇa

  1. pari-trāṇa n. rescue, preservation, deliverance from (abl.), protection or means of protection, refuge, retreat Mn. MBh. &c
  2. self-defence L
  3. the hair of the body L
  4. moustaches Gal

paritrāta

  1. pari-trāta mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kāv. Pur
  2. m. N. of a man L

paritrātavya

  1. pari-trātavya mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr. Bālar

paritrātṛ

  1. pari-trātṛ mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc

paridaṃśita

  1. pari-daṃśita mfn. (√daṃś) completely armed or covered with mail MBh

paridaṣṭa

  1. pari-daṣṭa mfn. bitten to pieces, bitten
  2. -dacchada mfn. biting the lips BhP

paridaśa

  1. pari-daśa mf(ā)n. pl. full ten Jātakam

paridah

  1. pari-√dah P. -dahati, to burn round or through or entirely, consume by fire, dry up Suśr.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti Divyâv.), to be burnt through or wholly consumed, to burn (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ṛit. &c

paridagdha

  1. pari-dagdha mfn. burnt, scorched MBh. Hariv. &c

paridahana

  1. pari-dahana n. burning W. (cf. parīd○) W

paridāha

  1. pari-dāha m. burning hot Suśr
  2. mental anguish, pain, sorrow MBh

paridāhin

  1. pari-dāhin mfn. burning hot L

paridā

  1. pari-dā √1. P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, (pr. 1. pl. -dadmasi RV
  2. Impv. -dehi
  3. pf. -dadau, -dade
  4. ind. p. -dāya
  5. inf. -dātum), to give, grant, bestow, surrender, intrust to or deposit with (dat., loc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati (ind. p. -dāpya). to cause to be delivered or given up MBh

paridā

  1. pari-dā́ f. giving one's self up to the favour or protection of another, devotion ŚBr. KātyŚr

paridāna

  1. pari-dāna n. id. ĀśvGṛ. Kauś
  2. restitution of a deposit L. (v. l. prati-d○)

paridāyin

  1. pari-dāyin m. a father (or another relation) who marries his daughter or ward to a man whose elder brother is not yet married L

parītta

  1. párī-tta (for 2. See p. 605, col. 1), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) given away, given up, delivered up to (loc.) VS. MBh

parītti

  1. parī-tti f. delivering TBr

paridiv

  1. pari-div √1. P. -devati, ○vayati, (rarely Ā
  2. pr. p. f. -devatīm MBh
  3. aor. paryadeviṣṭa pf. pari-didevire Bhaṭṭ
  4. inf. -devitum R.), to wail, lament, cry, bemoan, weep for (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

parideva

  1. pari-deva m. lamentation MBh. Lalit

paridevaka

  1. pari-devaka mf(ikā)n. who or what laments or complains Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 147)

paridevana

  1. pari-devana (wṛ. -vedana), n. lamentation, bewailing, complaint MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (ā), f. id. Yājñ. MBh. Hit

paridevita

  1. pari-devita (wṛ. -vedita), mfn. lamented, bewailed MBh. R. &c
  2. plaintive, miserable (am ind.) ib
  3. n. wailing, lamentation ib
  4. impers. with instr., e.g. ○taṃ-ṛāmeṇa, 'wailing was made by R.'

paridevin

  1. pari-devin mfn. lamenting, bewailing Śak

paridyūna

  1. pari-dyūna mfn. sorrowful, sad ŚBr
  2. made miserable by (instr. or comp.) MBh. R

paridiś

  1. pari-√diś (pf. -dideśa), to announce, make known, point out Br

paridiṣṭa

  1. pari-diṣṭa mfn. made known, pointed out MBh

paridih

  1. pari-√dih (only Subj. -dehat), to cover or smear over RV

paridigdha

  1. pari-digdha n. meat covered with meal L

paridīna

  1. pari-dīna mfn. much dejected or afflicted
  2. -mānasa (R.), -sattva (MBh.), mfn. distressed in mind

paridīp

  1. pari-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate (○ti), to flare up (lit. and fig.) MBh

paridu

  1. pari-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to burn (instr.), be consumed by pain or grief MBh. R

paridurbala

  1. pari-durbala mfn. extremely weak or decrepit MBh. R
  2. -tva n. Jātakam

paridṛṃhaṇa

  1. pari-dṛṃhaṇa n. (√dṛṃh) making firm, strengthening ĀpŚr

paridṛḍha

  1. pari-dṛḍha mfn. very firm or strong
  2. m. N. of a man (cf. pāridṛḍha) L

paridṛś

  1. pari-√dṛś (pl. Ā. -dadṛśrām AV
  2. inf. -draṣṭum MBh.), to look at, see, behold, regard, consider, find out, know: Pass. -dṛśyate (pf. -dadṛśe), to be observed or perceived, appear, become visible KaṭhUp. R. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to show, explain MBh. Bhāshāp. [Page 596, Column]

paridṛṣṭa

  1. pari-dṛṣṭa mfn. seen, beheld, perceived, learnt, known MBh
  2. -karman mfn. having much practical experience (○ma-tā f.) Car

paridraṣṭṛ

  1. pari-draṣṭṛ m. a spectator, perceiver MBh

paridṝ

  1. pari-√dṝ (only 3. sg. Prec. Ā. -darṣīṣṭa), to break through (the foe) RV. i, 132, 6: Pass. -dīryate, to peel or drop off on all sides, to become dropsical TS. ŚBr

paridara

  1. pari-dara m. a disease of the gums in which the skin peels off and bleeds Suśr

paridīrṇa

  1. pari-dīrṇa (pári-), mfn. rent on all sides, swollen, dropsical ŚBr

paridyūna

  1. pari-dyūna See pari-div

paridraḍhaya

  1. pari-draḍhaya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pari-dṛḍha), to make firm or strong Pat

paridru

  1. pari-√dru P. -dravati, to run round RV

paridvīpa

  1. pari-dvīpa m. N. of a son of Garuḍa. MBh. (v. l. sarid-dviipa)

paridveṣas

  1. pári-dveṣas m. a hater RV

paridhā

  1. pari-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (pf. -dadhur, -dadhire
  2. fut. -dhāsyati
  3. aor. -dhāt, -dhīmahi
  4. ind. p. -dhā́ya
  5. Ved. inf. pári-dhātavaí), to lay or put or place or set round RV. &c. &c
  6. to cast round, turn upon (dṛṣṭim, with loc. Hariv.)
  7. to put on, wear (with or sc. vāsas), dress VS. AV. ŚBr. &c
  8. surround, envelop, enclose RV. &c. &c
  9. to conclude or close (the recitation of a hymn) TS. Br.: Caus. -dhāpayati (ind. p. ○yitvā Pāṇ. 7-1, 38 Sch.), to cause a person to wrap round or put on (2 acc.) Br. &c
  10. to clothe with (instr.) AV.: Desid. -dhitsate, to wish to put on MBh

paridhāna

  1. pari-dhā́na (and ○dhāná), n. putting or laying round (esp, wood), wrapping round, putting on, dressing, clothing KātyŚr. R. Pañc
  2. a garment, (esp.) an under garment (ifc. f. ā) AV. ŚBr. &c. (also parī-dh○)
  3. closing or concluding (a recitation) ŚāṅkhBr
  4. -vastra n. an upper garment Pañc. iv, 63/64
  5. ○nī√kṛ, to make into an upper garment Śiś. Sch
  6. ○nīya n. an under garment
  7. (ā), f. (sc. ṛc) a concluding or final verse Br

paridhāpana

  1. pari-dhāpana n. causing to put on (a garment) Kauś
  2. ○nīya mfn. relating to it ib

paridhāya

  1. pari-dhāya m. (L.) train, retinue
  2. the hinder parts
  3. a receptacle for water

paridhāyaka

  1. pari-dhāyaka m. a fence, enclosure L

paridhi

  1. pari-dhí m. an enclosure, fence, wall, protection, (esp.) the 3 fresh sticks (called madhyama, dakṣiṇa, uttara) laid round a sacrificial fire to keep it together RV. &c. &c
  2. a cover, garment BhP
  3. (fig.) the ocean surrounding the earth ib
  4. a halo round the sun or moon Ragh. Var. BhP
  5. the horizon MBh. BhP
  6. any circumference or circle Var. Sūryas
  7. epicycle ib
  8. the branch of the tree to which the sacrificial victim is tied (?) W
  9. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi
  10. pl. (ṣaḍ aindrāh) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
  11. -saṃdhi m. (prob.) the putting together of the 3 fire-sticks (cf. above) MānŚr
  12. -stha mfn. being on the horizon (as the sun) MBh
  13. m. a guard posted in a circle L
  14. ○dhī√kṛ, to hang about Mcar
  15. ○dhy-upânta mf(ā)n. bordered by the ocean (as the earth) BhP

paridhin

  1. pari-dhin m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak.)

paridheya

  1. pari-dheya mfn. to be put round &c
  2. = paridhi-bhava VS. (Mahīdh. TS. v. l. barhi-ṣad)
  3. n. an under garment (?) MW

parihita

  1. pári-hita mfn. put round or on, covered, invested, clothed RV. &c. &c

paridhāv

  1. pari-√dhāv P. -dhā́vati (ep. also ○te), to flow or stream round or through RV. Suśr
  2. to run or drive about (with mṛgayām, 'to hunt') MBh
  3. to run or move round anything (with acc.) AV. MBh. &c
  4. to run through or towards or after (with acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dhāvayati, to surround, encircle MBh

paridhāvana

  1. pari-dhāvana n. the running away from, escaping MBh

paridhāvin

  1. pari-dhāvin m. 'running round', N. of the 46th (or 20th) of the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var

paridhīra

  1. pari-dhīra mfn. very deep (as a tone or sound) Ghaṭ

paridhū

  1. pari-√dhū (only 3. pl. Ā. -dhunvate), to shake off BhP

paridhūpana

  1. pari-dhūpana pari-dhūmana and pari-dhūmāyana n. = dhūmāyana Suśr

paridhūsara

  1. pari-dhūsara mfn. quite dustcoloured or grey (-tva n.) Prasannar. [Page 596, Column]

paridhṛ

  1. pari-√dhṛ P. -dhārayati, to carry about, bear, support AV. MBh

paridhāraṇa

  1. pari-dhāraṇa n. bearing, supporting, enduring (with gen.) MBh
  2. (ā), f. patience, perseverance Mcar

paridhārya

  1. pari-dhārya mfn. to be preserved or maintained Hariv

paridhṛta

  1. pari-dhṛta mfn. borne (in the womb) MBh

paridhṛṣ

  1. pari-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣayati, to attack, rush upon MBh

paridharṣaṇa

  1. pari-dharṣaṇa n. assault, attack, injury ib

paridhvaṃsa

  1. pari-dhvaṃsa m. (√dhvaṃs) distress, trouble, ruin MBh. Hit
  2. obscuration, eclipse ( See vidhu-)
  3. (also ā f.) loss of caste, mixture of castes Āpast. Mn. (also varṇa- Āp. Sch.)
  4. an outcaste Āpast

paridhvaṃsin

  1. pari-dhvaṃsin mfn. falling off Suśr
  2. destroying, ruining Kām. Hit. v, 118 (v. l.)

paridhvasta

  1. pari-dhvasta mfn. covered with (comp.) R
  2. destroyed, ruined ib

parinand

  1. pari-√nand (only ind. p. -nandya), to rejoice greatly, give great pleasure to (acc.) MBh. xv, 522

parinartana

  1. pari-nartana n. (√nṛt), g. kṣubhnâdi

parinābhi

  1. pari-nābhi ind. round the navel Śiś

pariniḥstan

  1. pari-niḥ-√stan P. -stanati, to groan loud R

parinind

  1. pari-√nind P. -nindati (or -ṇindati Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to censure or blame severely MBh. BhP

parinindana

  1. pari-nindana n. g. kṣubhnâdi

parinindā

  1. pari-nindā f. strong censure MBh
  2. censoriousness Subh

parinimna

  1. pari-nimna mfn. much depressed, deeply hollowed Suśr

parinirjita

  1. pari-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) vanquished, conquered MBh. R

parinirṇij

  1. pari-nir-ṇij (√nij
  2. only ind. p. -ṇijya), to wash, cleanse MBh

parinirmita

  1. pari-nir-mita mfn. (√3. mā) formed, created (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ
  2. marked off, limited R
  3. settled, determined MBh

parivaśavartin

  1. pari-vaśavartin m. pl. N. of a class of gods in Indra's world Yogas. Sch. (cf. paranirmita v"ṣ v○)

parinirluṭh

  1. pari-nir-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll down Rājat

parinirvapaṇa

  1. pari-nirvapaṇa n. (√2. vap) distributing, dispensing, giving W

parinirvivapsā

  1. pari-nirvivapsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of giving, liberality

parinirvivapsu

  1. pari-nirvivapsu mfn. desirous of giving Bhaṭṭ

parinirvā

  1. pari-nir-vā √2. P. -vāti, to be completely extinguished or emancipated (from individual existence), attain absolute rest Lalit.: Caus. -vāpayati, to emancipate completely by causing extinction of all re-births Vajracch

parivāṇa

  1. pari-vāṇa mfn. completely extinguished or finished (a-parinirv○) Śak
  2. n. complete extinction of individuality, entire cessation of re-births MWB. 50 ; 122 &c
  3. N. of a place where Buddha disappeared L
  4. -vaipulya-sūtra n. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra

parivāpayitavya

  1. pari-vāpayitavya mfn. to be completely extinguished or emancipated Vajracch

parivāyin

  1. pari-vāyin mfn. being completely exṭextinguished or emancipated Divyâv

parinirviṇṇa

  1. pari-nirviṇṇa mfn. (√3. vid) extremely disgusted with (loc.) MBh

paricetas

  1. pari-cetas mfn. faint-hearted, despondent ib

parinirvṛta

  1. pari-nirvṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) completely extinguished, finally liberated Divyâv

parinirvṛti

  1. pari-nirvṛti f. final liberation, complete emancipation Rājat

parinirhan

  1. pari-nir-√han (only Impv. -jahi), to drive away, expel AV

parinivṛt

  1. pari-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to pass away MBh

pariniścaya

  1. pari-niścaya m. fixed opinion or resolution MBh

pariniśnath

  1. pari-ni-√śnath (only aor. -śiśnathaḥ), to push or strike down RV

pariniṣad

  1. pari-ni-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣīdati (3. pl. pf. Ā. -ṣedire ind. p. -ṣadya), to sit around RV. [Page 596, Column]

pariniṣic

  1. pari-ni-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour down upon, endow richly MBh. (cf. next)

pariniṣev

  1. pari-ni-ṣev (√sev), Ā. -ṣevate MBh. xiii, 3087, prob. w. r. for -ṣecyate (√sic)

pariniṣṭhā

  1. pari-ni-ṣṭhā (√sthā), Caus. -ṣṭhāpayati, to teach thoroughly Uttarar

pariniṣṭhā

  1. pari-niṣṭhā f. extreme limit, highest point MBh. Kap
  2. complete knowledge, familiarity with (loc. or comp.) Śaṃk. Pur

pariniṣṭhāna

  1. pari-niṣṭhāna (only a-n○). n. the being completely fixed L
  2. mfn. having a final end or object Nyāyam. Sch

pariniṣṭhāpanīya

  1. pari-niṣṭhāpanīya mfn. to be exactly fixed or defined ĀpŚr

pariniṣṭhita

  1. pari-niṣṭhita mfn. quite perfect, accomplished Śaṃk
  2. being in (loc.) Hariv. Pur
  3. completely skilled in or acquainted with (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

parinaiṣṭhika

  1. pari-naiṣṭhika mf(ī)n. highest, utmost, most perfect MBh

pariniṣpad

  1. pari-niṣ-√pad Ā. -padyate, to change or turn into (nom.) Kāraṇḍ

pariniṣpatti

  1. pari-niṣpatti f. perfection Vajracch

pariniṣpanna

  1. pari-niṣpanna mfn. developed, perfect, real, existing Saṃk. Buddh
  2. -tva n. real being, reality Saṃk

pariniṣpādita

  1. pari-niṣpādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) developed, manifested Kāraṇḍ

parinṛt

  1. pari-√nṛt P. -nṛ́tyati, to dance about or round (acc.) TS. AV. MBh

parinaiṣṭhika

  1. pari-naiṣṭhika See under pari-ni-ṣṭhā

parinyasta

  1. pari-ny-asta mfn. (√2. as) stretched out, extended Kathās

parinyāsa

  1. pari-nyāsa m. completing the sense of a passage W
  2. alluding to the development of the seed (bīja) or origin of a dramatic plot Daśar

paripac

  1. pari-√pac P. -pacati, to bring to maturity Divyâv.: Pass. -pacyate, to be cooked Pañc
  2. to be burnt (in hell) Hariv
  3. to become ripe, (fig.) have results or consequences Hariv. Var
  4. approach one's end or issue MBh.: Caus. -pācayati, to cook, roast Suśr
  5. to cause to ripen, bring to maturity or perfection Kāraṇḍ

paripakva

  1. pari-pakva mfn. completely cooked or dressed W
  2. completely burnt (as bricks) Var
  3. quite ripe, mature, accomplished, perfect MBh. Kāv. Suśr
  4. highly cultivated, very sharp or shrewd SaddhP
  5. near death or decay, about to pass away MBh. Suśr
  6. fully digested W
  7. -kaṣāya mfn. = jitêndriya Kull. on Mn. vi, 1
  8. -tā f. being dressed or cooked, maturity
  9. digestion
  10. perfection
  11. shrewdness W
  12. -śāli m. ripe rice, Ṛit,

paripacana

  1. pari-pacana n. = tailapācanikā Car. Sch

paripāka

  1. pari-pāka m. being completely cooked or dressed Bhpr
  2. digestion Vedântas
  3. ripening, maturity, perfection Kāv. Sāṃkhyak. Suśr
  4. result, consequence (āt and atas, in consequence of) Mcar. Rājat
  5. cleverness, shrewdness, experience Naish. (cf. parī-p○)

paripākin

  1. pari-pākin mfn. ripening, digesting W
  2. (inī), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L

paripācana

  1. pari-pācana mfn. cooking, ripening Suśr
  2. (fig.) bringing to maturity Lalit
  3. n. and -tā f. the act of bringing to maturity Lalit

paripācayitṛ

  1. pari-pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, ripening Megh. Sch

paripācita

  1. pari-pācita mfn. cooked, roasted Suśr

paripaṭh

  1. pari-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to discourse Sarvad
  2. to enumerate completely, detail, mention, name MBh. Suśr. Pur

paripāṭha

  1. pari-pāṭha m. complete enumeration
  2. (ena), ind. in detail, completely MBh

paripāṭhaka

  1. pari-pāṭhaka mfn. enumerating completely, detailing Cat

paripaṇa

  1. pari-paṇa m. n. (√paṇ) = nīvii (capital, stock ?) L

paripaṇana

  1. pari-paṇana n. playing for, wagering Mudr

paripaṇita

  1. pari-paṇita mfn. pledged, wagered, promised W

paripaṇḍiman

  1. pari-paṇḍiman m. complete whiteness Śiś

paripat

  1. pari-√pat P. -patati (3. pl. pf. -petur), to fly or run about, wheel or whirl round, rush to and fro, move hither and thither RV. &c. &c
  2. to leap down from (abl.) MBh
  3. to throw one's self upon, attack (with loc.) ib. Kāv.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fall down, shoot down or off MBh
  4. to throw into (loc.) Mṛicch
  5. to destroy Divyâv

paripatana

  1. pari-patana n. flying round or about Śak

paripati

  1. pári-pati m. the lord of all around RV. VS. (Mahīdh. 'flying about')

paripad

  1. pari-√pad Caus. -pādayati, to change (m before r and the sibilants) into Anu-svāra RPrāt

paripad

  1. pari-pád f. a trap or snare RV

paripadin

  1. pari-padin m. an enemy L. (wṛ. for ○parin ?). [Page 597, Column]

paripanna

  1. pari-panna n. the change of m into Anusvāra (cf. above) RPrāt

paripāda

  1. pari-pāda m. g. nirudakâdi

paripanthaka

  1. pari-panthaka m. (√panth) one who obstructs the way, an antagonist, adversary, enemy Rājat

paripantham

  1. pari-pantham ind. by or in the way L

paripanthaya

  1. pari-panthaya Nom. P. ○yati, to obstruct the way, oppose, resist (with acc.) Rājat

paripanthika

  1. pari-panthika m. an adversary, enemy MBh

paripanthin

  1. pari-panthín mfn. standing in the way, hindering
  2. m. = prec. RV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)
  3. ○thi-tva n. Sāh. Sarvad

paripanthībhū

  1. pari-panthī-√bhū to become the adversary of (gen.) Veṇis

paripara

  1. pari-para See a-pari-para

pariparin

  1. pari-parín m. (prob. fr. pari + pari) an antagonist, adversary VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)

paripavana

  1. pari-pavana See pari-pū, col. 2

paripaś

  1. pari-√paś P. -paśyati, to look over, survey RV. AV
  2. to perceive, behold, see, observe RV. TS. Br. Up
  3. to fix the mind or thoughts upon (acc.) MBh
  4. to learn, know, recognise as (2 acc.) MuṇḍUp. MBh. BhP

paripaśavya

  1. pári-paśavya mfn. (paśu) relating to the sacrificial victim ŚBr. KātyŚr

paripā

  1. pari-pā √1. P. -pibati, to drink before or after (acc.) AitBr
  2. to drink or suck out, take away, rob Kād

paripāna

  1. pari-pā́na n. a drink, beverage RV

paripīta

  1. pari-pīta mfn. drunk or sucked out, gone through Kāv
  2. soaked with (comp.) Suśr

paripā

  1. pari-pā √3. P. -pāti, (aor. Subj. -pāsati RV.), to protect or defend on every side, to guard, maintain RV. &c.&c

paripāṇa

  1. pari-pā́ṇa n. protection, defence, covert RV

paripālaka

  1. pari-pālaka mf(ikā)n. (cf. √pāl) guarding, keeping, maintaining Pur
  2. taking care of one's property SaddhP

paripālana

  1. pari-pālana n. the act of guarding &c. Vishṇ. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. fostering, nourishing Pañc
  3. (ā), f. protection, care, nurture Bālar

paripālanīya

  1. pari-pālanīya mfn. to be guarded or preserved or kept or maintained Kād

paripālayitṛ

  1. pari-pālayitṛ mfn. protecting, defending Śaṃk

paripālya

  1. pari-pālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. R. &c

paripipālayiṣā

  1. pari-pipālayiṣā f. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) desire of protecting or sustaining or preserving Śaṃk

paripāka

  1. pari-pāka ○kin &c. See pari-pac

paripāṭala

  1. pari-pāṭala mfn. of a pale red colour, pale red Kālid. Śiś. &c

parilita

  1. pari-lita m. dyed pale red Hariv

paripāṭi

  1. pari-pāṭi ○ṭī f. succession, order, method, arrangement Var. Caṇḍ. Bhām. Sāh
  2. arithmetic Col

paripāṇḍu

  1. pari-pāṇḍu mfn. very light or pale Kālid. Ratnâv

paripāṇḍiman

  1. pari-pāṇḍiman m. excessive pallor or whiteness Śiś

paripāṇḍura

  1. pari-pāṇḍura mfn. dazzling white Bālar. Vcar

paripāṇḍurita

  1. pari-pāṇḍurita mfn. made very pale ib

paripārśva

  1. pari-pārśva mfn. being at or by one's side, near, at hand KātyŚr

paripārśvacara

  1. ○cara mfn. going at or by one's side MBh

paripārśvatas

  1. ○tas ind. at or by the side, on both sides of (gen.) MBh. Hariv

paripārśvavartin

  1. ○vartin mfn. being at the side or near Kum. Prab

paripiṅga

  1. pari-piṅga mfn. quite reddishbrown

paripiṅgakṛ

  1. pari-piṅga-√kṛ to dye reddish-brown Śiś

paripiccha

  1. pari-piccha n. an ornament made of the feathers of a peacock's tail BhP

paripiñja

  1. pari-piñja mfn. full of (instr.) Kum

paripiñjara

  1. pari-piñjara mf(ā)n. of a brownish red colour Kād. Vcar

paripiṇḍīkṛta

  1. pari-piṇḍī-kṛta mfn. made up like a ball Divyâv

paripiṣ

  1. pari-√piṣ (only pf. -pipeṣa), to crush, pound, strike R

paripiṣṭa

  1. pari-piṣṭa mfn. crushed, trampled down MBh

paripiṣṭaka

  1. pari-piṣṭaka n. lead L

paripīḍ

  1. pari-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press all round, press together, squeeze Kāv. Suśr
  2. to torment, harass, vex MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. (in augury) to cover, cover up Var

paripīḍana

  1. pari-pīḍana n. squeezing or pressing out Suśr
  2. injuring, prejudicing Kām

paripīḍā

  1. pari-pīḍā f. pressing, tormenting R

paripīḍita

  1. pari-pīḍita mfn. pressed
  2. embraced
  3. tormented Kāv. [Page 597, Column]

paripīvara

  1. pari-pīvara mfn. very fat or plump Hariv

paripuṅkhita

  1. pari-puṅkhita mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Bhām

paripucchaya

  1. pari-pucchaya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to wag the tail Pāṇ. 3-1, 20 Sch

paripuṭ

  1. pari-√puṭ Pass. -puṭyate, to peel off, lose the bark or skin Suśr

paripuṭana

  1. pari-puṭana n. peeling, losing the bark or skin ib
  2. -vat mfn. peeling or dropping off ib

paripoṭa

  1. pari-poṭa m. peeling off (a partic. disease of the ear) Suśr
  2. -ka m. id. ib
  3. -vat mfn. peeling off, losing the skin ib

paripoṭana

  1. pari-poṭana n. peeling off, desquamation, losing the bark or skin ib

paripuṣ

  1. pari-√puṣ Caus. -poṣayati (Pass. pr. p. -poṣyamāṇa), to nourish, foster

paripuṣṭa

  1. pari-puṣṭa mfn. nourished, cherished (-tā f. Yājñ.)
  2. amply provided with, abounding in (comp.) Kull
  3. augmented], increased Sāh

paripoṣa

  1. pari-poṣa m. full growth or development Sāh

paripoṣaka

  1. pari-poṣaka mfn. nourishing, confirming. Rājat

paripoṣaṇa

  1. pari-poṣaṇa n. the act of cherishing or furthering or promoting BhP

paripoṣaṇīya

  1. pari-poṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or promoted Pañc

paripuṣkarā

  1. pari-puṣkarā f. Cucumis Maderaspatanus L

paripū

  1. pari-√pū P. Ā. -punāti, ○nīte, to purify completely, strain
  2. Ā. (RV. -pavate), to flow off clearly

paripavana

  1. pari-pavana n. cleaning, winnowing corn Kull
  2. a winnowing basket Nir

paripūta

  1. pari-pūta mfn. purified, strained, winnowed, threshed RV. Mn. &c

paripūti

  1. pari-pūti f. complete cleaning or purification Bālar

paripūj

  1. pari-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to honour greatly, adore, worship MBh. Kāv

paripūjana

  1. pari-pūjana n. honouring, adoring W

paripūjā

  1. pari-pūjā f. id. MW

paripūjita

  1. pari-pūjita mfn. honoured, adored, worshipped ib

paripṛcchaka

  1. pari-pṛcchaka &c. See pariprach

paripṝ

  1. pari-√pṝ Pass. -pūryate, to fill (intrans.), become completely full Rājat.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill (trans.), make full, cover or occupy completely MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. to fulfil, accomplish, go through Kāraṇḍ

paripūraka

  1. pari-pūraka mfn. filling, fulfilling Bhartṛ
  2. causing fulness or prosperity Kull

paripūraṇa

  1. pari-pūraṇa n. the act of filling Kāv
  2. accomplishing, perfecting, rendering complete Śaṃk. Kāraṇḍ

paripūraṇīya

  1. pari-pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled or fulfilled Hcat

paripūrayitavya

  1. pari-pūrayitavya mfn. id. Kāraṇḍ

paripūrita

  1. pari-pūrita mfn. filled or occupied by, furnished with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. accomplished, finished, gone through, experienced Gīt

paripūrin

  1. pari-pūrin mfn. granting or bestowing richly Śiś

paripūrṇa

  1. pari-pūrṇa mfn. quite full Kauś
  2. completely filled or covered with, occupied by (comp.) MBh. R. &c
  3. accomplished, perfect, whole, complete ib
  4. fully satisfied, content R
  5. -candra-vimala-prabha m. N. of a Samādhi L
  6. -tā f. -tva n. completion, fulness, satiety, satisfaction L
  7. -bhāṣin mfn. speaking perfectly i.e. very wisely R
  8. -mānasa mfn. satisfied in mind R
  9. -mukha mf(ī)n. having the face entirely covered or smeared or painted with (comp.) Caurap
  10. -sahasra-candra-vatī f. 'possessing a thousand full moons', N. of Indra's wife L
  11. -vyañjanatā f. having the sexual organs complete (one of the 80 secondary marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 24
  12. ○ṇârtha mfn. having attained one's aim R
  13. full of meaning, wise (as a speech) MBh. R
  14. ○ṇêndu m. the full moon Mṛicch

paripūrti

  1. pari-pūrti f. fulness, completion RPrāt. Sch

paripelava

  1. pari-pelava mf(ā)n. very fine or small, very delicate Var
  2. n. (also -pela L.) Cyperus Rotundus or a similar kind of grass Suśr

paripoṭa

  1. pari-poṭa &c. See pari-puṭ

paripoṣa

  1. pari-poṣa &c. See pari-puṣ

paripragrah

  1. pari-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to hand or pass round KātyŚr

pariprach

  1. pari-√prach P. Ā. -pṛcchati, ○te (pf. -papraccha
  2. fut. -prakṣyati
  3. ind. p. -pṛcchya
  4. inf. -praṣṭum), to interrogate or ask a person about anything, to inquire about (with 2 acc. or with acc. of pers. and acc. with prati loc. or gen. of thing) MBh. Kāv. &c

paripṛcchaka

  1. pari-pṛcchaka m. an interrogator, inquirer GopBr

paripṛcchanikā

  1. pari-pṛcchanikā f. a subject for discussion Divyâv

paripṛcchā

  1. pari-pṛcchā f. question, inquiry L. [Page 597, Column]

paripṛcchika

  1. pari-pṛcchika mfn. one who receives anything only when asked for MBh. (Nīlak.)

paripṛṣṭika

  1. pari-pṛṣṭika mfn. id. ib

paripraśna

  1. pari-praśna m. question, interrogation Bhag
  2. inquiry about (comp.). Pāṇ. 2-1, 63 &c

paripraṇī

  1. pari-pra-ṇī (√nī, only Pass. -ṇīyáte), to fetch from (abl.) RV. i, 141, 4

pariprath

  1. pari-√prath (only pf. Ā. -paprathé), to stretch round or over (acc.) RV. vi, 7, 7

paripradhanv

  1. pari-pra-√dhanv (only Impv. dhanva), to run or stream about RV

paripramuc

  1. pari-pra-√muc (only Impv. Ā. -muñcasva), to free one's self from (abl.) RV. x, 38, 5

pariprayā

  1. pari-pra-√yā (only 2. pl. pr. -yāthá), to travel round (acc.) RV. iv, 51, 5

paripravac

  1. pari-pra-√vac (only aor. -pravocan), to tell anything earlier than another person (acc.), ChUP. iv, 10, 2

paripravṛt

  1. pari-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to turn hither RV. x, 135, 4

paripraśna

  1. pari-praśna See pari-prach

pariprasyand

  1. pari-pra-√syand Ā. -syándate (aor. P. -ásiṣyadat), to flow forth or round RV

pariprāp

  1. pari-prâp (-pra + √āp), Caus. -prâpayati, to get done, bring about, accomplish Lalit. Divyâv

pariprāpaṇa

  1. pari-prâpaṇa n. taking place, occurrence Pat

pariprāpti

  1. pari-prâpti f. obtaining, acquisition R

pariprāpya

  1. pari-prâpya mfn. to be done Divyâv

pariprepsu

  1. pari-prêpsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to gain or obtain, desirous of (acc.) MBh

pariprārdha

  1. pari-prârdha n. proximity, nearness ŚāṅkhBr

pariprī

  1. pari-prī́ mfn. very dear, highly valued RV

pariprīta

  1. pári-prīta mfn. id. ib
  2. much gratified, delighted MBh

paripruṣ

  1. pari-√pruṣ (only pr. p. -pruṣṇát), to sprinkle about TS

paripruṣ

  1. pari-prúṣ mfn. sprinkling, splashing RV

paripre

  1. pari-pré (-pra +√i, only pr. p. -prayát), to run through on all sides RV. ix, 68, 8

paripreraka

  1. pari-prêraka mfn. (√īr) exciting, causing, effecting Sāy

paripreṣ

  1. pari-prêṣ (-pra + √1. iṣ), Caus. prat9ṣayati, to send forth, despatch Bhaṭṭ

paripreṣaṇa

  1. pari-prêṣaṇa n. sending forth
  2. abandoning W

paripreṣita

  1. pari-prêṣita mfn. sent forth
  2. abandoned ib

paripreṣya

  1. pari-prêṣya m. a servant MBh. iv, 32 (v. l. pare pr○)

pariplu

  1. pari-√plu Ā. -plavate (ind. p. -plutya MBh
  2. -plūya Pāṇ. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or hover about or through Br. &c. &c
  3. to revolve, move in a circle ŚBr
  4. to move restlessly, go astray Br
  5. to hasten forward or near MBh.: Caus. -plāvayati (ind. p. -plāvya), to bathe, water MBh

pariplava

  1. pari-plavá mfn. swimming VS. Kāṭh
  2. swaying or moving to and fro ŚāṅkhBr
  3. running about, unsteady, restless Śiś
  4. m. trembling, restlessness Bhpr
  5. bathing, inundation W
  6. oppression, tyranny ib
  7. a ship, boat R. (v. l. pāripl○)
  8. N. of a prince (son of Sukhī-bala or Sukhī-vala or Sukhī-nala) Pur
  9. (ā), f. a sort of spoon used at sacrifices KātyŚr

pariplāvya

  1. pari-plāvya mfn. to be poured over MBh

paripluta

  1. pari-pluta mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh
  2. flooded, immersed, overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. n. a spring, jump Var
  4. (ā), f. spirituous liquor L

paripluṣṭa

  1. pari-pluṣṭa mfn. (√pluṣ) burnt, scorched, singed L

pariploṣa

  1. pari-ploṣa m. burning, internal heat Car

pariphulla

  1. pari-phulla mfn. widely opened (as eyes) Śiś
  2. covered with erected hairs ib

paribandh

  1. pari-√bandh Ā. -badhnīte (impf. 3. sg. pary-abandhata MBh
  2. Pass. pary-abadhyata ib
  3. pf. Ā. pari-bedhiré AV.), to tie to, bind on, put on
  4. to surround, encircle: Caus. -bandhayati, to tie round, embrace, span Cat

paribaddha

  1. pari-baddha mfn. bound, stopped, obstructed R

paribandhana

  1. pari-bandhana n. tying round L

paribādh

  1. pari-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to ward or keep off, exclude from, protect or defend against (abl.) VS. Br. &c. [Page 598, Column]
  2. to vex, molest, annoy MBh. Kāv.: Desid. -bibādhiṣate, to strive to keep or ward off ŚBr

paribādh

  1. pari-bā́dh f. hindrance or a hinderer RV

paribādha

  1. pari-bādha m. a noxious or troublesome demon MantraBr
  2. (ā), f. trouble, toil, hardship Śak

paribubhukṣita

  1. pari-bubhukṣita mfn. (Desid. of pari- √3. bhuj), very hungry MBh

paribṛṃh

  1. pari-bṛṃh (√2. bṛṃh, also written vṛṃh in verb. forms and deriv.), P. Ā. -bṛṃhati (or -bṛhati), ○te (p. pf. Ā. -babṛhāṇa, prob. solid, strong RV. v, 41, 12), to embrace, encircle, fasten, make big or strong Br.: Caus. -bṛṃhayati, to make strong, strengthen MBh

paribarha

  1. pari-barha m. (ifc. f. ā) 'surroundings', retinue, train, furniture, attire, trim, property, wealth, the necessaries of life MBh. R. &c
  2. royal insignia L
  3. -vat mfn. (a house) provided with suitable furniture Ragh

paribarhaṇa

  1. pari-barhaṇa n. retinue, train, attire, trim MBh
  2. worship, adoration BhP
  3. (ā), f. growth, increase Nir. Sch

paribṛṃhaṇa

  1. pari-bṛṃhaṇa n. prosperity, welfare BhP
  2. an additional work, supplement Mn. MBh

paribṛṃhita

  1. pari-bṛṃhita (or ○vṛhita
  2. Pāṇ. 7-2, 21 Sch.), mfn. increased, augmented, strengthened by, connected or furnished with (instr. or comp.) MBh. BhP
  3. n. the roar of an elephant L

paribṛḍha

  1. pari-bṛḍha (pári-), mfn. firm, strong, solid ŚBr. Nir
  2. m. (only -vṛḍha) a superior, lord Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 21)
  3. comp. -vraḍhīyas Pat
  4. superl. -vraḍhiṣṭha ib
  5. or -vṛḍha-tama (with brahma n. the supreme spirit) Saṃk
  6. Nom. P. -vraḍhaya, ○yati Pat
  7. -vraḍhiman m. (g. dṛḍhâdi) ability, capability Śiś. v, 41 (a-pariv○)

paribodha

  1. pari-bodha m. (√budh) reason (-vat mfn. endowed with reason Śak. v, 21, v, l.)

paribodhana

  1. pari-bodhana n. exhortation, admonitinn (also ā f.) Kād

paribodhanīya

  1. pari-bodhanīya mfn. to be admonished ib

paribrū

  1. pari-√brū P. -braviiti (Pot. -brūyāt), to utter a spell or charm, lay under a spell, enchant AV. Kāṭh

paribhakṣ

  1. pari-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to drink or eat up (esp. what belongs to another), devour, consume MBh

paribhakṣaṇa

  1. pari-bhakṣaṇa n. eating up, consuming MBh
  2. being eaten up by (instr.) ib

paribhakṣā

  1. pari-bhakṣā f. passing over any one at a meal, N. of a partic. observance ĀpŚr

paribhakṣita

  1. pari-bhakṣita mfn. drunk or eaten up, devoured, consumed ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy. Sch. MBh

paribhagna

  1. pari-bhagna mfn. (√bhañj) broken, interrupted, disturbed, stopped MBh. R
  2. -krama mfn. stopped in one's course, checked in one's progress MBh

paribhaṅga

  1. pari-bhaṅga m. breaking to pieces, shattering W

paribhaj

  1. pari-√bhaj (only ind. p. -bhajya), to divide MBh

paribhaya

  1. pari-bhaya m. or n. (√bhī) apprehension, fear Śaṃk

paribharts

  1. pari-√bharts P. -bhartsati, or -bhartsayati, to threaten, menace, scold, chide MBh. R

paribhartsana

  1. pari-bhartsana n. threatening, menacing R

paribhartsita

  1. pari-bhartsita mfn. threatened, chided ib

paribhava

  1. pari-bhava ○vana &c. See pari-bhū

paribhāṇḍa

  1. pari-bhāṇḍa n. furniture, utensils Āpast

paribhāva

  1. pari-bhāva ○vana &c. See pari-bhū

paribhāṣ

  1. pari-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to speak to (acc.), address, admonish MBh. Hariv. R
  2. to declare, teach, explain, define Gṛihyās. Hariv. Kāś
  3. to persuade, exhort, encourage MW
  4. to abuse Divyâv

paribhāṣaka

  1. pari-bhāṣaka mfn. abusive Divyâv

paribhāṣaṇa

  1. pari-bhāṣaṇa mfn. speaking much (a-paribh○) R
  2. n. speaking, talking, discourse Subh
  3. admonition, reprimand, reproof Mn. MBh. Lalit
  4. rule, precept W
  5. agreement (?) ib

paribhāṣaṇīya

  1. pari-bhāṣaṇīya mfn. to be addressed or spoken to
  2. reprehensible, deserving reproof W

paribhāṣā

  1. pari-bhāṣā f. speech, discourse, words MBh. BhP
  2. blame, censure, reproof (only pl.) Pat. Bālar
  3. any explanatory rule or general definition, (in gram.) a rule or maxim which teaches the proper interpretation or application of other rules Pāṇ
  4. (in medic.) prognosis
  5. a table or list of abbreviations or signs used in any work
  6. (also pl.) N. of sev. wks
  7. -kroḍa-pattra n. -"ṣṅka-sūtra (○ṣâṅk○), n. -chando-mañjarī f. -ṭīkā f. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa, m. -prakāśikā f. -pradīpa m. -pradīpârcis n. -bhāṣya-sūtra n. -bhāskara m. -mañjarī f. -rahasya, n. -"ṣrtha-mañjarī (○ṣârth○), f. -"ṣrtha-saṃgraha (○ṣârth○), m. -viveka m. -viśeṣa m. -vṛtti f. -śiromaṇi m. -saṃgraha m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sūtra n. ○ṣêndu-bhāskara m. ○ṣêndu-śekhara m. ○ṣêndu-śekharasaṃgraha m. ○ṣôpaskāra m. N. of wks. [Page 598, Column]

paribhāṣita

  1. pari-bhāṣita mfn. explained, said, stated as (nom.), taught, established as a rule, formed or used technically Hariv. Bālar. Bījag
  2. -tva n. RPrāt. Sch

paribhāṣin

  1. pari-bhāṣin mfn. speaking, telling (ifc.) R

paribhāṣya

  1. pari-bhāṣya mfn. to be stated or taught (a-paribh○) Pat

paribhās

  1. pari-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to appear ŚBr

paribhāsita

  1. pari-bhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embellished, adorned Cat

paribhid

  1. pari-√bhid Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken or destroyed MBh

paribhinna

  1. pari-bhinna (pári-), mfn. broken, split or cleft open, crumbled ŚBr. R
  2. disfigured, deformed MBh

paribheda

  1. pari-bheda m. hurt, injury R

paribhedaka

  1. pari-bhedaka mfn. breaking through Cat

paribhuj

  1. pari-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, (-ábubhojīr RV. i, 33, 9), to span, encompass, embrace RV. VS. TāṇḍBr

paribhugna

  1. pari-bhugna mfn. bowed, bent Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.)

paribhuj

  1. pari-bhuj √3. P. Ā. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, (inf. -bhoktum), to eat before another (with acc.) MBh
  2. to neglect to feed BhP
  3. to feed upon, eat, consume, enjoy Kāv. Sāh

paribhukta

  1. pari-bhukta mfn. eaten before another, anticipated in eating MBh
  2. eaten, enjoyed, possessed Kāv
  3. worn (as a garment) Divyâv

paribhoktṛ

  1. pari-bhoktṛ mfn. eating, enjoying SaddhP
  2. living at another's cost Mn. ii, 201

paribhoga

  1. pari-bhoga m. enjoyment, (esp.) sexual intercourse MBh. Kāv. Var
  2. illegal use of another's goods W
  3. means of subsistence or enjoyment MBh

paribhogya

  1. pari-bhogya (!), n. use Divyâv

paribhū

  1. pari-√bhū P. Ā. -bhavati, ○te (pf. -babhūva, ○bhūtha, ○bhūvuḥ RV
  2. aor. -abhūvan, -bhuvat
  3. Subj. -bhūtas, -bhūthas ib
  4. Impv. -bhūtu ib
  5. Ved. inf. -bhvé ib
  6. ind. p. -bhūya MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate R
  7. fut. -bhaviṣyate Bhaṭṭ.), to be round anything, surround, enclose, contain RV. AV. Br
  8. to go or fly round, accompany, attend to, take care of, guide, govern RV. AV
  9. to be superior, excel, surpass, subdue, conquer RV. &c. &c
  10. to pass round or over, not heed, slight, despise, insult MBh. Kāv. &c
  11. to disgrace MBh
  12. to disappear, be lost (= parā-bhū) ib.: Caus. -bhāvayati, ○te (ind. p. -bhāvya), to spread around, divulge, make known Uttarar
  13. to surpass, exceed BhP
  14. to soak, saturate, sprinkle Suśr. ŚārṅgS
  15. to contain, include BhP
  16. to conceive, think, consider, know, recognise as (acc.) Prab. Rājat. BhP. Pañc

paribhava

  1. pari-bhava m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. -pada n. an object or occasion of contempt Kālid. Hit
  3. -vidhi m. humiliation, Śṛiṅgār
  4. ○vâśpada n. = ○va-pada Vikr. MārkP

paribhavana

  1. pari-bhavana n. humiliation, degradation Mālav

paribhavanīya

  1. pari-bhavanīya mfn. liable to be insulted or offended or humiliated Mālav. Kād. Kathās

paribhavin

  1. pari-bhavin mfn. injuring, despising, ridiculing Inscr
  2. suffering disrespect W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 157)

paribhāva

  1. pari-bhāva (also pari-bh○), m. contempt Pañc. i, 258/259 (B. ○bhava)

paribhāvana

  1. pari-bhāvana n. cohesion, union MBh
  2. (ā), f. thought, contemplation Uttarar
  3. (in dram.) words exciting curiosity Sāh

paribhāvita

  1. pari-bhāvita mfn. enclosed, contained BhP
  2. (-tva n. RPrāt. Sch., wṛ. for ○bhāṣita-tva)
  3. penetrated, pervaded ib
  4. conceived, imagined ib

paribhāvin

  1. pari-bhāvin mfn. injuring, despising, slighting, mocking, defying (ifc.) Kālid. Ratnâv

paribhāvuka

  1. pari-bhāvuka mf(ī)n. who or what shames or humbles or outstrips another (with acc.), Śis

paribhū

  1. pari-bhū́ mfn. surrounding, enclosing, containing, pervading, guiding, governing RV. AV. TS. TBr. ĪśUp

paribhūta

  1. pari-bhūta mfn. overpowered, conquered, slighted, disregarded, despised Kāv. Pur
  2. m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a poet Cat
  3. -gati-traya mfn. surpassing three times the age of man BhP
  4. -tā f. humiliation, degradation Vajracch

paribhūti

  1. pari-bhūti (pári-), f. superiority RV
  2. contempt, humiliation, disrespect, injury Kathās. Pañc. BhP

paribhūṣ

  1. pari-√bhūṣ P. -bhū́ṣati, to run round, circumambulate RV
  2. to wait upon, serve, attend, honour, obey, follow ib
  3. to fit out, decorate ib. [Page 598, Column]
  4. to be superior, surpass in (instr.) ib. ii, 12, 1

paribhūṣaṇa

  1. pari-bhūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace obtained by the cession of the whole revenue of a land Kām. (v. l. para-bh○)

paribhūṣita

  1. pari-bhūṣita mfn. decorated, adorned MBh

paribhṛ

  1. pari-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te (pf. P. -babhrima [!] BhP
  2. Ā. -jabhre RV.), to bring RV
  3. (Ā.) to extend or pass beyond ib. (also trans. = extend, spread, i, 97, 15)
  4. to roam or travel about, Bhp. (cf. above)

paribheda

  1. pari-bheda ○dhaka, See pari-bhid

paribhoga

  1. pari-bhoga &c. See pari- √3. bhuj

paribhraṃś

  1. pari-√bhraṃś only pr. p. Ā. in a-paribhraśyamāna mfn. not escaping Kām

paribhraṃśa

  1. pari-bhraṃśa m. escape Hariv

paribhraṃśana

  1. pari-bhraṃśana n. falling from, loss of (abl.) Pañc

paribhraṣṭa

  1. pari-bhraṣṭa mfn. fallen or dropped off
  2. fallen from (often = omitting, neglecting)
  3. deprived of (abl. or comp., rarely instr.) Mn. MBh. &c
  4. fallen, lost, ruined
  5. sunk, degraded MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. escaped, vanished MBh. Kathās
  7. -satkarman mfn. one whose virtuous acts are lost or in vain BhP
  8. -sukha mfn. fallen from happiness MBh

paribhrajj

  1. pari-√bhrajj only pr. p. -bhṛjjyat (with pass. meaning, Bh. B. xi, 97, C. -bhujyat) and Caus. -bharjayati (Bhpr.), to fry, roast, parch

paribhṛṣṭa

  1. pari-bhṛṣṭa mfn. fried, roasted, parched Suśr

paribhram

  1. pari-√bhram P. -bhramati, -bhrāmyati (ep. also ○te
  2. pr. p. -bhramat, -bhrāmyat and -bhramamāṇa
  3. pf. -babhrāma, 3. pl. -babhramuḥ, or -bhremuḥ
  4. ind. p. -bhramya
  5. inf. -bhramitum or -bhrāntum), to rove, ramble, wander about or through MBh. Kāv. &c
  6. (also with maṇḍalam) to turn or whirl round, move in a circle, describe a circle round, revolve, rotate MaitrUp. Hariv. R. BhP.: Caus. -bhrāmayati, to stir up, shake through Bhpr

paribhrama

  1. pari-bhrama mfn. flying round or about ( khe-paribhr○)
  2. m. wandering, going about BhP
  3. circumlocution, rambling discourse Mṛicch. i, 2/3
  4. error W

paribhramaṇa

  1. pari-bhramaṇa n. turning round, revolving (as of wheels) BhP
  2. moving to and fro, going about Prasaṅg
  3. circumference Sūryas

paribhrāmaṇa

  1. pari-bhrāmaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) turning to and fro BhP

paribhrāmin

  1. pari-bhrāmin mfn. moving hither and thither in (comp.) Bālar

paribhrāj

  1. pari-√bhrāj (only pf. -babhrāja), to shed brilliance all around R

parimaṇḍala

  1. pari-maṇḍala mf(ā)n. round, circular, globular ŚBr. MBh. &c
  2. of the measure of an atom A
  3. m. (sc., maśaka) a species of venomous gnat Suśr
  4. n. a globe, sphere, orbit, circumference MBh. BhP. Hcat
  5. -kuṣṭha n. a kind of leprosy Car
  6. -tā f. whirling about Kir
  7. roundness, rotundity, circularity Kād. Suśr. (also -tva n. MW.)

parimaṇḍalita

  1. pari-maṇḍalita mfn. rounded, made round or circular Kir

parimaṇḍita

  1. pari-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) adorned or decorated all around R

parimath

  1. pari-√math (only impf. -ámathnāt), to pluck (the Soma plant) RV. i, 93, 6

parimathita

  1. pari-mathita mfn. (Agni) produced by attrition ib. iii, 9, 5

parimāthin

  1. pari-māthin mfn. torturing Mālatīm

pariman

  1. pari-√man (only Pot. -mamanyāt
  2. pf. -mamnā́the
  3. aor. Subj. -máṃsate), to overlook, neglect, disregard RV

parimat

  1. pari-mat mfn. Vop. xxvi, 78

parimantrita

  1. pari-mantrita mfn. (√mantr) charmed, consecrated, enchanted MBh

parimanthara

  1. pari-manthara mf(ā)n. extremely slow or tardy Śiś. Caṇḍ

parimantharatā

  1. ○tā f. slowness, dullness Veṇis

parimanda

  1. pari-manda mfn. very dull or faint or weak Śiś
  2. (ibc.) a little ib

parimandatā

  1. ○tā f. fatigue, ennui ib

parimanyu

  1. pari-manyú mfn. wrathful, angry RV

parimara

  1. pari-mara pari-marda, pari-marśa, See pari-mṛ, -mṛd, -mṛś, p. 599

parimala

  1. pari-mala m. (Prākr. fr. √mṛd?) fragrance, or a fragrant substance, perfume (esp. arising from the trituration of fragrant substances) Kāv. Pañc. &c
  2. copulation, connubial pleasure Kir. ( See below) [Page 599, Column]
  3. a meeting of learned men L
  4. soil, stain, dirt L
  5. N. of a poet (also called Padmagupta) Cat
  6. of sev. wks. and Comms
  7. -ja mfn. (enjoyment) arising from copulation Kir. x, 1
  8. -bhṛt mfn. laden with perfumes Bhartṛ
  9. -samā f. N. of Comm. on VarBṛS

parimalaya

  1. pari-malaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make fragrant Prasannar

parimalita

  1. pari-malita mfn. soiled, deprived of freshness or beauty W
  2. perfumed ib

parimā

  1. pari-√mā Ā. -mimīte (pf. -mame
  2. Pass. -mīyate
  3. inf. -mātum), to measure round or about, mete out, fulfil, embrace RV. &c. &c
  4. to measure, estimate, determine MBh. Kāv. &c

parimā

  1. pari-mā f. measure, periphery MaitrS

parimāṇa

  1. pari-mā́ṇa n. measuring, meting out KātyŚr. Var
  2. (also -ka n. Bhāshāp.) measure of any kind, e.g. circumference, length, size, weight, number, value, duration (ifc. 'amounting to' RV. &c. &c. cf. parīm○)
  3. -tas ind. by measure, in weight Mn. viii, 133
  4. -vat (L
  5. ○t-tva n.)
  6. ○ṇin Pāṇ.). mfn. having measure, measured, measurable

parimita

  1. pari-mita (pári-), mfn. measured, meted, limited, regulated RV. &c. &c
  2. moderate, sparing MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. -katha mf(ā)n. of measured discourse, speaking little Megh
  4. -tva n. moderation, limited condition Kap. Sch
  5. -bhuj mfn. eating sparingly, abstemious W
  6. -bhojana n. moderation in eating, abstemiousness MW
  7. ○tâbharaṇa mf(ā)n. moderately adorned Mālav. Pañc
  8. ○tâyus mfn. shortlived R
  9. ○tâhāra mfn. = ○ta-bhuj MBh
  10. ○têcchatā f. moderation in desire MW

parimiti

  1. pari-miti f. measure, quantity, limitation Bhāshāp
  2. -mat mfn. limited Kāv

parimeya

  1. pari-meya mfn. measurable, limited, few MBh. (a-parim○) Kāv. &c
  2. -tā f. measurableness, calculableness MW
  3. -puraḥ-sara mfn. having only few attendants Ragh

parimād

  1. pari-mā́d f. -māda m. (√mad) N. of 16 Sāmans which belong to the Mahā-vratastotra Br. Lāṭy

parimārg

  1. pari-√mārg P. Ā. -mārgati, ○te (inf. -mārgitum), to seek about, search through, strive after, beg for (acc.) MBh. R. 1

parimārga

  1. pari-mārga m. (for 2. See pari-mṛj) searching about Pratāp

parimārgaṇa

  1. pari-mārgaṇa n. tracing, searching, looking for (gen.) MBh. R

parimārgitavya

  1. pari-mārgitavya mfn. to be sought after Bhag

parimārgin

  1. pari-mārgin mfn. tracking, going after, pursuing (comp.) MBh

parimi

  1. pari-mi √1. P. -minoti, to set or place or lay round TS. Kāṭh

parimit

  1. pari-mít f. the beam of a roof, joist, rafter &c. AV

parimilana

  1. pari-milana n. (√mil) touch, contact Ratnâv

parimilita

  1. pari-milita mfn. mixed or filled with, pervaded by (instr.) Śiś
  2. met from all sides Prasannar

parimīḍha

  1. pari-mīḍha mfn. (√mih) sprinkled with urine PārGṛ

parimeha

  1. pari-meha m. a magical rite in which urine is sprinkled about ib

parimukham

  1. pari-mukham ind. round or about the face, round, about (any person, &c.) Pāṇ. 4-4, 29

parimugdha

  1. pari-mugdha &c. See pari-muh

parimuc

  1. pari-√muc P. -muñcáti (ind. p. -mucya
  2. inf. -moktum), to unloose, set free, liberate, deliver from (abl.) AV. MBh. &c
  3. to let go, give up, part with (acc.) Kāv
  4. to discharge, emit Kathās.: Pass. -mucyate (○ti MuṇḍUp.), to loosen or free one's self, get rid of (abl., gen. or instr.) RV. &c. &c
  5. to be liberated or emancipated (from the ties of the world) Kauś. Up

parimukta

  1. pari-mukta mfn. released, liberated from (comp.)
  2. -bandhana mfn. released from bonds, unfettered Śak

parimukti

  1. pari-mukti f. liberation A

parimocita

  1. pari-mocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) liberated, emancipated Vajracch

parimuṣ

  1. pari-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, -muṣati (Pass. pr. p. -muṣyat MBh.), to steal, plunder, rob a persons of (2 acc.) AV. &c. &c

parimoṣa

  1. pari-moṣá m. theft, robbery TS. &c. &c

parimoṣaka

  1. pari-moṣaka mfn. stealing MBh

parimoṣaṇa

  1. pari-moṣaṇa n. taking away Āpast

parimoṣin

  1. pari-moṣin mfn. stealing
  2. a thief or robber ŚBr

parimuh

  1. pari-√muh P. Ā. -muhyati, ○te, to be bewildered or perplexed, go astray, fail ŚvetUp. MBh. R.: Caus. -mohayati (○te Pāṇ. 1-3, 89), to bewilder, perplex, entice, allure, trouble, disturb Kauś. MBh. Kāv

parimugdha

  1. pari-mugdha mfn. bewitchingly lovely (-tā f.) Śiś

parimūḍha

  1. pari-mūḍha mfn. disturbed, perplexed (-tā f.) Uttarar. Śiś. [Page 599, Column]

parimohana

  1. pari-mohana n. (fr. Caus.) bewildering, fascination, beguiling Uttarar. Caurap

parimohita

  1. pari-mohita mfn. bewildered, deprived of consciousness or recollection MBh. Hariv. R

parimohin

  1. pari-mohin mfn. perplexed Śiś
  2. fascinating, bewitching W

parimṛ

  1. pari-√mṛ Ā. -mriyate (pf. 3. pl. -mamruḥ AitBr.), to die (in numbers) round (acc.) Br. Up

parimara

  1. pari-mará mfn. one round whom people have died TS
  2. m. the dying in numbers or round any one
  3. (with daivaḥ) the dying of the gods KaushUp
  4. (with brahmaṇaḥ) N. of a magical rite for the destruction of adversaries AitBr. TUp

parimūrṇa

  1. pari-mūrṇa mf(ī́)n. worn out, decrepit, old (as a cow) ŚBr. KātyŚr. (Sch. = vṛddhā)

parimṛg

  1. pari-√mṛg Ā. -mṛgayate (Pass. p. -mṛgyamāṇa), to seek, search for R

parimṛj

  1. pari-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi, -mṛjati, -mārjati, mārjayati (rarely Ā., e.g. Pot. -mṛjīta Gobh
  2. ind. p. -mṛjya
  3. inf. -mārṣṭum, or -mārjitum), to wipe all round, wash, cleanse, purify RV. &c. &c
  4. (with cakṣuṣī) to wipe tears from the eyes MBh. R
  5. (also Ā.) to cleanse or rinse the mouth, Gant. Āpast. Gobh. MBh
  6. to touch lightly, stroke MBh
  7. to wipe off or away, remove, efface, get rid of (acc.) R. Kālid. BhP.: Pass. -mṛjyate, to be rubbed or worn out by use (as teeth) MBh. xii, 5303: Intens. -marmṛjyate, to sweep over (acc.) RV. i, 95, 8 (Sāy. 'to cover with radiance'). 2

parimārga

  1. pari-mārga (for 1. See pari-mārg), m. wiping, cleaning
  2. friction, touch W

parimārgya

  1. pari-mārgya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. mṛjya)

parimārja

  1. pari-mārja and See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka

parimārjaka

  1. pari-mārjaka See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka

parimārjana

  1. pari-mārjana n. wiping off, cleaning, washing KātyŚr. Gaut
  2. wiping away, removing Hcat
  3. a dish of honey and oil L

parimārjita

  1. pari-mārjita mfn. cleaned, polished MBh

parimṛj

  1. pari-mṛj mfn. washing, cleaning (in kaṃśa-pari-mṛj) Pāṇ. 8-2, 36 Sch

parimṛja

  1. pari-mṛja See tunda-parimṛja

parimṛjita

  1. pari-mṛjita mfn. wiped, rubbed, cleaned Prab

parimṛjya

  1. pari-mṛjya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. ○mārgya). 1

parimṛṣṭa

  1. pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 2. See pari-mṛś) wiped off, rubbed, stroked, smoothed, polished Āpast. R
  2. wiped or washed away, removed BhP
  3. paricchada mfn. trim, neat, spruce ib

parimṛd

  1. pari-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, -mardati (ep. also Ā. -mardate), to tread or trample down, crush, grind, wear out MBh. Kāv
  2. to rub, stroke MBh
  3. rub off, wipe away (as tears) R
  4. to excel, surpass MBh

parimarda

  1. pari-marda m. crushing, wearing out, using up, destroying MBh

parimardana

  1. pari-mardana n. id. L
  2. rubbing in Car
  3. a remedy for rubbing in ib

parimṛdita

  1. pari-mṛdita mfn. trodden or trampled down, crushed, rubbed, ground, Bhavab

parimṛś

  1. pari-√mṛś P. Ā. -mṛśati, ○te (pf. -mamarśa
  2. 3. pl. ṛV. -māmṛśuḥ
  3. aor. -amṛkṣat
  4. ind. p. -mṛśya), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c
  5. to examine, consider, inquire into ib
  6. to observe, discover BhP.: Pass. -mṛśyate (with pavanais), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Suśr
  7. to be considered MBh.: Intens. -marmṛśat, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV

parimarśa

  1. pari-marśa m. touching, contact Dharmaś
  2. consideration, reflection MBh

parimārkṣṇu

  1. pari-mārkṣṇu mfn. Vop. xxvi, 144. 2

parimṛṣṭa

  1. pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See pari-mṛj) touched Bhaṭṭ
  2. seized, caught, found out Mālav
  3. considered ( See duḥ-parim○) Suśr
  4. spread, pervaded, filled with (instr.) Kir

parimṛṣ

  1. pari-√mṛṣ P. -mṛṣyati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82), to be angry with, envy (dat.) Bhaṭṭ

parimarṣa

  1. pari-marṣa m. envy, dislike, anger W
  2. v. l. for ○marśa, touching Hariv

parimokṣ

  1. pari-√mokṣ P. -mokṣayati (ind. p. -mokṣya), to set free, liberate MBh

parimokṣa

  1. pari-mokṣa m. setting free, liberation, deliverance MBh. R
  2. removing, relieving Ragh. ix, 62 (v. l. pari-moṣa)
  3. emptying, evacuation BhP
  4. escape from (abl. or gen.) MBh
  5. final beatitude (= nir-vāṇa) A

parimokṣaṇa

  1. pari-mokṣaṇa n. unloosing, untying Suśr
  2. liberation, deliverance from (gen.) MBh. Mṛicch

parimoṭana

  1. pari-moṭana n. (√muṭ) snapping, cracking VarBṛS. (= caṭācaṭā-śabda Sch.)

parimlai

  1. pari-√mlai Ā. -mlāyate, to fade or wither away, wane, faint Mṛicch

parimlāna

  1. pari-mlāna mfn. faded, withered Kāv. BhP
  2. exhausted, languid MBh. [Page 599, Column]
  3. become thinner, emaciated Car
  4. disappeared, gone Vām. iv, 3, 8
  5. n. change of countenance by fear or grief W
  6. soil, stain ib

parimlāyin

  1. pari-mlāyin mfn. stained, spotted Suśr
  2. m. a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye (liṅga-nāśa) ib
  3. ○yi-tva n. falling, sinking ib

pariyaj

  1. pari-√yaj P. -yajati (aor. 2. sg. pary-áyās), to obtain or procure by sacrificing RV. ix, 82, 5
  2. to sacrifice or worship before or after another, to perform a secondary or accompanying rite Br. ŚrS

pariyajña

  1. pari-yajña m. a secondary or accompanying rite (which precedes or follows another in any ritual) KātyŚr
  2. mfn. constituting a secondary rite ib

pariyaṣṭṛ

  1. pari-yaṣṭṛ m. a younger brother performing a Soma sacrifice antecedently to the elder Āpast. (v. l.)

parīṣṭa

  1. parī7ṣṭa m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a Soma sacrifice ib

pariyat

  1. pari-√yat Ā. -yatate, to surround, beset TāṇḍBr

pariyatta

  1. pári-yatta mfn. surrounded, beset, hemmed in RV. TS. AitBr

pariyam

  1. pari-√yam P. -yacchati, to aim, hit RV.: Caus. -yamayati, to serve, assist Sāy

pariyā

  1. pari-√yā P. -yāti, to go or travel about, go round or through (acc.) RV. &c. &c
  2. to run through i.e. assume successively (all shapes) RV. ix, 111, 1
  3. to surround, protect, guard RV
  4. to avoid, shun ib
  5. to flow off (as Soma) ib.: Caus. -yāpayati (ind. p. -yāpya), to cause to go round or circumambulate MBh

pariyāṇa

  1. pari-yāṇa n. going about &c. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 (cf. paryāṇa)

pariyāṇi

  1. pari-yāṇi See a-pariyāṇi

pariyāṇika

  1. pari-yāṇika n. a travelling carriage Gal

pariyāṇīya

  1. pari-yāṇīya mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29

pariyāta

  1. pari-yāta mfn. come near, arrived from (abl.) R
  2. one who has travelled about Hcat

pariyu

  1. pari-yu √2. Desid. -yuyūṣati, to strive to span or embrace RV. vi, 62, 1

pariyuta

  1. pari-yuta mfn. clasping, embracing Nir. ii, 8

pariyoga

  1. pari-yoga m. (√yuj) = pali-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Vārtt. 1

pariyogya

  1. pari-yogya m. pl. N. of a school L

parirakṣ

  1. pari-√rakṣ P. -rákṣati (ep. also ○te
  2. inf. -rakṣitum), to guard well or completely, rescue, save, defend from (abl.) RV. &c. &c
  3. to keep, conceal, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c
  4. to protect, rule, govern (acc.) R
  5. to avoid, shun Suśr
  6. (Ā.) to get out of a person's (gen.) way R

parirakṣaka

  1. pari-rakṣaka m. a guardian, protector L

parirakṣaṇa

  1. pari-rakṣaṇa mf(ī)n. guarding, protecting, a protector Hariv
  2. n. the act of guarding, defending, preserving, keeping, maintaining
  3. protection, rescue, deliverance Mn. MBh. &c
  4. care, caution Suśr

parirakṣaṇīya

  1. pari-rakṣaṇīya mfn. to be completely protected or preserved Pañc. Prasannar

parirakṣā

  1. pari-rakṣā f. keeping, guarding, protection Mn. v, 94 &c

parirakṣita

  1. pari-rakṣita mfn. well guarded or preserved or kept MBh. Kāv. &c

parirakṣitavya

  1. pari-rakṣitavya mfn. to be guarded, to be kept secret MBh

parirakṣitin

  1. pari-rakṣitin g. iṣṭâdi

parirakṣitṛ

  1. pari-rakṣitṛ mfn. keeping, protecting, a protector, defender MBh. R

parirakṣin

  1. pari-rakṣin mfn. (ifc.) guarding, protecting MBh

parirakṣya

  1. pari-rakṣya mfn. = ○rakṣitavya MBh. R

pariraṭana

  1. pari-raṭana n. (√raṭ) the act of crying or screaming W

parirāṭaka

  1. pari-rāṭaka (Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)

parirāṭin

  1. pari-rāṭin (142), mfn. crying aloud, screaming

parirathya

  1. pári-rathya n. a partic. part of a chariot AV
  2. (ā), f. id. MBh
  3. a street, road A

parirandhita

  1. pari-randhita mfn. (√radh, Caus.) injured, destroyed BhP

parirabh

  1. pari-√rabh Ā. -rabhate (pf. 3. pl. -rebhire
  2. fut. -rapsyate
  3. ind. p. -rabhya
  4. inf. -rabdhum), to embrace, clasp MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid. -ripsate, to wish or try to embrace Ragh. Prab

parirabdha

  1. pari-rabdha mfn. one who has embraced R
  2. encircled, embraced BhP

parirambha

  1. pari-rambha m. (cf. parīr○),

parirambhaṇa

  1. pari-rambhaṇa n. embracing, an embrace Kāv

parirambhita

  1. pari-rambhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embraced, quite occupied with or engrossed by (comp.) BhP

parirambhin

  1. pari-rambhin mfn. (ifc.) clasped, girt by ib
  2. embracing Śiś

pariripsu

  1. pari-ripsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to embrace Hariv

pariram

  1. pari-√ram P. -ramati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 83), to take pleasure in, be delighted with (abl.) Bhaṭṭ

pariramita

  1. pari-ramita mfn. (fr. Caus.) delighted (by amorous sport) Chandom. [Page 600, Column]

parirāj

  1. pari-√rāj P. Ā. -rājati, ○te, to shine on all sides, spread radiance everywhere R

parirāp

  1. pari-rā́p (Padap. -rap), m. pl. (√rap) crying or talking all around, N. of a class of demons RV

parirāpin

  1. pari-rāpín mfn. whispering to, talking over, persuading AV

pariripsu

  1. pari-ripsu See pari-rabh

paririh

  1. pari-√rih P. -riháti, to lick or gnaw on all sides RV. i, 140, 9 (cf. pari-lih)

pariruc

  1. pari-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine all around BhP

pariruj

  1. pari-√ruj P. -rujáti, to break from all sides AV. xvi, 1, 2

parirudh

  1. pari-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rodham TBr., -rudhya Kpr.), to enclose, obstruct, keep back, hinder

pariruddha

  1. pari-ruddha mfn. obstructed by, filled with (comp.) R

parirodha

  1. pari-rodha m. obstructing, keeping back, resistance Rājat

parila

  1. parila m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (cf. pārila)

parilagna

  1. pari-lagna mfn. (√lag) stuck, held fast Śak. i, 32/33 (in Prākr.)

parilaghu

  1. pari-laghu mfn. very light or small Uttarar
  2. easy to digest Megh

parilaṅgh

  1. pari-√laṅgh P. -laṅghayati, to overleap, transgress Pañc

parilaṅghana

  1. pari-laṅghana n. leaping to and fro, jumping over R

parilabh

  1. pari-√labh Ā. -labhatc, to get obtain Cat

parilamb

  1. pari-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to remain behind, be slow, stay out Hariv. Sūryas

parilamba

  1. pari-lamba m

parilambana

  1. pari-lambana n. lagging, lingering Kād

parilambya

  1. pari-lambya wṛ. for ○rabhya Gīt. xi, 25

parilaṣ

  1. pari-√laṣ P. -laṣati, to desire, long for BhP

parilas

  1. pari-√las (only pr. p. -lasat), to shine all around Inscr

parilikh

  1. pari-√likh P. -likhati, to draw a line or a circle or a furrow round (acc.) ŚBr. Kauś
  2. to scrape or smooth round about R
  3. to write down, copy Hcat

parilikhana

  1. pari-likhana n. smoothing, polishing MārkP

parilikhita

  1. pari-likhita (pári-), mfn. enclosed in a circle TS

parilekha

  1. pari-lekha m. outline, delineation, picture Kauś. KātyŚr
  2. ○khâdhikāra m. N. of ch. of Sūryas

parilekhana

  1. pari-lekhana m. a sacred text beginning with parilikhitam ĀpŚr
  2. n. drawing lines round about KātyŚr

parilip

  1. pari-√lip P. -limpati, to smear or anoint all round ŚBr. Kauś. MBh. Suśr

parilih

  1. pari-√lih P. -leḍhi, to lick all round, lick over, lick Yājñ. R. Pañc.: Intens. (pr. p. -lelihat, ○hāna) to lick all round, lick repeatedly MBh. Pañc. BhP

parilīḍha

  1. pari-līḍha mfn. licked all round, licked over R

parilehin

  1. pari-lehin m. a partic. disease of the ear Suśr. (cf. pari-rih)

pariluṭh

  1. pari-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll about or up and down Daś

pariluḍ

  1. pari-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to stir up, disturb MBh

parilup

  1. pari-√lup P. -lumpati, to take away, remove, destroy AitBr.: Pass. -lupyate, to be taken away or omitted RPrāt. Daś

parilupta

  1. pari-lupta mfn. injured, lost RPrāt. Sch
  2. -saṃjña mfn. unconscions, senseless MW

parilopa

  1. pari-lopa m. injury, neglect, omission RPrāt. Kull

parilubh

  1. pari-√lubh Ā. -lobhate, to entice, allure Mṛicch. viii, 33: Caus. -lobhayati id. R. Kām

parilūna

  1. pari-lūna mfn. (√lū) cut off, severed Caṇḍ

parileśa

  1. pari-leśa m. = pariṃśa Sāy. on RV. i, 187, 8

parilok

  1. pari-√lok P. -lokayati, to look around, view from all sides R

parilolita

  1. pari-lolita mfn. (√lul, Caus.) tossed about, shaken, trembling Kir. [Page 600, Column]

parivaṃśa

  1. pari-vaṃśa m. ○śaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi

parivakrā

  1. pári-vakrā f. a circular pit ŚBr
  2. N. of a town ib. Sch

parivañc

  1. pari-√vañc P. -vañcati, to sneak about VS. TS

parivañcana

  1. pari-vañcana n. or taking in, deception L

parinā

  1. pari-nā f. taking in, deception L

parivañcita

  1. pari-vañcita mfn. (fr. Caus.) deceived, taken in Hariv. Hit

parivat

  1. pári-vat mfn. containing the word pari Br

parivatsa

  1. pari-vatsa m. a calf belonging to (a cow) Hariv. (v. l. ○vaṃsa and pārivatsa)

parivatsaka

  1. pari-vatsaka m. a son MBh. (Nīlak.)

parivatsara

  1. pari-vatsará m. a full year, a year RV. TBr. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. the second of a cycle of 5 years AV. TS. Br. Kauś. Var

parivatsarīṇa

  1. pari-vatsarīṇa (RV. AV.),

parivatsarīya

  1. pari-vatsarīya (MānGṛŚr.), mfn. relating to a full year, lasting a whole year (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 92)

parivad

  1. pari-√vad P. -vadati, to speak out, speak of or about (acc.) AV. Br. MBh
  2. (also Ā.) to speak ill of, revile, slander, accuse MBh. Kāv

parivadana

  1. pari-vadana n. reviling, accusing, clamouring W

parivāda

  1. pari-vādá m. blame, censure, reproach, charge, accusation AV. &c. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
  2. an instrument with which the Indian lute is played L
  3. -kathā f. abusive language, censure, reproof MBh
  4. -kara m. a slanderer, calumniator Mālav
  5. -gir f. (pl.) = -kathā Prab

parivādaka

  1. pari-vādaka m. a complainant, accuser, calumniator W
  2. one who plays on the lute L

parivādita

  1. pari-vādita

paritin

  1. pari-tin g. iṣṭâdi

parivādin

  1. pari-vādin mfn. speaking ill of, abusing, blaming MBh
  2. crying, screaming W
  3. censured, abused ib
  4. m. an accuser, a plaintiff, complainant ib
  5. (ī), f. a lute with 7 strings Kāv

parivivadiṣu

  1. pari-vivadiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or trying to accuse others Śiś

paryudita

  1. pary-udita mfn. spoken, uttered ŚBr

parivand

  1. pari-vand P. -vandati, to praise, celebrate RV

parivap

  1. pari-vap √1. P. -vapati, (ind. p. a-pary-upya), to clip or shear round Kauś. PārGṛ. ĀpŚr

parivapaṇa

  1. pari-vapaṇa n. clipping, shearing Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

parivāpaṇa

  1. pari-vāpaṇa (Āp. ○na), n. id. Pāṇ. 5-4, 67

parivāpita

  1. pari-vāpita mfn. shorn L

parivap

  1. pari-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew Lāṭy

parivāpa

  1. pari-vāpá m. fried grains of rice Br. Kāṭh. &c. (= dadhi KātyŚr. Sch.)
  2. standpoint, place MBh. v, 3822 (Nīlak.)
  3. a reservoir, piece of water L
  4. furniture &c. (= pari-cchada) ib
  5. scattering, sowing ib. (cf. parī-v○)

parivāpika

  1. pari-vāpika and g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi

parivāpin

  1. pari-vāpin g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi

parivāpī

  1. pari-vāpī f. a partic. oblation ŚāṅkhŚr

parivāpya

  1. pari-vāpya mf(ā)n. having or requiring or deserving the Pari-vāpa ( See above) KātyŚr. (cf. parī-v○)

paryupta

  1. pary-upta mfn. sown
  2. set (as a gem in a ring) W

pariupti

  1. pari-upti f. scattering seed, sowing L

parivapya

  1. pari-vapya m. (fr. vapā) the Homa which begins and concludes the rites to be performed with the caul or omentum ĀpŚr. &c. (wṛ. -vāpya)

parivarga

  1. pari-varga -varjaka &c. See parivṛj, p. 601

parivarta

  1. pari-varta -vartaka &c. See parivṛt, p. 601

parivartula

  1. pari-vartula mfn. quite round or circular Subh

parivartman

  1. pari-vartman mfn. going round about, describing a circle Kāṭh. Kauś

parivardhaka

  1. pari-vardhaka ○dhana &c. See pari-vṛdh, p. 601, col. 3

parivardhita

  1. pari-vardhita mfn. (√vardh) cut, excavated MW

parivarman

  1. pari-varman mfn. wearing a coat of mail, armed Lāṭy

parivarha

  1. pari-varha ○haṇa, See pari-barha &c. under pari-bṛṃh, p. 598

parivalana

  1. pari-valana n. winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar

parivas

  1. pari-vas √4. (only pr. p. Ā. -vásāna), to put on, assume RV. iii, 1, 5 [Page 600, Column]
  2. to surround, attend AV. xiii, 2, 22

parivastrā

  1. pari-vastrā f. a curtain Hcar. (v. l. ○tra n.)

parivāsas

  1. pari-vāsas n. (an upper garment ?), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

parivas

  1. pari-vas √5. P. -vasati, (ind. p. pary-uṣya), to abide, stay, remain with (instr.) KātyŚr. R. &c
  2. (with saṃsargitayā) to associate with (acc.) Kull. on Mn. xi, 190: Caus. vāsayati, to let stand overnight ĀśvGṛ

parivasatha

  1. pari-vasatha m. a village L. 1

parivāsa

  1. pari-vāsa m. (2. See s.v.) abode, stay, sojourn KātyŚr. Mn. MBh
  2. the expulsion of a guilty member Buddh

parivāsita

  1. pari-vāsita mfn. respectfully attentive to superiors (?) W

paryuṣaṇa

  1. pary-uṣaṇa n. (or ○ṇā f.) spending the rainy season (Buddh.) HPariś. Kalpas
  2. ○ṇā-daśa-śataka-vṛtti f. ○ṇâṣṭâhnīkā (wṛ. paryūṣaṇ○), f. N. of wks

pariuṣita

  1. pari-uṣita mfn. having passed the night Pañc. MārkP
  2. (ifc.) having stood for a time or in some place (e.g. niśā-p○, gomūtra-p○ Suśr.), not fresh, stale, insipid Mn. MBh. &c
  3. (with vākyam) a word that has not been strictly kept MBh
  4. -bhojin m. the eater of stale food (said to become a maggot or worm in the next birth) W

pariuṣitavya

  1. pari-uṣitavya n. impers. (the rainy season) is to be spent Kalpas

pariuṣṭa

  1. pari-uṣṭa mfn. old, faded, withered BhP

parivas

  1. pari-vas √8. P. -vāsayati, to cut off all around, cut out Br. ĀpŚr

parivāsana

  1. pari-vāsana n. a shred, chip ĀpŚr. KātyŚr. Sch

parivah

  1. pari-√vah P. -vahati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82 Sch.), to carry about or round RV. &c. &c
  2. to drag about MBh
  3. to flow around TS. Āpast
  4. to lead home the nuptial train or the bride, take to wife, marry (Pass. -uhyáte, p. -uhyámāna) RV. BhP

parivaha

  1. pari-vaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (for the others See parā-vaha) MBh. Hariv. Śak. vii, 6
  2. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col

parivāha

  1. pari-vāha m. the overflowing of a tank, a natural or artificial inundation, a watercourse or drain to carry off excess of water MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
  2. -vat m. 'having a channel', a tank, pool L

parivāhita

  1. pari-vāhita mfn. drained W

parivāhin

  1. pari-vāhín mf(ṇī)n. overflowing VS
  2. (ifc.) streaming with Śak

parivāra

  1. pari-vāra ○raṇa &c. See pari-vri

parivāś

  1. pari-√vāś (only Ā. impf. paryavāśanta), to cry about or together with (acc.) MBh. (B.) xvi, 49 (C. -arāsanta)

parivāsa

  1. pari-vāsa m. (√vās) fragrance, odour Mālatīm. (for 1. See pari- √5. vas)

pariviṃśat

  1. pari-viṃśat f. quite twenty, twenty at least MBh

parivikrayin

  1. pari-vikrayin mfn. (√krī) selling, trading in (gen.) MBh

parivikṣata

  1. pari-vikṣata mfn. (√kṣan) sorely wounded, much hurt MBh

parivikṣobha

  1. pari-vikṣobha m. (√kṣubh) shaking violently, destroying MBh

parivighaṭṭana

  1. pari-vighaṭṭana n. (√ghaṭṭ) scattering, destroying Cat

parivicar

  1. pari-vi-√car P. -carati, to stream forth in all directions RV

pariviṇṇa

  1. pari-viṇṇa = pari-vinna, See pari- √3. vid

parivitarka

  1. pari-vitarka m. thought or anything thought of Buddh
  2. examination Divyâv

parivid

  1. pari-vid √1. (pf. [-ved�A] for pres
  2. Gk. [600,] ?), to know thoroughly, understand fully RV. AV.: Caus. -vedayate Nir. xiv, 22

pariveda

  1. pari-veda m. complete or accurate knowledge MBh

parivedana

  1. pari-vedana n. id. ib. (v. l. pada-v○)

parivedin

  1. pari-vedin mfn. knowing, shrewd W

parivid

  1. pari-vid √3. P. -vindati, to find out, ascertain Hariv
  2. to twine, twist round ( See below)
  3. to marry before an elder brother (only Pass. yayā [Mn. iii, 17] or yā [MBh. xii, 610] pari-vidyate, the woman with whom such a marriage is contracted)

parivitta

  1. pari-vitta (pári-), mfn. twined or twisted round AV
  2. m. = -vitti VS. TS. &c. (pari-vittá TBr.)
  3. = ○vinna ĀpŚr

parivitti

  1. pari-vitti m. an unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married Mn. MBh. &c
  2. -tā f. Mn
  3. -tva n. Kull

parivindaka

  1. pari-vindaka m. a younger brother married before the elder W. [Page 601, Column]

parivindat

  1. pari-vindat m. an unmarried elder brother ib

parivinna

  1. pari-vinna (also written ○viṇṇa), m. = ○vitti MBh. xii, 6110
  2. an elder brother whom a younger has anticipated in receiving his share Āpast. Sch

parivividāna

  1. pari-vividāná m. a younger brother who marries before an elder VS. Kauś.: a younger brother who has taken his share before an elder Āpast. Sch

parivettṛ

  1. pari-vettṛ m. = ○vindaka MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-vettṛ)

parivedaka

  1. pari-vedaka m. id. Yājñ. iii, 238

parivedana

  1. pari-vedana n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder Mn. Yājñ. &c
  2. gain, acquisition W
  3. discussion ib
  4. (ā), f. shrewdness, wit, prudence ib

parivedanīyā

  1. pari-vedanīyā or f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( See above) W

parivedinī

  1. pari-vedinī f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( above) W

parivedya

  1. pari-vedya n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder VP

parividdha

  1. pari-viddha See pari-vyadh

parividhāv

  1. pari-vi-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run through on all sides RV
  2. to run about R

parivivadiṣu

  1. pari-vivadiṣu See pari-vad

parivivas

  1. pari-vi-vas √2. (only pr. p. f. -vyucchántī), to shine forth from i.e. immediately after (abl.) RV. iv, 52, 1

pariviś

  1. pari-√viś P. -viśati (fut. -vekṣyati), to beset, besiege TS. TBr. R. (often confounded with pari-viṣ)

pariveśa

  1. pari-veśa See ○veṣa under pari-viṣ

pariveśana

  1. pari-veśana n. circumference, the rim of a wheel MBh. (also written ○veṣaṇa)

pariveśas

  1. pari-veśas (pári-), m. a neighbour AV

pariviśrānta

  1. pari-viśrānta mfn. (√śram) quite rested or reposed MBh

pariviśvas

  1. pari-vi-√śvas Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console R

pariviśvasta

  1. pari-viśvasta mfn. feeling secure, confident MBh

pariviṣ

  1. pari-√viṣ P. -veṣati MBh. (mostly Intens. -veveṣṭi Subj. -veviṣati Pot. -veviṣyāt AV. Br. Kāṭh
  2. -veviṣāṇi, -aveviṣat Pāṇ. 7-3, 87 Sch
  3. Ā. fut. p. -vekṣyamāṇa KātyŚr. BhP
  4. ind. p. -víṣya AV
  5. Ved. inf. -víṣe RV.), to serve, wait on, offer or dress food: Pass. -viṣyate, to be served &c. MBh
  6. to have a halo (said of sun or moon) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. Hariv.: Caus. -veṣayati (ind. p. -veṣya, also written -veś○), to offer food, wait on (acc.) Mn. iii, 228 MBh. R. BhP
  7. to dress food Campak

pariviṣṭa

  1. pari-viṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, beset, besieged RV. i, 116, 20 (fr. pari-viś ?)
  2. surrounded by a halo (sun or moon) MBh. Var
  3. dressed, offered, presented (as food) KātyŚr

pariviṣṭi

  1. pari-viṣṭi (pári-), f. service, attendance RV

pariviṣyamāṇa

  1. pari-viṣyamāṇa mfn. being waited on, being at table ChUp

pariveṣa

  1. pari-veṣá m. (also spelt ○veśa) winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar
  2. dressing or offering of food AV
  3. a circle, circumference, the disc of the sun and moon or a halo round them MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
  4. a wreath or crown (of rays) Viddh. Rājat
  5. anything surrounding or protecting (e.g. kṛtâṅgarakṣā-p○, surrounded by a bodyguard MW.)
  6. putting on, clothing, dressing L
  7. ○ṣa-vat, or ○ṣin mfn. surrounded by a halo MBh

pariveṣaka

  1. pari-veṣaka mf(ikā)n. (also ○veśaka) one who serves up meals, a waiter, servant MBh

pariveṣaṇa

  1. pari-véṣaṇa n. (cf. ○veśana under pari-viś) attendance, waiting, serving up meals, distributing food Br. Gobh. KātyŚr
  2. a circle, circumference MBh
  3. a halo round the sun or moon ib
  4. surrounding, enclosing W

pariveṣṭavya

  1. pari-veṣṭavya (Kull.),

pariveṣya

  1. pari-veṣya (MW.), mfn. to be served up or offered or presented
  2. n. See paścāt-pariveṣya

pariveṣṭṛ

  1. pari-veṣṭṛ́ mf(rī́)n. one who serves up meals, a waiter AV. Br. &c
  2. ○ṭrī-mat mfn. having a female servant KaushUp

pariviṣṇu

  1. pari-viṣṇu ind. = sarvato viṣṇum, or viṣṇuṃ viṣṇum pari L

parivihāra

  1. pari-vihāra m. walking or roaming about, walking for pleasure BhP

parivihvala

  1. pari-vihvala mfn. extremely agitated, bewildered R

parivihvalatā

  1. ○tā f. bewilderment W

parivī

  1. pari-vī -viita, See pari-vye

parivīj

  1. pari-√vīj Ā. -viijate, to blow upon, fan MBh.: Caus. -viijayati id. R. Pur. ○viijita mfn. fanned, cooled R

parivṛ

  1. pari-vṛ √1. P. Ā. -varati, ○te, (pf. -vavrur, p. -vavṛvás
  2. ind. p. -vṛtya), to cover, surround, conceal, keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vārayati, ○te (Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 16 Pat. [Page 601, Column]
  3. ind. p. -vārya), to cover, surround, encompass, embrace (bāhubhyām) AV. &c. &c

parivāra

  1. pari-vāra m. (also parī-v○) a cover, covering MBh. (also -ka KātyŚr. Sch.)
  2. surroundings, train, suite, dependants, followers (ifc. [f. ā] surrounded by) MBh. Kāv. &c
  3. a sheath, scabbard Śiś
  4. a hedge round a village Gal. (cf. parī-v○)
  5. -tā f. subjection, dependance Śiś. ii, 90
  6. -pāṭha m. N. of a Buddh. work MWB. 62
  7. -vat mfn. having a great retinue MBh
  8. -śobhin mfn. beautified by a retinue, R1gh
  9. ○rī-√kṛ, to use as a retinue, surround one's self with (acc.) Kathās

parivāraṇa

  1. pari-vāraṇa n. a cover, covering (ifc. 'covered with' i.e. 'only consisting of') MBh
  2. a train, retinue ib
  3. keeping or warding off ib

parivārita

  1. pari-vārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) surrounded by, covered with, veiled in (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

parivṛta

  1. pari-vṛta (pári-), mfn. id. Br. &c. &c
  2. n. a covered place or shed enclosed with walls used as a place of sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr. Gobh
  3. (párī.), mfn. = prec. mfn. RV. AV. AitBr
  4. surrounding RV
  5. filled by, full of (comp.) Cat

parivṛti

  1. pari-vṛti f. surrounding, standing round R

parivṛ

  1. pari-vṛ √2. Ā. -vṛṇīte, to choose RV

parivṛṃh

  1. pari-√vṛṃh or -vṛh, See paribṛṃh, p. 598, col. 1

parivṛj

  1. pari-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (Impv. -vṛṅdhi, -vṛṇaktu
  2. aor. Subj. -varjati Pot. -vṛjyāt), to turn out of the way of (acc.), avoid, shun, spare, pass over RV. AV. VS. Br. Āpast
  3. to cast out, expel AitBr
  4. (Ā.) to surround, enclose BhP.: Caus. -varjayati, ○te (ind. p. -varjya), to keep off, remove AV
  5. to avoid, shun, quit, abandon, not heed, disregard Mn. MBh. &c

parivarga

  1. pari-vargá m. avoiding, removing, omitting RV. (cf. a-parivargam)
  2. dependance VarBṛS. xv, 32

parivargya

  1. pari-vargyá mfn. to be avoided AV

parivarjaka

  1. pari-varjaka mfn. (ifc.) shunning, avoiding, giving up MBh

parivarjana

  1. pari-varjana n. the act of avoiding, giving up, escaping, abstaining from (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
  2. killing, slaughter L

parivarjanīya

  1. pari-varjanīya mfn. avoidable, to be avoided Var. Rājat

parivarjita

  1. pari-varjita mfn. (fr. Caus.) shunned, avoided Kathās
  2. abandoned or left by, deprived or devoid of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (with saṃkhyayā, countless, innumerable Pañc
  3. with aṣṭabhis, less by 8, minus 8 Rājat.)
  4. wound round, girt R

parivṛkta

  1. pari-vṛktá (or pári-vṛkta), mfn. avoided, despised RV. AV
  2. (esp.) párivṛktā, or pari-vṛktī́ f. 'the disliked or despised one', N. of a wife lightly esteemed in comparison with the favourite wife (mahiṣī, vāvātā) TS. AV. Br. KātyŚr

parivṛj

  1. pari-vṛ́j f. avoiding, removing RV
  2. purification, expiation MW

parivṛḍha

  1. pari-vṛḍha See under pari-bṛṃh

parivṛt

  1. pari-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ep. also ○ti
  2. ind. p. -vṛtya, or parī-vartam), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or wheel or wander about, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c
  3. (with hṛdi or hṛdaye) to run in a person's mind MBh
  4. to return, go or come back to (acc.) ib
  5. to be reborn in (loc.) VP
  6. (also with anyathā) to change, turn out different MBh. Kāv
  7. to abide, stay, remain Mn. MBh. &c
  8. to act, proceed, behave R.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c
  9. (Ā.) to roll or bring near (Subj. -vartayāte) RV. v, 37, 3
  10. to overthrow, upset (a carriage) Hariv
  11. to invert, put in a reverse order Mṛicch. v, 9/10 (read -vartya for -vṛtya)
  12. to change, barter, exchange MBh. Hariv. &c
  13. to renew (an agreement) Mn. viii, 154 &c
  14. to understand or explain wrongly (words &c.) MBh. Kāv
  15. to turn topsyturvy i.e. search thoroughly R
  16. to destroy, annihilate ib
  17. to straiten, contract Car
  18. (Ā.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all round) TBr. ŚBr. (cf. -vartana): Intens. -vávartti, to turn (intrans.) continually RV. i, 164, 11

parivarta

  1. pari-varta m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sūryas
  2. a period or lapse or expiration of time (esp. of a Yuga, q.v.) MBh. R. &c
  3. (with lokānām) the end of the world R
  4. a year L
  5. moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar
  6. turning back, flight L
  7. change, exchange, barter (also parī-v○) Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
  8. requital, return W
  9. an abode, spot, place Hariv
  10. a chapter, section, book &c. Lalit
  11. N. of a son of Do?-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP. [Page 601, Column]
  12. of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu (also parī-v○) L

parivartaka

  1. pari-vartaka mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathās. MārkP
  2. bringing to an end, concluding (gen. or comp.) MBh
  3. m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants to get another meaning of a word Vām. iv, 1, 6
  4. (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Daśar. Sāh. exchange, barter Vas
  5. N. of a son of Du?-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP
  6. (ikā), f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis Suśr

parivartana

  1. pari-vártana mf(ī)n. causing to turn round
  2. (ī), f. (with vidyā) N. of a partic. magical art Kathās
  3. n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kāv. Suśr. Pañc. BhP
  4. rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kālid
  5. revolution, end of a period of time MBh. Hariv
  6. barter, exchange Kathās. Pañc. Mṛicch
  7. cutting or clipping the hair ŚBr
  8. protecting, defending Nalac
  9. = prêraṇa TBr. Sch
  10. inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction W
  11. requital, return ib

parivartanīya

  1. pari-vartanīya mfn. to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged Kull. on Mn. x, 94

parivartita

  1. pari-vartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned round, revolved &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. exchanged, bartered Hariv. Var. Kathās
  3. put aside, removed, destroyed Mṛicch. MārkP
  4. searched thoroughly R
  5. taken or put on in a wrong direction W
  6. n. the action of turning or wallowing BhP
  7. the place where anybody has wallowed on the earth R

parivartin

  1. pari-vartin mfn. moving round, revolving, ever-recurring MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. (ifc.) changing, passing into Kathās
  3. being or remaining or staying in or near or about (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
  4. flying, retreating W
  5. exchanging, requiting, recompensing ib
  6. (ī), f. (sc. vi-ṣṭuti) a hymn arranged according to the recurring form abc, abc TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

parivṛtta

  1. pari-vṛtta mfn. (also -ka g. ṛśyâdi) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. lasting, remaining Śak. vii, 34 (v. l.)
  3. passed, elapsed, finished, ended Hariv
  4. = pari-vṛta, covered, surrounded L
  5. retreated, returned W
  6. exchanged ib
  7. n. rolling, wallowing MBh. (v. l. ○tti) Mālatīm
  8. an embrace MW
  9. -tejas mfn. spreading brilliance all around BhP
  10. -nctra mfn. rolling the eyes R
  11. -phalā f. N. of a plant Gal
  12. -bhāgya mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone Mālatīm
  13. ○ttârdha-mukha mf(ī)n. having the face half turned round Vikr

parivṛtti

  1. pari-vṛtti f. turning, rolling, revolution MBh. Śiś
  2. return (into this world) Āpast
  3. exchange, barter (○ttyā ind. alternately) BhP
  4. moving to and fro or staying or dwelling in a place MBh
  5. end, termination Kir
  6. surrounding, encompassing ib
  7. (in rhet.) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (e.g. Mālav. iii, 16
  8. Vām. iv, 3, 16)
  9. substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (e.g. vṛṣa-lāñchana for vṛṣadhvaja) Kpr
  10. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis (= ○vartikā) Suśr
  11. m. wṛ. for pari-vitti
  12. (ī), f. (pári-v○), prob. wṛ. for pari-vṛktī

parivṛdh

  1. pari-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow, grow up, increase Kāv. Rājat. Suśr.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to bring up, rear, increase, augment MBh. Kāv
  2. to rejoice, delight (with gen.) Hariv

parivardhaka

  1. pari-vardhaka m. 'rearer, sc. of horses', a groom, hostler Kād. Hcar

parivardhana

  1. pari-vardhana n. increasing, augmenting, multiplying MBh. Kām
  2. breeding, rearing (as of cattle) Mn. ix, 331. 2

parivardhita

  1. pari-vardhita (for 1. See p. 600), mfn. increased, augmented, grown, swollen (as the sea) Kālid
  2. reared, brought up (fam. also -ka) Śak. iv, 15

parivṛddha

  1. pari-vṛddha mfn. grown, increased by (comp.), strong, powerful Hariv. Kāv. &c
  2. -tā f. increase, extension, the swelling and becoming sour of food (in the stomach) Suśr

parivṛddhi

  1. pari-vṛddhi f. increase, growth Āpast. MBh. Kāv. &c

parivṛṣ

  1. pari-√vṛṣ Ā. -varṣate, to cover with (instr.) as with rain R

parivṛsti

  1. pari-vṛsti wṛ. for -vitti

parive

  1. pari-√ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to interweave BhP
  2. to fetter, bind ib

paryuta

  1. páry-uta mfn. enclosed or set with ŚBr

parivedana

  1. pari-vedana ○dita wṛ. for pari-devana, ○vita ( See pari-div)

parivep

  1. pari-√vep -vepate, to tremble R

pariveṣṭ

  1. pari-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to wrap up, cover, clothe, surround, embrace ŚBr. &c. &c. [Page 602, Column]
  2. to cause to shrink up, contract MBh. (B. saṃ-v○)

pariveṣṭana

  1. pari-veṣṭana n. a cover, covering MBh
  2. a ligature, bandage Mṛicch. iii, 16
  3. surrounding, encompassing W
  4. circumference ib
  5. (ā), f. tying round or up Sāh

pariveṣṭita

  1. pari-veṣṭita mfn. surrounded, beset, covered, veiled, swathed Hariv. R. &c. (-vat mfn. as pf. Kathās.)

pariveṣṭitṛ

  1. pari-veṣṭitṛ m. one who surrounds or encloses ŚvetUp

parivyakta

  1. pari-vyakta mfn. very clear or distinct
  2. (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly MW

parivyath

  1. pari-√vyath only -vyathā iti PraśnUp. (according to Sch. = Caus. -vyathayatu) to disquiet, vex, afflict

parivyadh

  1. pari-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to shoot at (acc.), hit, pierce with (instr.) MBh

parividdha

  1. pari-viddha m. N. of Kubera L. (cf. parā-v○)

parivyādha

  1. pari-vyādha m. Calamus Fasciculatus or Pterospermum Acerifolium L
  2. N. of an ancient sage MBh

parivyādhi

  1. pari-vyādhi wṛ. for prec. Car

parivyaya

  1. pari-vyaya m. (pari-vi-√i) condiment, spices Mn. vii, 127
  2. expense, cost Jātakam

parivyākula

  1. pari-vyākula mfn. much confused or disordered
  2. ○lī-√kṛ, to trouble or confound thoroughly Jātakam

parivyāvṛj

  1. pari-vy-ā-√vṛj (only Impv. -vṛñjantu), to separate i.e. deliver from (abl.), ŚaṅkhGṛ

parivye

  1. pari-√vye P. Ā. -vyayati, ○te (aor. -avyata, -vyata RV
  2. ind. p. -vyāya and -viiya, Pāṇ. 6-1, 44), to wrap or tie round
  3. (Ā.) to wrap one's self up RV. &c. &c

parivī

  1. pari-vī́ mfn. wound round VS

parivīta

  1. pari-vīta (pári-), mfn. veiled, covered, pervaded, overspread, surrounded, encompassed by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
  2. n. N. of the bow of Brahmā L

parivyayaṇa

  1. pari-vyáyaṇa n. winding round, covering ŚBr. ŚrS
  2. the covered spot ŚBr

parivyayaṇīya

  1. pari-vyayaṇīya mfn. relating to wrapping round or binding on ŚrS

parivyāṇa

  1. pari-vyāṇa n. winding round ĀpŚr. Sch

parivraj

  1. pari-√vraj P. -vrajati (ind. p. -vrajya), to go or wander about, walk round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c
  2. to wander about as a religious mendicant Up. Mn. MBh. &c
  3. (with Jainas) to become a recluse HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati, to cause a person to become a recluse ib

parivrajya

  1. pari-vrajya mfn. to be gone about (n. impers.) MBh
  2. (ā), f. strolling, wandering from place to place, (esp.) leading the life of a religious mendicant, abandonment of the world Mn. Kathās

parivrāj

  1. pari-vrāj m. (MBh. R. &c., nom. ṭ),

parivrāja

  1. pari-vrāja (Āpast.), m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order (who has renounced the world)

parivrājaka

  1. pari-vrājaka m. (ikā, f
  2. ifc. f. akā) a wandering religious mendicant Mālav. Pañc. Hit

parivrājī

  1. pari-vrāj�ī f. Sphaeranthus Mollis L

parivrājya

  1. pari-vrājya n. religious mendicancy W

parivraḍhiman

  1. pari-vraḍhiman ○ḍhiṣṭha &c. See pari-bṛṃh, p. 598

parivraśc

  1. pari-√vraśc P. -vṛścati, to cut ŚBr

parivṛkṇa

  1. pari-vṛkṇa mfn. mutilated ChUp

pariśaktave

  1. pári-śaktave inf. of pari-√śak, to overpower, to conquer RV

pariśaṅk

  1. pari-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate (inf. -śaṅkitum), to suspect, doubt, distrust (acc.) MBh. R. &c
  2. to believe, fancy to be (2 acc.) ib

pariśaṅkanīya

  1. pari-śaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. 'distrust must be felt') Kāv. Pur

pariśaṅkā

  1. pari-śaṅkā f. suspicion, distrust Jātakam
  2. hope, expectation R

pariśaṅkita

  1. pari-śaṅkita mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur
  2. suspected, questionable MBh
  3. believed, expected (a-pariś○) MBh
  4. thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gīt

pariśaṅkin

  1. pari-śaṅkin mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh
  2. afraid on account of (comp.) BhP

pariśaṭha

  1. pari-śaṭha mfn. thoroughly dishonest or wicked Car

pariśanna

  1. pari-śanna mfn. (√śad) fallen away or by the side ĀśvŚr

pariśap

  1. pari-śap P. Ā. -śapati, ○te, to curse, execrate TāṇḍBr
  2. to abuse, revile (aor. pary-aśāpsīt) Bhaṭṭ

pariśapta

  1. pari-śapta n. cursing, reviling, anathema TāṇḍBr

pariśāpa

  1. pari-śāpa m. id. W. [Page 602, Column]

pariśabdita

  1. pari-śabdita mfn. (√śabd) mentioned, communicated MBh

pariśamita

  1. pari-śamita mfn. (√śam, Caus.) allayed, quenched, destroyed Gīt

pariśāyana

  1. pari-śāyana See pari-śī

pariśāśvata

  1. pari-śāśvata mfn. continuing for ever, perpetually the same MBh

pariśiñjita

  1. pari-śiñjita mfn. (√śiñj) made to hum or resound from all sides MBh

pariśithila

  1. pari-śithila mfn. very loose or lax Jātakam

pariśiṣ

  1. pari-√śiṣ P. -śinaṣṭi (Pot. -śiṃṣyuḥ), to leave over, leave as a remainder Br
  2. Ā. (pf. -śiśiṣe, ○ṣire
  3. fut. -śekṣyate) and Pass. -śiṣyate (p. -śiṣyamāṇa), to be left as a remainder, 10 remain behind AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -śeṣayati, to leave over, suffer to remain, spare Ragh. Rājat. Pur
  4. to quit or leave Bhaṭṭ
  5. to supply L

pariśiṣṭa

  1. pari-śiṣṭa (pári-), mfn. left, remaining TS. &c. &c
  2. n. a supplement, appendix (N. of a class of wks. supplementary to Sūtras)
  3. -kadamba m. or n. -paryāya m. pl., -parvan n. -prakāśa m. (and ○śasya-sāra-mañjarī f.), -prabodha m. -saṃgraha m. -siddhânta-ratnâkara m. -sūtra-pattra n. N. of wks

pariśeṣa

  1. pari-śeṣa mfn. left over, remaining ŚāṅkhŚr. Var
  2. m. n. remnant, remains, rest MBh. Var
  3. supplement, sequel MBh
  4. termination, conclusion L
  5. (eṇa), ind. completely, in full
  6. (āt), ind. consequently, therefore Śaṃk
  7. -khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk
  8. -vat mfn. having a supplement or appendix Cat
  9. -śāstra n. a supplementary work L

pariseṣaṇa

  1. pari-seṣaṇa n. remainder, residue BhP

pariśeṣita

  1. pari-śeṣita mfn. left over, remaining from (comp.) BhP

pariśī

  1. pari-√śī Ā. -śete (impf. 3. pl. aśeran
  2. 2. du. -aśāyatam
  3. 3. sg. -aśāyata), to lie round or near or in, surround, remain lying RV. TS. ŚBr

pariśāyana

  1. pari-śāyana n. causing to lie completely in, complete immersion Baudh

pariśīl

  1. pari-√śīl P. -śīlayati, to practise, use frequently Kāv
  2. to treat well, cherish, Prasann

pariśīlana

  1. pari-śīlana n. touch, contact (lit. and fig.), intercourse with, application or attachment to, pursuit of (comp.), constant occupation, study Kāv. Sāh

pariśilita

  1. pari-śilita mfn. practised, used, employed, pursued, studied Kāv
  2. inhabited Pāṇ. 4-2, 52 Sch

pariśuc

  1. pari-√śuc P. Ā. -śocati, ○te, to mourn, wail, lament (trans. and intrans.) MBh.: Caus. -śocayati (ind. p. -śocya), to pain, torment MBh. (B.) vi, 1902
  2. to lament, bewail MBh. vii, 10

pariśudh

  1. pari-√śudh P. Ā. -śudhyati, ○te, to be washed off, become clean or purified Subh
  2. (Ā.) to purify or justify one's self, prove one's innocence Rājat.: Caus. -śodhayati, to clear, clean R
  3. to clear off, restore Yājñ. ii, 146
  4. to try, examine Kathās
  5. to solve, explain, clear up Gīt

pariśuddha

  1. pari-śuddha mfn. cleaned, purified, pure
  2. cleared off, paid
  3. acquitted, discharged MBh. Kāv. Pur
  4. (ifc.) diminished by, that from which a part has been taken away MBh

pariśuddhi

  1. pari-śuddhi f. complete purification or justification, acquittal (○dhiṃ-√kṛ, to prove one's innocence) Ragh. Bālar. Kathās
  2. rightness, correctness Kāraṇḍ

pariśodha

  1. pari-śodha m. = next W

pariśodhana

  1. pari-śodhana n. cleaning, purification Uttarar
  2. discharging, paying off Kull

pariśubh

  1. pari-√śubh (śumbh), P. -śúmbhati, to prepare AV
  2. Ā. -śobhate, to shine, be bright or beautiful MBh

pariśobhita

  1. pari-śobhita mfn. adorned or beautified by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. R
  2. -kāyā f. N. of an Apsaras and a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

pariśuśrūṣā

  1. pari-śuśrūṣā See pari-śru

pariśuṣ

  1. pari-√śuṣ P. Ā. -śuṣyati, ○te, to be thoroughly dried up, to shrivel, wither (lit. and fig.), pine, waste away MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śoṣayati (Pass. -śoṣyate), to dry up, emaciate Kāv. Pañc. Suśr

pariśuṣka

  1. pari-śuṣka mfn. thoroughly dried or parched up, withered, shrivelled, shrunk (as a vein), hollow (as the cheeks) &c. MBh. Kāv. Var. Suśr
  2. (with māṃsa), n. meat fried in ghee dried and spiced L
  3. -tālu mfn. having the palate dried up, Ṛit
  4. -palāśa mfn. having withered foliage R

pariśoṣa

  1. pari-śoṣa m. complete dryness, desiccation, evaporation (○ṣaṃ-√gam, to become dry or thin) R. Suśr. [Page 602, Column]

pariśoṣaṇa

  1. pari-śoṣaṇa mfn. drying up, parching MBh. (v. l. ○ṣin)
  2. n. drying, parching, emaciating MBh

pariśoṣita

  1. pari-śoṣita mfn. dried up, parched Cat

pariśoṣin

  1. pari-śoṣin mfn. becoming dry or withered, shrivelling Rājat
  2. v. l. for ○śoṣaṇa MBh

pariśūnya

  1. pari-śūnya mfn. quite empty, (ifc.) totally free from or devoid of Ragh

pariśṛta

  1. pari-śṛta m. or n. (√śrā ?) ardent spirits, liquor L. (cf. pari-srut, -srutā under pari-sru)

pariśṝ

  1. pari-√śṝ Pass. -śīryate (ep. also ○ti), to be cleft or rent asunder, to be split MBh

pariśram

  1. pari-√śram (only ind. p. -śramya), to fatigue or exert one's self R.: Caus. -śramayati, to fatigue, tire Naish

pariśrama

  1. pari-śrama m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kāv. &c
  2. mâpaha mfn. relieving weariness MW

pariśramaṇa

  1. pari-śramaṇa mfn. (?) free from fatigue or weariness BhP. Sch

pariśrānta

  1. pari-śrānta mfn. thoroughly fatigued or worn out, (ifc.) tired of, disgusted with Mn. MBh. &c

pariśrānti

  1. pari-śrānti f. fatigue, exhaustion
  2. labour, trouble W

pariśrāma

  1. pari-śrāma m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP

pariśri

  1. pari-√śri P. -śrayati (ind. p. -śritya
  2. Ved. inf. pári-śrayitavaí), to surround, encircle, fence, enclose TS. Br. ŚrS.: Pass. -śrīyasva, be surrounded or surround thyself VS. xxxvii, 13

pariśraya

  1. pari-śraya m. an enclosure, fence (in sá-pariś○) ŚBr
  2. a refuge, asylum Pañc. (B.) i, 252
  3. an assembly, meeting L
  4. N. of a prince VP

pariśrayaṇa

  1. pari-śrayaṇa n. encompassing, surrounding with a fence KātyŚr. Sch

pariśrit

  1. pari-śrít f. pl. 'enclosers', N. of certain small stones laid round the hearth and other parts of an altar ŚBr. KātyŚr. (ifc. ○śritka)

pariśrita

  1. pari-śrita mfn. standing round MBh
  2. surrounded by (instr. or comp.) Kathās. BhP
  3. wṛ. for ○śruta MBh
  4. n. (pári-) = pári-vṛta n. ( See under pari- √1. vṛ) TS. Br. ŚrGṛS

pariśru

  1. pari-√śru P. -śṛṇoti (ind. p. -śrutya), to hear, learn, understand R

pariśuśrūṣā

  1. pari-śuśrūṣā f. complete or implicit obedience Śukas

pariśruta

  1. pari-śruta mfn. heard, learnt MBh. R. Hariv
  2. known as, passing for (nom.) ib
  3. famous, celebrated MBh. BhP
  4. wṛ. for prati-ś○ MBh
  5. m. N. of an attendant of Skanda ib

pariśrut

  1. pari-śrút f. = -srút AV. xx, 127, 9

pariślatha

  1. pari-ślatha mfn. quite loose or relaxed Vcar

pariśliṣṭa

  1. pari-śliṣṭa mfn. (√śliṣ) clasped, embraced W

pariśleṣa

  1. pari-śleṣa m. an embrace ib

pariṣañj

  1. pari-ṣañj (√sañj), P. -ṣajati Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 Sch
  2. Ā. -sajjate, to have one's mind fixed on, be attached or devoted to MBh.: Desid. -ṣiṣaṅkṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch

pariṣaṇḍa

  1. pari-ṣaṇḍa m. or n. a partic. part of a house L
  2. (ā), f. a valley (?) Divyâv, (v. l. ○khaṇḍa)

pariṣaṇḍavārika

  1. ○vārika m. a servant ib

pariṣad

  1. pari-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣadati RV
  2. -ṣīdati AV. MBh. (C. also -sīdati)
  3. to sit round, besiege, beset RV. AV. Kauś
  4. to suffer damage, be impaired MBh

pariṣad

  1. pari-ṣád mfn. surrounding, besetting RV
  2. f. an assembly, meeting, group, circle, audience, council ŚBr. Kauś. Mn. (○ṣat-tva n. xii, 114) MBh. &c
  3. N. of a village in the north, g. palady-ādi
  4. -vala mfn. surrounded by a council (as a king) Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch
  5. forming or containing assemblies Bhaṭṭ
  6. m. a member of an assembly, assessor, spectator L

pariṣada

  1. pari-ṣada v. l. for pāri-ṣada, pārṣada

pariṣadya

  1. pari-ṣádya mfn. to be sought after RV. vii, 4, 7 (Nir. 'to be avoided' Sāy. sufficient, adequate, competent')
  2. to be worshipped VS. v, 32 (Mahīdh. 'belonging to an assembly')
  3. m. a member of an assembly, spectator, guest L

pariṣadvan

  1. pari-ṣádvan mfn. surrounding, besetting RV

pariṣanna

  1. pari-ṣanna (!), mfn. lost or omitted AV.Pariś

pariṣaya

  1. pari-ṣaya See pari-ṣo

pariṣah

  1. pari-ṣah (√sah), Ā. -ṣahate (impf. pary-aṣahata or -asahata
  2. fut. pari-soḍhā [Vop. -ṣahitā]
  3. inf. -soḍhum Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 &c
  4. aor. pary-asahiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ.), to sustain, bear up against (acc.): Caus. aor. pary-asīṣahat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116

pariṣahā

  1. pari-ṣahā f. forbearance, patience W. (cf. parī-ṣ○). [Page 603, Column]

pariṣic

  1. pari-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati (impf. pary-aṣiñcat Pāṇ. 8-3, 63
  2. ind. p. -siñcitvā [!], Saddhp
  3. Pass. pr. p. -ṣicyamāna R.), to pour out or in (esp. from one vessel into another), to pour or scatter about, sprinkle, diffuse RV.: Caus. -ṣecayati, or -ṣiñcayati, to sprinkle MBh
  4. to soak, macerate Suśr.: Desid. -ṣiṣikṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch

pariṣikta

  1. pari-ṣikta (pári-), mfn. poured out, sprinkled about, diffused RV. Lāṭy. Śiś

pariṣeka

  1. pari-ṣeka m. sprinkling over, moistening Suśr
  2. a bath, bathing apparatus ib. MBh. Var. (cf. parī-ṣ○)

pariṣecaka

  1. pari-ṣecaka mfn. pouring over, sprinkling (comp.), g. yājakâdi (v. l. ○veṣaka Kāś.)

pariṣecana

  1. pari-ṣecana n. pouring over, sprinkling ŚrS. Var. Suśr
  2. water for watering trees MBh

pariṣidh

  1. pari-ṣidh (√sidh), P. -ṣedhati (impf. pary-aṣedhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch.: Desid. -ṣiṣedhayiṣati, 64 Sch. (cf. pari-sidh)

pariṣiv

  1. pari-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati (impf. pary-aṣīvyat Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to sew round, wind round KātyŚr.: Caus. aor. pary-asīṣivat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116

pariṣīvaṇa

  1. pari-ṣīvaṇa n. sewing round, winding round KātyŚr

pariṣusu

  1. pari-ṣu-su √3. P. -ṣuṇoti, (impf. pary-aṣuṇot fut. pari-soṣyati) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c. Sch

pariṣū

  1. pari-ṣū (√1. sū), P. -ṣuvati (impf. pary-aṣuvat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch
  2. -ṣauti, to grasp, bunch together (?) ĀpŚr

pariṣavaṇa

  1. pari-ṣavaṇa n. grasping, bunching together ib

pariṣūta

  1. pari-ṣūtá mfn. urged impelled to come forth, elicited (sc. by the gods, said of young grass) TS

pariṣūti

  1. pari-ṣūti (pári-), f. urging from all sides, beleaguering, oppression, vexation RV

pariṣeṇa

  1. pari-ṣeṇa m. (p○ + senā) N. of a man ( pāriṣeṇya)

pariṣeṇaya

  1. pari-ṣeṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, (prob.) to surround with an army Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch.: Desid. ○ṣiṣeṇayiṣati, 64 Sch

pariṣev

  1. pari-ṣev (√sec), Ā. -ṣevate (impf. pary-aṣevata
  2. pf. pari-ṣiṣeva Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c
  3. but there occurs also -sevate &c.), to frequent, practise, pursue, enjoy, honour Kāv. Pur. Pañc

pariṣo

  1. pari-ṣo (√so), P. -ṣyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch

pariṣaya

  1. pari-ṣaya m

pariṣita

  1. pari-ṣita mfn. ib. 70

pariṣoḍaśa

  1. pari-ṣoḍaśa mfn. pl. full sixteen MBh

pariṣkand

  1. pari-ṣkand (√skand), P. -ṣkandati, or -skandati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74), to leap or spring about Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. -caniṣkadat, id. RV. viii, 58, 9

pariṣkaṇṇa

  1. pari-ṣkaṇṇa (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74) or (MBh.), spilled, scattered

pariskanna

  1. pari-skanna (MBh.), spilled, scattered
  2. m. = or wṛ. for next L. 1

pariṣkanda

  1. pari-ṣkandá (or ○skanda), m. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 75 Sch.) a servant (esp. one running by the side of a carriage) VS. AV. MBh. &c
  2. a foster-child, one nourished by a stranger W. 2

pariṣkanda

  1. pari-ṣkanda m. a temple Gaut. xix, 14 (v. l. ○ṣkandha)

pariṣkṛ

  1. pari-ṣ-√kṛ (ṣ for s inserted, or perhaps original in a √skṛ = √1. kṛ, cf. upa-skṛ and saṃ-s-kṛ), P. -kṛṇoti (3. pl. -kṛṇvánti RV. ix, 14, 2 ; 64, 23
  2. p. -kṛṇvát ib. 39, 2
  3. impf. pary-aṣkarot, or -askarot Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 ; 71), to adorn, fit out, prepare, make ready or perfect RV. (cf. pari-kṛ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 137),

pariṣkara

  1. pari-ṣ-kara m. ornament, decoration MBh. viii, 1477 (according to Nīlak. = 1. ○ṣkanda)

pariṣkāra

  1. pari-ṣ-kāra m. = prec. (ifc. f. ā) MBh. &c
  2. cooking, dressing W
  3. domestic utensils, furniture SaddhP
  4. purification, initiation ib
  5. self-discipline Lalit. (one of the ten powers of a Bodhi-sattva Dharmas. lxxiv)
  6. -cīvara n. a kind of garment L

pariṣkṛta

  1. pari-ṣ-kṛta (pári-), mfn. prepared, adorned, embellished, furnished with, surrounded or accompanied by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
  2. cooked, dressed W
  3. purified, initiated ib

pariṣkṛti

  1. pari-ṣkṛti f. finishing, polishing W
  2. (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech = pari-kara ( See under pari-kṛ) Cat

pariṣkriyā

  1. pari-ṣ-kriyā f. adorning, decorating MārkP
  2. v. l. for pari-kriyā in agni-p○, q.v

pariṣṭambh

  1. pari-ṣṭambh (√stambh), P. -ṣṭabhnoti or -ṣṭabhnāti (Caus. aor. pary-astambhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 67 ; 116 Sch

pariṣṭi

  1. pari-ṣṭi f. (√1. as
  2. cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti) obstruction, impediment, distress, dilemma RV. [Page 603, Column]

pariṣṭu

  1. pari-ṣṭu (√stu), P. -ṣṭauti (impf. pary-aṣṭaut, or -astaut Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to praise Kām

pariṣṭavana

  1. pari-ṣṭavana n. praise L

pariṣṭavanīya

  1. pari-ṣṭavanīya mfn. intended for a praise (as a hymn) SāṅkhŚr

pariṣṭuta

  1. pari-ṣṭuta mfn. praised, sung ib

pariṣṭuti

  1. pari-ṣṭuti (pári-), f. praise, celebration RV

pariṣṭoma

  1. pari-ṣṭoma m. = paristoma L

pariṣṭubh

  1. pari-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65), to cry or exult on every side RV. TāṇḍBr

pariṣṭubh

  1. pari-ṣṭúbh mfn. exulting on every side RV

pariṣṭobha

  1. pari-ṣṭobha m. embellishing a Sāman with Stobhas (s.v.) TāṇḍBr

pariṣṭhala

  1. pari-ṣṭhala n. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 96) surrounding place or site W

pariṣṭhā

  1. pari-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te (pf. -taṣṭhau
  2. fut. -ṣṭhāsyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64. Sch
  3. 3. pl. pf. -tasthuḥ RV. Pañc
  4. aor. -ṣṭhāt, -ṣṭhuḥ RV
  5. -ṣṭhāḥ Padap
  6. -sthāḥ AV.), to stand round, be in a person's way, obstruct, hinder RV. &c. &c
  7. to crowd from all sides Pañc
  8. (Ā.) to remain, survive MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati (ind. p. -sthāpya), to beset, surround AV
  9. to place near, cause to stay close by Kathās

pariṣṭhā

  1. pari-ṣṭhā́ mfn. obstructing, hindering
  2. f. obstruction, impediment RV. AV

pariṣṭhiti

  1. pari-ṣṭhiti f

paristhāna

  1. pari-sthāna (!), n. abode, residence, fixedness, firmness MW

pariṣyanda

  1. pari-ṣyandá or -syanda m. (√syand
  2. Pāṇ. 8-3, 72) a river, stream (fig. of words) Bhartṛ
  3. moisture L
  4. (with ṣ) a sandbank, island ŚBr. KātyŚr
  5. keeping or entertaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. -spanda)
  6. decoration of the hair L. (v. l. -spanda)

pariṣyandana

  1. pari-ṣyandana or n. dropping, oozing W

parisyandana

  1. pari-syandana n. dropping, oozing W

pariṣyandin

  1. pari-ṣyandin or mfn. flowing, streaming L

parisyandin

  1. pari-syandin mfn. flowing, streaming L

pariṣvaj

  1. pari-ṣvaj (√svaj, svañj), Ā. -ṣvajate, rarely P. ○ti (impf. pary-aṣvajata, or -asvajata Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 ; 70
  2. pr.p. -ṣvajāna R
  3. pf. -ṣasvajé AV. MBh
  4. -ṣasvajire R
  5. -ṣasvajaḥ BhP
  6. ind. p. -ṣvajya MBh
  7. inf. -ṣvaktum R
  8. inf. -ṣváje RV.), to embrace, clasp, occupy RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -ṣiṣvaṅkṣate Pāṇ. viii, 3. 64 Sch

pariṣvakta

  1. pari-ṣvakta mfn. embraced, encircled, surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c

pariṣvaṅga

  1. pari-ṣvaṅga m. embracing, an embrace MBh. R. &c
  2. touch, contact with (comp.) Kām. Hit
  3. N. of a son of Devakī BhP

pariṣvaṅgin

  1. pari-ṣvaṅgin mfn. succumbing, Sāṃkhyas. Sch

pariṣvajana

  1. pari-ṣvajana n. embracing, an embrace Nir. ii, 27

pariṣvajīyas

  1. pari-ṣvajīyas (pári-), mfn. clasping more firmly AV

pariṣvajya

  1. pari-ṣvajya mfn. to be embraced MBh

pariṣvañjana

  1. pari-ṣvañjana n. embracing, an embrace (putrasya Pāṇ. 3-116 Sch.)

pariṣvañjalya

  1. pari-ṣvañjalya (pári-), m. or n. a partic. domestic utensil AV

pariṣvan

  1. pari-ṣvan (√svan), only Intens. -saniṣvaṇat, to sound, whiz RV. viii, 69, 9

pariṣvaṣkita

  1. pari-ṣvaṣkita n. (√ṣvaṣk) the act of leaping about L

parisaṃlih

  1. pari-saṃ-√lih P. -leḍhi (pr. p. -lihat), to lick all round, lick over, lick MBh

parisaṃvatsara

  1. pari-saṃvatsara m. a whole or full year Mn. iii, 119 MBh
  2. mfn. a full year old (or older), inveterate, chronic (as a disease) Suśr. Car
  3. waiting a full year Gobh

parisaṃvad

  1. pari-saṃ-√vad P. -vadati, to speak together about, agree with regard to (acc.) MBh

parisaṃśuddha

  1. pari-saṃ-śuddha mfn. (√śudh) perfectly clean or pure BhP

parisaṃsṛṣṭa

  1. pari-saṃ-sṛṣṭa mfn. (√sṛj) got at from all sides MBh

parisaṃstambh

  1. pari-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, comfort MārkP

parisaṃstu

  1. pari-saṃ-stu (only Pass. pr. p. -stūyamāna), to praise, celebrate MBh

parisaṃstṛ

  1. pari-saṃ-√stṛ (only ind. p. -stīrya), to spread i.e. kindle a fire at different places MBh

parisaṃsthita

  1. pari-saṃ-sthita mfn. (√sthā) standing together on every side MBh
  2. standing i.e. stopping, remaining (in a-paris○) R. [Page 603, Column]

parisaṃspṛś

  1. pari-saṃ-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch at different places, stroke MBh. R

parisaṃhā

  1. pari-saṃ-hā √2. (only pr. p. -jíhāna), to start or spring from (abl.) RV. vii, 33, 10

parisaṃhṛṣṭa

  1. pari-saṃ-hṛṣṭa mfn. (√hṛṣ) greatly rejoiced, delighted R

parisakhya

  1. pari-sakhya n. perfect or true friendship PārGṛ

parisaṃkrīḍ

  1. pari-saṃ-√krīḍ P. -krīḍati, to play about, amuse one's self R

parisaṃkṣip

  1. pari-saṃ-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to encompass, surround R

parisaṃkhyā

  1. pari-saṃ-√khyā P. -khyāti (inf. khyātum), to count, enumerate ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh
  2. to limit to a certain number KātyŚr. Sch
  3. to reckon up, calculate, add together MBh. R. Suśr
  4. to make good, restore Car. Jaim. Sch

parikhyā

  1. pari-khyā f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. (in phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45
  3. (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sāh

parikhyāta

  1. pari-khyāta mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W

parikhyāna

  1. pari-khyāna n. enumeration, total, a number MBh
  2. exclusive specification BhP
  3. a correct judgment. proper estimate Yājñ. iii, 158

parisaṃghuṣṭa

  1. pari-saṃ-ghuṣṭa mfn. (√ghuṣ) filled with cries or noise, resonant on all sides MBh

parisaṃcakṣ

  1. pari-saṃ-√cakṣ (only 3. pl. pr. -cakṣate), to enumerate Gobh
  2. to avoid ( See next)

paricakṣya

  1. pari-cakṣya mfn. to be avoided Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 9 Pat

parisaṃcara

  1. pari-saṃ-cara mfn. (√car) roving about, vagrant Bhar
  2. m. 'a very difficult pass or defile', a critical period VāyuP

parisaṃcita

  1. pari-saṃ-cita mfn. (√1. ci) collected, accumulated Sāh

parisatya

  1. pari-satya n. the full or pure truth ĀśvŚr

parisaṃtap

  1. pari-saṃ-√tap (only ind. p. -tapya), to be tormented or afflicted R

paritapta

  1. pari-tapta mfn. scorched, singed ib

parisaṃtāna

  1. pari-saṃtā́na m. (√tan) a string, cord TS

parisabhya

  1. pari-sabhya m. (sabhā) a member of an assembly, assessor L

parisamanta

  1. pari-samanta m. (ifc. ○taka) circumference, circuit L

parisamāp

  1. pari-sam-√āp Pass. -āpyate, to be fully completed, arrive at completion BhP
  2. to be contained in (loc.) Bhag
  3. to relate or belong to (loc. or prati) Pat

parisamāpana

  1. pari-sam-āpana n. the act of finishing completely W

parisamāpanīya

  1. pari-sam-āpanīya or mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch

paripayitavya

  1. pari-payitavya mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch

parisamāpta

  1. pari-sam-āpta mfn. finished, complete Śak
  2. centred, comprehended Śiś

parisamāpti

  1. pari-sam-āpti f. entire completion, end, conclusion Śaṃk. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch
  2. relating or belonging to (loc. or prati) Pat

parisamutsuka

  1. pari-samutsuka mfn. very anxious, greatly agitated or excited R

parisamūh

  1. pari-sam-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, to heap or sweep together ŚBr. GṛŚrS

parisamūhana

  1. pari-samūhana n. heaping up